2015 Woodstock Leabank Catalogue

Page 1

Office furniture distributors

office furniture solutions

2015

2015 COVERS FOR FLICKY.indd 2

08/12/2014 12:21


Welcome to our 2015 furniture catalogue! A poor working environment is the second most quoted reason for leaving a company (after money!) Within our all new 2015 furniture catalogue, which is even bigger and better than ever before, you will find a myriad of high quality products to suit your every need from reception to boardroom and every environment in between. Even more importantly you need not break the bank, we have beautiful and functional furniture at a wide range of price points to suit your budget.

Why Woodstock Leabank? Decades of experience Clear concise catalogues and web site Great sales support and consultation from enquiry to installation Design service Renowned UK wide delivery and installation service Huge product range Massive stocks of best selling lines Packaging removed and recycled Furniture removal and recycle service available Specials Service Competitive and all inclusive pricing

Woodstock Leabank accept payment by the following methods

2015 COVERS FOR FLICKY.indd 3

If you have access to a smart phone, scan the QR logo to gain quick and easy access to Woodstock online

08/12/2014 12:21


Highlights for 2015 Kind

Pages 22, 35 & 67-69

A broad range of chairs with a full range of options.

Fraction Plus

Pages 82-89

Newly extended and improved range of entry level furniture available in two standard finishes and three special finishes.

Eclipse

Pages 114-119

An elegant and stylish post legged modular system for individual desks or an entire office space.

Chiltern

Aston

Pages 170-173

Quietly stylish or eye-catching schemes can be easily created for this executive furniture.

Page 189

Real wood veneer tops combine style with practicality.

Cascara

Pages 226-227

Fully upholstered visitor and lounge chair.

Hive

Pages 230-231

Stylish, flexible modular range of seating and accessories that offers superb spatial fit and functionality.

Dining

Pages 234-235

A classic selection of tables and chairs to compliment a broad range of dining areas.

1

1 Highlights Information (15).indd 1

03/12/2014 10:04


Delivery and Installation The vast majority of products in this catalogue are priced for a complete order to installation service. We will take your goods to the point of use, unpack the goods and professionally assemble any products that require this service. An estimate of delivery time is shown at the bottom of each page. From Concept to Completion

In order to achieve the best results for you please ensure that:

You have placed your order on time and accurately

From the start of a project we can take the initial drawings and concept through to completion. CAD - Meeting Room Plan

Our vehicle can access the site Parking for a large vehicle is available Any special security or access arrangements are notified in advance If available and necessary lifts are made available to our fitters Other works likely to interfere with the installation eg. carpet fitting, decorating or electrical works are complete. Most importantly please provide a mobile telephone number and/or e-mail address of the person receiving the order as we send a text message to notify you of planned delivery date and will also call prior to arrival on site to ensure that you are kept as informed as possible.

Additional Charges Small Orders May be subjected to a small order charge. This will be notified at the time of order. Safes Shown on pages 268 - 269; as these products can be very heavy to deliver and install – they may require special delivery and be subject to an installation survey, with any subsequent charging agreed prior to delivery. Storage Interior Fittings Storage units will be sited at point of use with interior fittings left for customer self installation. Full instructions will be supplied with each fitting.

2

2-3 Delivery Info Buyers Guide (15).indd 1

03/12/2014 16:36


Buyers Guide Ordering Procedure To process your order accurately, please ensure your order contains the following information: 1. Full product code 2. The wood/metal finish or fabric choice of the product eg: 3. Product quantity

BCH

Beech

Silver

4. Quoted price (excluding VAT)

Fabrics Where a fabric covered product is available from stock the relevant fabric colour is shown on the page. Further details of fabric swatches are shown on page 320 of this catalogue. Fabric colours illustrated within this catalogue may be altered slightly by the printing process and should only be used as a guide, natural fibres such as wool may experience a shade variance. There is a vast selection of materials and colours available, with the fabric manufacturers providing an excellent swatch service. This is accessed through their web sites noted on page 320.

5. Full delivery address, including postcode 6. Contact name and mobile telephone number and/or e-mail address at point of delivery 7. Purchase order number/reference 8. Any special arrangements e.g. parking restrictions etc Pricing, Corrections and Continuity Every effort has been made to ensure that prices and product details are correct at the time of going to press (December 2014). Prices can only be guaranteed for 6 months from this date. All prices are exclusive of VAT, which will be charged at the rate prevailing at the time of invoice. We reserve the right to make product changes, price changes and product improvements during the life of this catalogue. E & OE.

Cancellation of Orders/Deliveries The cancellation of Stock orders must be received and acknowledged in writing. The Company reserves the right to charge an administration fee for the cancellation of a Stock order. Orders for Specials cannot be cancelled once the order has been accepted. A storage charge may be levied against any deliveries that are not accepted on the confirmed delivery/installation date. Warranty Guarantees

Seating 1 The warranty offered indicated by the following symbol year guarantee indicates the number of years that the product is guaranteed to be free from defects and refers to metal Notice of Damage, Loss, Non-Receipt and plastic parts. Fabric guarantees vary depending on All goods must be checked and signed for on receipt of which fabric cover is used and the number of hours daily delivery. We shall not accept claims for missing, faulty or damaged goods, if the delivery note is signed “un-checked�. use that the chair is subjected to. The warranty becomes invalid if in the reasonable opinion of the company the Failure to adhere to this may result in charges for product has been misused or used outside of its advertised replacements. If upon receipt, your goods are damaged, weight tolerances or time periods. Any chair that requires incomplete, or incorrect, notification must be made within repair will be collected and repaired at our site within a 24 hours of delivery. period of time deemed reasonable by the company. Loan chairs will not be provided whilst this operation is carried Wood Veneer Finish out. While manufacturers strive to achieve excellent colour matching, shading of real wood veneer cannot be Furniture 5 guaranteed. Exposure to natural light will alter a veneers year The warranty offered indicated by the following symbol guarantee colour over a period of time. Finishes illustrated within this indicates the number of years that the product is catalogue may be altered slightly by the printing process and guaranteed to be free from defects subject to normal wear should only be used as a guide. and tear. If a product becomes faulty during this period the company will undertake to repair or if this is not possible, replace the item within an agreed and reasonable timeframe. If the product can be repaired, loan furniture will not be supplied whilst this operation is carried out.

3

2-3 Delivery Info Buyers Guide (15).indd 2

03/12/2014 16:36


Services

Space Planning The correct planning of a workspace, utilises its maximum capacity and produces a work friendly and safe environment.

R&R R R&R

Allow us to hear and understand your requirements. Once your objectives have been analysed, your space will be designed to be efficient and effective based upon operational and aesthetic requirements, and financial considerations.

VICE

REMOVAL & RECYCLE SERVICE

Following industry and legislative guidelines the 2D, or 3D CAD will allow you to visualize the space and achieve an effective working environment.

REMOVAL & RECYCLE SERVICE

RVICE

R&R

REMOVAL & RECYCLE SERVICE

RVICE

Formed in 2009, our specialist furniture and electrical equipment removal service has supported many companies to strengthen their environmental credentials and corporate identity through our recycling scheme.

R&R

Operating under current UK legislation and inline with ISO accreditations 9001, 14001 and 27001, we are happy to remove any old furniture and any amount of REMOVAL & RECYCLE SERVICE electrical equipment. Call us now for a survey and quotation.

4

4-5 Contents (15).indd 1

03/12/2014 10:08


Contents Seating

Pages 10-77

Desking, Storage and Screens

Pages 82-153

Executive Furniture

Pages 156-173

Tables

Pages 176-193

Reception & Breakout

Pages 196-231

Cafe & Dining

Pages 234-245

Storage and Filing

Pages 248-269

Education

Pages 272-319

5

4-5 Contents (15).indd 2

03/12/2014 10:08


Seating Whether your in need of an entry level office chair, something with a breathable mesh back or fully adjustable for day long comfort, or both! You will find a solution from the following section. New for 2015 are the Evolve and Evolve Heavy Duty, Kind, i-Sit Mesh, Is Mesh, Moore, Atlas, Classic, Xenon, Opula, Traditional, Ocean, Venice, Barcelona, Academy, Step, One. This section concludes with seating ideal for meeting and general purpose with the Soft Seating now shown included in the Reception & Breakout section beginning on page 196. Product Information Amongst icons for delivery and guarantees, you’ll notice these two icons. The first denotes how many hours usage per day that particular chair is recommended for. This tends to come into question with the Operator and 24 hour chairs. The second dictates the tested weight tolerance of a chair, and it’s components.

8

recommended hours usage

150

kg

max.weight tolerance

Mechanisms Standard Tilt

Tilt Mechanism

Asynchro Tilt

Knee Tilt

Backrest fully adjustable for height and angle. Gas seat height adjustment.

Lockable back angle adjustment. Anti-shock for seat back.

Backrest fully adjustable for height and angle. Seat angle adjustable. Gas seat height adjustment. 2 lever mechanism.

Under knee combined seat and back tilt. Torsion controlled and adjustable for weight with gas seat height adjustment.

Permanent Contact Back

Independent Seat and Back

Synchronised Tilt

Lock Tilt

Backrest fully adjustable for height and angle. Gas seat height adjustment.

Independent seat and back tilt adjustment. Lockable in any position. Tilt can be adjusted to suit users weight. Gas seat height adjustment.

Synchronised seat and back tilt can be locked in any position for firm support. Tilt can be adjusted to suit the users weight.

Adjustable torsion control and locking tilt mechanism. Gas seat height adjustment.

2015 Range Highlights

Fabric Information

Evolve & Evolve Deluxe Offering comfort & practicality for a very affordable price, with a deluxe version available.

Our standard fabric choice comes from two of the UK’s premier fabric manufacturers, Camira and Bradbury. The majority of chairs featured in this section can be upholstered in any fabric, see page 320 for further information.

Finsbury With an iconic design this chair offers superb comfort.

Ordering Information

Barcelona

When placing your order please refer to the swatches shown on the pages, and suffix the correct fabric code for example BLK for Black = PSM1BLK (see example below).

A comfortable and stylish chair Ideal for training, conference or lectures. Kind Mesh A unique product featuring a dual mesh back with 9 mesh colours available as standard.

Code

Description

PSM1BLK

High Back Operator Chair Permanent Contact Back

6

6-7 Seating Intro - Full Page (15).indd 1

03/12/2014 17:43


7

6-7 Seating Intro - Full Page (15).indd 2

03/12/2014 17:43


Operator, task and posture

seating contents

Evolve Deluxe Page 11

Prism Page 12

Two Page 13

Pyramid Page 14

Topaz Page 15

Solar Page 17

Poise Page 18

Lynx - Cougar Page 19

May’B Page 20

My Page 21

Kind Page 22

Mood Page 23

Re-act Deluxe Page 24

Sense Page 25

Why Page 26

Captive Page 27

Is Page 28-29

i-Sit Page 30

Quattro Page 31

Air - Unite Page 32

Etna Page 33

Team Plus Mesh Page 34

Kind Mesh Page 35

Bass Page 36

My Mesh Page 37

Loreto Page 38

Sense Mesh Page 39

i-Sit Mesh Page 40

Is Mesh Page 41

Mesh

Evolve Page 10

8

8-9 Seating Contents (15).indd 1

04/12/2014 10:52


Meeting & General Purpose

Executive

seating contents

Amber & Moore Page 42

Obsidian & Tanzanite Page 43

Sapphire & Atlas Page 44

Classic & Xenon Page 45

Opula Page 46

Traditional Page 47

i-Sit Page 48

Ocean Page 49

Enna Page 50

Venice Page 51

Stakka Page 52-53

Workchair Page 54

2000 & 2600 Page 55

Barcelona Page 56

Academy Page 57

Client 4 Turner Page 58

Step Page 59

Ikon Page 60-61

Xpresso 1 Page 62-63

Host Page 64

Arena Page 65

La Kendo Page 66

Kind Swivel Page 67

Kind Page 68-69

Leola Page 70-71

Alina Page 72

Alina Mesh Page 73

Is Page 74-75

Colletta Page 76

One Page 77

9

8-9 Seating Contents (15).indd 2

04/12/2014 10:52


Evolve

operator, task & posture

Our entry level operator chair Evolve offers a comfortable and practical chair for a very affordable price. Available from stock in our two most popular colours and with a choice of arms and mechanisms. The range in complimented by a high draughting or cashier chair and a heavy duty chair for heavy use.

Budget operator chair from £99

EVO2 shown

New for 2015

High Back Draughting Chair

Evolve High Back

Code

£

EV02DC - 2 Lever Mechanism

140

Code

£

EVO2 - 2 Lever Mechanism

99

Black base as standard.

EVO3 - 3 Lever Mechanism

106

Permanent contact back. With glides.

Black base as standard. With castors.

Dimensions (mm) Back Height:

500

Back Height:

500

Back Width:

420

Back Width:

420

Seat Depth:

450

Seat Depth:

450

Seat Height:

615-730

Seat Height:

440-560

Evolve High Back Details

Evolve Heavy Duty

8

110

kg

max.weight tolerance

recommended hours usage

1

year guarantee

Options

Code

£

£

EVOHDR - 3 Lever Mechanism

240

With ratchet back height adjustment.

Pair of Fixed Arms

FBLA

Pair of Height Adjustable Arms

ABL/H/S 33

20

680 Black base as standard. Dimensions (mm)

EVOHDR shown

580

Back Width:

480

Seat Depth:

480

Seat Height:

440-560

Evolve Heavy Duty Details

Stock Fabric Colours CHA

Back Height:

8

recommended hours usage

150

kg

max.weight tolerance

Height Adjustable Arms

3

year guarantee

A

Special Order Fabric Colours

Fixed Arms

B

C

D

BLUE

2 Lever Mechanism A B C. 3 Lever Mechanism A B C D Charcoal

Blue

10

10-11 Evolve - Evolve Deluxe (15).indd 1

Black

Grey

Green

Claret

Specials delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled, stock within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

04/12/2014 12:12


Evolve Deluxe

operator, task & posture

As an extension of the Evolve range the Evolve Deluxe offers a more generous seat and back size as well as a more robust mechanism and gas lift to accept 150kg weight tolerance. The Deluxe version also offers a complete fully loaded chair from stock with seat slide, ratchet back height adjustment, pump up lumbar support and a modern black metal base as standard.

• Height adjustable arms • Pump up lumbar support • Modern black metal base

Heavy duty and cost effective

• Seat slide • Back with ratchet height adjustment • 3 lever mechanism

Evolve Deluxe Code

£

EVODHDR

290

Dimensions (mm) Back Height:

580

Back Width:

480

Seat Depth:

480

Seat Height:

540-660

A

B

C

D

E

EVOHDR shown with height adjustable arms as standard

Stock Fabric Colours

Special Order Fabric Colours

CHA

BLUE

8

recommended hours usage

Black

Grey

Green

Claret

Charcoal

150

kg

max.weight tolerance

3

year guarantee

Blue

Specials delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled, stock within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

10-11 Evolve - Evolve Deluxe (15).indd 2

11

04/12/2014 12:12


Prism

operator, task and posture

The Prism operator chair comes with a waterfall-front seat and is available with or without arms. This chair also features a contoured back rest and is offered from stock with a choice of fabric colours; black, blue, red and charcoal and three arm styles.

Shown with Height Adjustable Arms

Shown with Fixed Arms

High Back - Permanent Contact Back

High Back - Asynchro Mechanism

High Back - Synchro Mechanism

Code

£

Code

£

Code

£

PSM1

122

PSM2

140

PSM3

149

Back Height:

480

Back Height:

480

Back Height:

480

Back Width:

450

Back Width:

450

Back Width:

450

Seat Depth:

440

Seat Depth:

440

Seat Depth:

440

Seat Height:

460-570

Dimensions (mm)

Seat Height:

460-570

460-570

Seat Height:

Options £ Pair of Fixed Arms

PSMLA

18

Pair of Height Adjustable Arms PSMHA

46

Pair of Folding Arms

PSMFA

54

Chrome Base

PSMCB

49

High Back - Draughting Chair Code

£

ZPSM1/FC1D

182

Dimensions (mm) Back Height:

480

Back Width:

450

Seat Depth:

440

Seat Height:

625-740

PSMLA

PSMHA

PSMFA

PSMCB

Standard Colours

1

year guarantee

110

kg

max.weight tolerance

8

BLK

12-13 Prism - Two (15).indd 1

RED

CHA

recommended hours usage

Black

12

BLUE

Blue

Red

Charcoal

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

28/11/2014 09:46


Two

operator, task and posture

A chair to meet every office need, the traditionally designed Two stands for flexibility, quality & comfort, whilst not compromising the importance of good ergonomics. The Two chair has a height adjustable back, a back rake mechanism and 5cm twin wheel hooded castors.

Medium Back - With height adjustable arms Medium Back - With fixed arms

Medium Back - With no arms

Code

£

Code

£

Code

£

TW03

204

TW02

176

TW01

144

480

Seat Width:

480

Seat Width:

Dimensions (mm) Seat Width:

480

Seat Height:

450-570

Seat Height:

450-570

Seat Height:

450-570

Seat Depth:

430

Seat Depth:

430

Seat Depth:

430

High Back - with fixed arms

High Back - with no arms

Code

£

Code

£

TW05

188

TW04

157

High Back - with height adjustable arms TW06

High Back Dimensions (mm)

Code

£

Seat Width:

480

TW06

214

Seat Depth:

450-570

Seat Height:

430

Options

C

5

year guarantee

150

kg

max.weight tolerance

T

Testing A fantastic value fully tested contract chair. BS 5459-2 SATRA Strength & Stability. BS EN 1335-1 FIRA Ergonomics Requirement.

SS

£

Polished Base:

C

41

Seat Slide

SS

37

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

12-13 Prism - Two (15).indd 2

13

28/11/2014 09:46


Pyramid

operator, task and posture

A proven, affordable, entry level option with enduring popularity, the Pyramid has performed perfectly in thousands of environments. It is provided with gas height adjustment, hand wheel back height adjustment and durable moulded plastic back cover. The range is stocked in two attractive colours and is normally available in any fabric choice within 15 days.

Shown with Fixed Arms

Mid Back

Upholstered in Omega Plus Swizzle

High Back

Code

£

Mid Back Draughting Chair

Code

£

Code

£

ZPYR15PYRD - Permanent Contact Back 347

PYR15 - Permanent Contact Back

197

PYR25 - Permanent Contact Back

209

PYR16 - Tilt Mechanism

204

PYR26 - Tilt Mechanism

215

Seat Width

480

Seat Width

480

Seat Width

480

Seat Depth:

450

Seat Depth:

450

Seat Depth:

450

Seat Height (Min):

580

Seat Height (Max):

830

Dimensions (mm)

Seat Height (Min):

450

Seat Height (Min):

450

Seat Height (Max):

580

Seat Height (Max):

580

Back Height:

490

Back Height:

590

Options £ Chrome Base & Gas Lift

Fixed Loop Arms Code PYRLA

£

Per Pair

38

Code PYRB3

Base

82

Height Adjustable Arms Code PYRHA

PYRLA

Per Pair

PYRHA

60

PYRB3

Prices shown are for Pyra fabrics, for other Band 1 fabrics including Advantage add 12%. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Standard Colours

3

year guarantee

150

kg

max.weight tolerance

8

BLK

recommended hours usage

Black

14

BLUE

Blue

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

14-15 Pyramid - Topaz (15).indd 1

28/11/2014 09:48


Topaz

operator, task and posture

For comfort and style, Topaz is offered with a fully contoured seat pad and back rest. The Topaz’s superior foam and contoured back ensure it met the test standard and comfort levels for a 24 hour operation.

High Back - with no arms

High Back - with 3D adjustable arms

Full Back - with no arms

Code

£

Code

£

TP5B

213

TP7B

290

Code

£

TP11B

234

Black base. Double curvature & height

Black base. Double curvature & height

Black base. Double curvature & height

adjustable back. Back rake mechanism.

adjustable back. Back rake mechanism.

adjustable back. Back rake mechanism.

5cm twin wheel hooded castors.

5cm twin wheel hooded castors.

5cm twin wheel hooded castors.

Dimensions (mm) 490

Seat Width:

480

Seat Width:

Seat Width:

480

Seat Height:

420-530

Seat Height:

450-570

Seat Height:

420-530

Seat Depth:

450

Seat Depth:

430

Seat Depth:

480

Options £ Seat Slide:

SS

37

Polished Base:

C

41

Full Back - with 3D adjustable arms Code

£

TP13B

312

Black base. Double curvature & height SS

C

adjustable back. Back rake mechanism. 5cm twin wheel hooded castors. Dimensions (mm) Seat Width: Seat Height:

420-530

Seat Depth:

480

Testing A fully functional 24 hour tested chair. BS 5459-2 SATRA Strength & Stability. BS EN 1335-1 FIRA Ergonomics Requirement.

T 150

480

kg

max.weight tolerance

5

year guarantee

24

recommended hours usage

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

14-15 Pyramid - Topaz (15).indd 2

15

28/11/2014 09:48


Seating that promotes positive posture for superior comfort by allowing full user adjustability. Information 75% of the working population of the UK is chair bound for more than six hours a day. Lower back pain is the second largest cause of absence from work in Europe. This type of absence costs the nation ÂŁ5 billion a year and 50 million working days are lost each year globally.

Technology Explained As you change body position during the course of the day, the Air Flo design enhance support and follow the natural body movements with the continual distribution of air between the dual air capsules contained within the seat upholstery. This feature is available on the Poise, Mood, Captive and Quattro chairs.

The below icon identifies posture chairs within this section.

Posture 16 8

16-17 Posture Page - Solar (15).indd 1

28/11/2014 09:58


Solar

operator, task and posture

Designed and developed to provide a multitude of functions maintaining style and quality, Solar is the ideal solution for all of your task chair requirements. Simple controls ensure the user can obtain a personalised sitting position, creating a comfortable experience. Standard features include adjustable arms, seat slide, inflatable lumbar and full seat & back movements.

Sculptured Back Detail

SOL7MINFB

High Back Solar - Independent Mechanism with Black Base Code

Seat

Inflatable

High Back Solar - Synchro Mechanism with Black Base

Arms

£

Code

Seat

Inflatable

Arms

£

Slide

Lumbar

Slide

Lumbar

SOL5MB

No

No

No

208

SOL5SB

No

No

No

208

SOL5MINFB

No

Yes

No

237

SOL5SINFB

No

Yes

No

237

SOL6MB

No

No

Adjustable

270

SOL6SB

No

No

Adjustable

270

SOL6MINFB

No

Yes

Adjustable

298

SOL6SINFB

No

Yes

Adjustable

298

SOL7MB

Yes

No

Adjustable

289

SOL7SB

Yes

No

Adjustable

289

SOL7MINFB

Yes

Yes

Adjustable

318

SOL7SINFB

Yes

Yes

Adjustable

318

Seat Height (Min):

440

Seat Height (Min):

440

Seat Height (Max):

560

Seat Height (Max):

560

Back Height:

510

Back Height:

510

Seat Depth: (Min):

420

Seat Depth: (Min):

420

Seat Depth (Max):

480

Seat Depth (Max):

480

Dimensions (mm)

Included Functions Height Adjustable Arms

150

kg

max.weight tolerance

5

year guarantee

T

Full Seat & Back Adjustments

Seat Height Adjustment

Testing A fantastic value fully tested contract chair. BS 5459-2 SATRA Strength & Stability. BS EN 1335-1 FIRA Ergonomics Requirement.

Seat Slide Adjustment

Inflatable Lumbar

Priced in Camira Advantage/Phoenix fabric, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

Posture

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

16-17 Posture Page - Solar (15).indd 2

17 9

28/11/2014 09:58


Poise

operator, task and posture

Providing a practical and extensive solution to the solving of preventative and corrective posture issues where performance, design and value go hand-in-hand. The Poise encourages correct posture in a series of simple adjustments to maximise the comfort and support of the user. A heavy-duty under seat tension control maximises the chairs adjustability and allows the chair to move in harmony with natural body movements.

Shown with ADJ1 arms

Shown with ADJ1 arms

Poise Radial Back Posture

Poise Square Back Posture

Code

£

PS1

260

Code

£

PS2

260

Black base, no arms. Independent back and seat angle adjustment.

Black base, no arms. Independent back and seat angle adjustment.

Large waterfall seat. High radial back rest. Ratchet back height

Large waterfall seat. High square back rest. Ratchet back height

adjustment. Body weight tension control. Gas lift height adjustment.

adjustment. Body weight tension control. Gas lift height adjustment.

Dimensions (mm) Seat Height (Min):

460

Seat Height (Min):

460

Seat Height (Max):

570

Seat Height (Max):

570

520

Seat Width:

Seat Width:

520

Back Height:

545-635

Back Height:

545-635

Seat Depth:

490-540

Seat Depth:

490-540

Back Width:

450

Back Width:

460

Options £

Suffix/SL

Suffix/SL

28

Performance Foam

Suffix/PF

17

Inflatable Lumbar

Suffix/IL

33

Air Flo

Suffix/ASC

44

Height Adjustable Arms

Suffix/ADJ1

44

Polished Base

Suffix/AB

44

Height & Depth Adjustable Arms

Suffix/ADJ3

60

Coccyx Cutout

Suffix/CC

14

Foldaway Adjustable Arms

Suffix/AF

60

Suffix/IL

Suffix/ADJ1

Suffix/ADJ3

Suffix/AF

Suffix/PF

Suffix/ASC

Priced in Camira Advantage/Phoenix fabric, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

Posture 18

£

Seat Slide

Suffix/AB

150

kg

max.weight tolerance

5

year guarantee

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

18-19 Poise - Lynx-Cougar (15).indd 1

28/11/2014 10:09


Lynx - Cougar

operator, task and posture

The Lynx has a generously padded seat and back cushion for day-long comfort, plus an attractive stitch detail. It also comes with height adjustable arms as standard. The asynchronised mechanism plus tension control allows full user adjustability. The Cougar’s large back rest and seat pad provide superior levels of comfort for any working environment. Height adjustable arms are included along with an asynchronised mechanism for full user adjustability.

Chrome base and arms included

Lynx Medium Back Armchair

Cougar High Back Chair

Code

£

LYN1/HIDE/BLK

248

Code COU1/HIDE/BLK

Black leather facings.

Black leather facings.

Height adjustable arms.

Height adjustable arms.

Chrome base and gas lift.

Black base and gas lift.

£ 403

Dimensions (mm) Back Width:

450

Back Width:

510

Seat Height:

450-525

Seat Height:

490-565

Seat Depth:

460

Seat Depth:

490

Seat Width:

525

Seat Width:

515

Cougar Chrome Base Option £ Code CO/PAB

85

Heavy Duty!

CO/PAB

E Space See our tables section from page 176.

150

kg

max.weight tolerance

5

year guarantee

8

recommended hours usage

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

18-19 Poise - Lynx-Cougar (15).indd 2

19

28/11/2014 10:09


May’B

operator, task and posture

May’b offers generous sizing for managerial applications. Combined with ratchet back height adjustment and an optional seat slide, the May’b provides an outstanding ergonomic fit. Additionally, contoured interior foam provides improved support.

High Back - with no arms Code

£

MYB04

233

Double curvature & height adjustable back. Seat height adjustment. Black moulded base. 5cm twin wheel hooded castors. May’B High Back Dimensions (mm) Seat Width:

470

Seat Height:

460-570

Seat Depth:

440

MYB05

Options

High Back - with height adjustable arms

£

Code

270

£

Fixed Arm Chair

MYB05

Seat Slide

SS

37

MYB06

Inflatable Lumbar

IL

37

Double curvature & height adjustable back. SS

IL

293

Seat height adjustment. Black moulded base. 5cm twin wheel hooded castors.

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.

20

20-21 Mayb- My (15).indd 1

Testing An excellent ergonomic fit. BS 5459-2 SATRA Strength & Stability.

T

150

kg

max.weight tolerance

5

year guarantee

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

28/11/2014 10:25


My

operator, task and posture

Practical, ergonomic task chair range with a far higher specification than it’s price point would suggest. Manufactured using the latest materials and technologies My is also an environmentally conscious option, up to 98% recyclable with appropriate fabric options.

Upholstered Back Task Chair

Upholstered Back Task Chair

Code

£

02MYBD1

217

Upholstered Back Task Chair

Code

£

02MYBA1

326

Code

£

02MYAA1

355

Permanent Contact Back. Fixed Seat. Black

Synchro mechanism. Fixed Seat. Black nylon

Synchro mechanism. Detachable seat pad. Seat

nylon base. Black height adjustable

base. Black height adjustable arms. Ratchet

Slide. Black nylon base. Black height adjustable

arms. Ratchet back height/lumbar adjustment.

back height/lumbar adjustment.

arms. Ratchet back height/lumbar adjustment.

My Chair Dimensions (mm) 1000-1200

Height: Width:

630

Depth:

530

High Spec Low Price

470-600

Seat Height:

Options £ Polished Base Code PB

57

Polished Aluminium Multi Adjustable Arms Code PA (seat slide version only)

PB

68

PA

Dynamic Mechanism Weight tension controlled constant back support rest, side tension adjustment, anti-shock 4 position locking. Synchro Mechanism This provides automatic adjustable back and seat action at a ratio of 2:5:1. Also torsion control which enables full dynamic sitting allowing the chair to be adjusted to the weight of the user.

24

recomended hours usage

150

kg

max.weight tolerance

5

year guarantee

T

Testing A fantastic value fully tested chair. BS 5459 PART 2 : 2000 EN/BS 1335 PART1, 2 & 3.

02MYAA1 Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

Delivered to a room of choice within 35 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

20-21 Mayb- My (15).indd 2

21

28/11/2014 10:25


Kind

operator, task and posture

Kind task is available as a high back. An adjustable head rest can also be specified to provide the user with additional support. Kind medium back task chair offers a height adjustable back and features a body weight responsive mechanism as standard with the option of fixed or 3D adjustable arms. Black frame as standard. Shown with optional polished base (C) option.

New for 2015

KDT43B

See pages 35 & 67-69 for more Kind chairs

KDT33B

Full Back & Head Rest Task Chair

Full Back Task Chair

Code

Code

£

KDT21B

High Back Task Chair £

Code

£

KDT41B - With No Arms

500

KDT31B - With No Arms

408

KDT21B - With No Arms

293

KDT43B - 3D Adjustable Arms

561

KDT33B - 3D Adjustable Arms

467

KDT22B - Fixed Arms

339 353

Upholstered seat and back. Adjustable lumbar support.

Upholstered seat and back. Adjustable lumbar support.

KDT23B - 3D Adjustable Arms

Synchronised mechanism. Seat Slide. Black nylon base.

Synchronised mechanism. Seat Slide. Black nylon base.

Upholstered seat and back. Adjustable lumbar support. Body weight responsive mechanism. Black nylon base.

Dimensions (mm) Back Height: 780-840 Seat Height: 460-580

Back Height: 620-680 Seat Height: 460-580

Back Height: 620-680 Seat Height: 440-560

Seat Depth: 440

Overall Depth: 670

Seat Depth: 440

Overall Depth: 670

Seat Depth: 440

Overall Depth: 670

Overall Width: 670

Back Width: 450

Overall Width: 670

Back Width: 450

Overall Width: 670

Back Width: 450

Options

£

Synchro Mechanism

SY

25

Seat Slide

SS

27

Silver Base

P

44

Polished Base

C

44

Adjustable Head Rest

HR

65

Polished Aluminium Arms (3D Only) AC

37

Synchro Mechanism & Seat Slide not available with full back task chair. Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.

150

kg

max.weight tolerance

5

year guarantee

8-10

recommended hour usage

KDT12B

Polished Base

Medium Back Task Chair Code

£

KDT11B - With No Arms

284

KDT12B - Fixed Arms

330

KDT13B - 3D Adjustable Arms

344

Upholstered seat and back. Adjustable lumbar support. Body weight responsive mechanism. Black nylon base. Dimensions (mm) Back Height: 520-580 Seat Height: 440-560

22

22-23 Kind - Mood (15).indd 1

Seat Depth: 440

Overall Depth: 670

Overall Width: 670

Back Width: 450

Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

28/11/2014 10:31


Mood

operator, task and posture

The Mood provides a preventative, corrective and affordable solution to back care. Distinctive support curvature and multi-adjustment encourages correct posture. Heavy-duty tensionable under seat control, maximising adjustability and allowing the chair to move in harmony with natural body movements. Generous Tri-Curved, fully upholstered backrest and double curved seats with enhanced moulded CMHR foam cushions.

Shown with ADJ1 arms & fully upholstered tri-curved back

Shown with ADJ1 arms

Mood Deluxe Square Back Posture

Mood Deluxe Radial Back Posture Code

£

Code

£

MD1

333

MD2

333

Black base, no arms. Independent back and seat angle adjustment. Large

Black base, no arms. Independent back and seat angle adjustment. Large

waterfall seat. High fully upholstered tri-curved radial back rest. Ratchet back

waterfall seat. High fully upholstered tri-curved square back rest. Ratchet back

height adjustment. Body weight tension control. Gas lift height adjustment.

height adjustment. Body weight tension control. Gas lift height adjustment.

Dimensions (mm) Seat Height (Min):

460

Seat Height (Min):

460

Seat Height (Max):

570

Seat Height (Max):

570

520

Seat Width:

Seat Width:

600-675

Back Height:

520 600-675

Back Height:

Seat Depth:

520

Seat Depth:

520

Back Width:

500

Back Width:

500

Options £

£

Seat Slide

Suffix/SL

28

Performance Foam

Suffix/PF

17

Inflatable Lumbar

Suffix/IL

33

Air Flo

Suffix/ASC

44

Height Adjustable Arms

Suffix/ADJ1

44

Polished Base

Suffix/AB

44

Height & Depth Adjustable Arms

Suffix/ADJ3

60

Coccyx Cutout

Suffix/CC

14

Foldaway Adjustable Arms

Suffix/AF

60

Adjustable Headrest

Suffix/HR1

72

Suffix/SL

Suffix/IL

150

kg

max.weight tolerance

5

year guarantee

Suffix/ADJ1

Suffix/ADJ3

Suffix/AF

Suffix/PF

Priced in Camira Advantage/Phoenix fabric, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

Suffix/ASC

Suffix/AB

Posture

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

22-23 Kind - Mood (15).indd 2

Suffix/HRI

23

28/11/2014 10:31


Re-act Deluxe

operator, task and posture

The Re-act Deluxe is endorsed by a leading Chartered Physiotherapist and offers a larger fully upholstered cut foam back and moulded foam, height adjustable seat. The ratchet back and tension control provide full adjustability. A range of optional extras including a head rest, seat and back lumbar support can also be supplied for enhanced comfort.

Shown with black base

Shown with Aluminium Spider Base (Code B5) and headrest

High Back Chair with Headrest - No Arms

High Back Chair - No Arms

Code

£

Code

£

REDHR/M1

Permanent Contact Back Mechanism

334

RED/M1

Permanent Contact Back Mechanism

259

REDHR/M2

Tilt Mechanism

362

RED/M2

Tilt Mechanism

288

REDHR/M3

Synchro Mechanism

362

RED/M3

Synchro Mechanism

288

Black base as standard. Note: Headrest cannot be retro fitted.

Black base as standard.

Dimensions (mm)

Dimensions (mm)

Back Height:

630

Back Height:

630

Seat Height:

545-660

Seat Height:

545-660

Seat Depth:

480

Seat Depth:

480

Seat Width:

520

Seat Width:

520

Options £ B5

87

Chrome Height Adjustable Arm Soft Feel

AP

91

Chrome Base/Gas

B3

50

Seat Slide

SS

33

Black Height Adjustable Arms

AA

73

Inflatable Lumbar

L

38

Chrome Fixed Arm

AH

44

B3

AA

AH

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

24

£

Aluminium Spider Base

AP

SS

Testing SATRA tested to BS EN 5459 level S severe use. Compliant with HSE seating at work directives.

L

T

5

year guarantee

150

kg

max.weight tolerance

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

24-25 Re-act Deluxe - Sence (15).indd 1

28/11/2014 11:09


Sense

operator, task and posture

Healthy sitting is crucial for satisfied, efficient and active employees. The stylish Sense provides body fitting support whilst offering a design which gives lower back support and improves your posture. Correct adjustable seating provides positive preventative and corrective workplace solutions.

Shown with ADJ5 arms & polished base

Sense Task with Headrest Code

£

IS150

395

Black base, no arms. Seat slide adjustment. Synchro mechanism. Side tension body weight control. High plastic molded backrest. Gas lift height adjustment. Push button back height adjustment. Adjustable headrest.

Sense Task Code

£

IS100

329

Black base, no arms. Seat slide adjustment. Synchro mechanism. Side tension body weight control. High Plastic backrest. Gas lift height adjustment. Push button back height adjustment.

IS100 Shown with ADJ5 arms

Sense Dimensions (mm) Floor to Seat Height:

480-600

Seat to Top of Backrest:

570-630

Seat Depth:

460-535

Seat Width:

480

Backrest Width:

450

Options £ Height Adjustable Arms

Suffix/ADJ5

44

Adjustable Multifunctional Arm Suffix/A/MF (height, depth, width) 72 Air Flo

Suffix/ASC

44

Polished Base

Suffix/AB

44

Inflatable Lumbar

Suffix/IL

33

Coccyx Cutout

Suffix/CC

14

150

kg

max.weight tolerance

5

year guarantee

Suffix/ADJ5

Suffix/A/MF

Suffix/ASC

Suffix/AB

Suffix/IL

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

24-25 Re-act Deluxe - Sence (15).indd 2

25

28/11/2014 11:09


Why

operator, task and posture

Why is an easy to use task chair ergonomically designed to provide responsive comfort to the majority of people of varying sizes and weights. The ‘S-Type’ Why task chair is available with stylish base and arm options and a choice of black, grey or white flexible back.

Mesh High Back

Mesh High Back

Code

£

0SWYAB1

374

Code

£

0SWYBB1

360

Seat Slide. Self adjusting synchronised mechanism.

Fixed Seat. Self adjusting synchronised mechanism. Black mesh back.

Black mesh back. Black nylon flat ergonomic base. Soft PU arm pads.

Black nylon flat ergonomic base. Black height adjustable arms.

Black height adjustable arms. Ratchet back height/lumbar adjustment.

Ratchet back height/lumbar adjustment. Soft PU arm pads.

Options

Dimensions (mm) £

Height:

Polished Base

PB

57

Width:

Polished Height Adjustable Arms

PA

58

Depth:

990-1180 640 670

Seat Height:

PB

PA

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.

26

26-27 Why - Captive (15).indd 1

460-590

Black, grey or white mesh back available at no extra cost

Testing A fantastic value fully tested chair. BS 5459 PART 2 : 2000 EN/BS 1335 PART1, 2 & 3.

T

5

year guarantee

150

kg

max.weight tolerance

24

recommended hours usage

Delivered to a room of choice within 35 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

28/11/2014 11:12


Captive

operator, task and posture

Captive offers a simple “one-chair-fits-all” innovative philosophy and is a new solution in ergonomic chair procurement. Aesthetically friendly and functionally sound, the Captive is an affordable task chair concept with physiotherapist endorsed posture credentials.

One chair

fits all

Extendable Backrest and Seat Designed to aid postural alignment the tri-curved fully upholstered backrest cradles the user, further enhanced by the flex-front seat, unique twin seat extender, simple multi-adjustable controls and unique 3-dimensional adjustable armrests. The ability to personalise to multiple users creates the ability to simplify the selection process whilst embracing design, comfort and support.

Captive Radial Back Posture Code

£

CAP1

374

Black base, no arms. Independent back and seat angle adjustment. Flex front seat. Dual seat slide adjustment - (125mm). Fully upholstered tri curve back rest. Ratchet back height adjustment. Body weight tension control. Gas-lift height adjustment. Dimensions (mm) 490

Seat Width: Seat Height:

490-550

Back Height:

520-600

Seat Depth:

420-550

Shown with ADJ5 arms

460

Backrest Width:

Options £ Suffix/ADJ5

44

Inflatable Lumbar

Suffix/IL

33

Adjustable Multifunctional Arm (height, width, depth) Suffix/A/MF

72

Adjustable Head Rest

Suffix/HR1

72

Polished Base

Suffix/AB

44

Performance Foam

Suffix/PF

17

Air Flo

Suffix/ASC

44

Coccyx Cutout

Suffix/CC

14

Height Adjustable Arm

Suffix/ADJ5

Suffix/A/MF

Suffix/AB

Suffix/ASC

Suffix/IL

Suffix/HR1

Suffix/PF

Priced in Camira Advantage/Phoenix fabric, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

150

kg

max.weight tolerance

5

year guarantee

T

Testing A fantastic value fully tested posture chair. BS 5459-2 SATRA Strength & Stability. BS EN 1335-1 FIRA Ergonomics Requirement.

Posture

Delivered to a room of choice within 24 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

26-27 Why - Captive (15).indd 2

27

28/11/2014 11:12


Is

operator, task and posture

An elegant fusion of style and comfort, Is has an ergonomically designed and generously curved upholstered back and seat. The chair is contoured to fit the body providing positive lumbar and pelvic support all day long. A fully adjustable task chair featuring a sophisticated synchronised mechanism, seat depth and back height adjustment with height adjustable arms as standard. The back and seat pads are removable for easy replacement, extending the chair’s life. Gas lift is tested for 24hr use up to 150kg

PCB mechanism

Self adjusting synchronised dual lever mechanism

Standard synchronised mechanism

Task Chair

Task Chair

Code

£

02ISAA1

421

Draughtsman Chair

Code

£

02ISAC1

423

Height adjustable back. Adjustable arms.

Height adjustable back. Adjustable arms.

Black nylon base. 60mm seat slide

Black nylon base. 60mm seat slide

Code

£

02ISEE1

383

Black nylon draughtsman base & glides.

Dimensions (mm) Height:

1000-1120

1000-1120

Height:

1270-1520

Height:

Width:

545

Width:

545

Width:

600

Depth:

400-450

Depth:

400-450

Depth:

650

Seat Height:

420-540

Seat Height:

420-540

Seat Height:

670-940

Task Chair Options £ Silver 60mm Soft Wheel Castors

24

Polished Aluminium Multi-Adjustable Arms Head Rest

Polished Aluminium Base with Polished Chrome Gas Lift

£

57

68 101

Coccyx Cushion

72

Draughtsman Chair Options £

Replaceable Upholstery

Chrome Glide

16

Polished Aluminium Base with Polished Chrome Gas Lift

72

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

5

year guarantee

8

recomended hours usage

Silver 60mm Soft Wheel Castors

28

28-29 Is Double Page (15).indd 1

Polished Aluminium Base with Polished Chrome Gas Lift

Polished Aluminium Multi-Adjustable Arms

Head Rest

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

28/11/2014 11:19


29

28-29 Is Double Page (15).indd 2

28/11/2014 11:19


i-Sit

operator, task and posture

i-Sit task chairs feature the latest instant adjustment synchronous technology. The modular design allows the easy addition of ergonomically designed arms, headrests and lumbar supports. Easy to understand icons clearly show the individual function of the controls.

Shown with 4D2 Arms

Shown with 4D2 Arms

Shown with polished base

Upholstered Task Chair

Upholstered Task Chair with Headrest

Code

£

ISIT

520

Without arms.

Code ISIT/UH Without arms.

Upholstered back with black base.

£ 589 Upholstered back with black base and headrest.

Swivel chair with height adjustable upholstered backrest.

Swivel chair with height adjustable upholstered backrest.

Adjustable seat height with integral damping facility.

Adjustable seat height with integral damping facility.

60mm sliding seat depth adjustment. Black nylon 5 star base.

60mm sliding seat depth adjustment. Black nylon 5 star base.

Dimensions (mm) Seat Width:

465

Seat Width:

465

Seat Depth:

455-515

Seat Depth:

455-515

Seat Height:

455-590

Seat Height:

455-590

Overall Width:

710

Overall Width:

710

Overall Depth:

710

Overall Depth:

710

Overall Height:

1010-1205

Overall Height:

1175-1370

Options £ Fabric Insert Back - Upholstered backrest outershell.

FIB

84

Polished Base

- 5 star base.

PB

52

i-Sit 2D Arms

- Height & width adjustability.

2D

99

i-Sit 4D Arms

- Height & width adjustability, horizontal rotation. Depth adjustability.

4D1 132 4D2 153

FIB

PB

2D

4D1

4D2

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

30

30-31 i-Sit - Quattro (15).indd 1

24

recommended hours usage

150

kg

max.weight tolerance

5

year guarantee

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

28/11/2014 11:21


Quattro

operator, task and posture

Quattro supports the 4 principle spine curves: cervical, thoracic, lumbar & pelvic. 4-way back support curves. 4D controls (seat angle, back angle, seat depth, back height). Multi-functional adjustable arms (height, width, depth). All chairs are designed to conform to relevant British Standards and the current EEC VDU Directives.

Shown with Black Base & A/MF arms

Shown with Black Base & ADJ5 arms

Quattro Extra High Back Posture Chair

Quattro High Back Posture Chair

Code

£

AQ100

468

Code

£

AQ200

439

Black base. No arms. Independent back and seat angle adjustment.

Black base. No arms. Independent back and seat angle adjustment.

Additional seat tilt adjustment. Flex front seat. Seat slide adjustment. Fully

Additional seat tilt adjustment. Flex front seat. Seat slide adjustment. Fully

upholstered tri curve extra high back rest. Inflatable lumbar. Ratchet back

upholstered tri curve high back rest. Inflatable lumbar. Ratchet back

height adjustment. Body weight tension control. Gas-lift height adjustment.

height adjustment. Body weight tension control. Gas-lift height adjustment.

Dimensions (mm) 505

Seat Width:

505

Seat Width:

Seat Height:

490-600

Seat Height:

490-600

Back Height:

650-730

Back Height:

525-595

Seat Depth:

465-525

Seat Depth:

465-525

460

Backrest Width:

460

Backrest Width:

Options £

£

Suffix/ADJ5

44

Air Flo

Suffix/ASC

44

Adjustable Multifunctional Arm (height, width, depth) Suffix/A/MF

72

Performance Foam

Suffix/PF

17

Polished Base

44

Coccyx Cutout

Suffix/CC

14

Height Adjustable Arms

Suffix/AB

Suffix/ADJ5

Suffix/A/MF

Suffix/AB

Suffix/ASC

Suffix/PF

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

150

kg

max.weight tolerance

5

year guarantee

T

Testing A fantastic value fully tested posture chair. BS 5459-2 SATRA Strength & Stability. BS EN 1335-1 FIRA Ergonomics Requirement.

Posture

Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

30-31 i-Sit - Quattro (15).indd 2

31

28/11/2014 11:21


Air

Unite

The Air features a breathable mesh back and a back rake mechanism. The chair also has a range of different options available including polished base & seat slide options. There is also a height adjustable arm version available.

mesh

The Unite is a well equipped mesh back chair with highly specified options fitted as standard. The mesh back allows air flow around the upper body whilst working, and offers a waterfall front seat for leg comfort.

Air Mesh Back

Unite Mesh Back

Code

£

Code

£

UT1B - Without arms.

300

Height adjustable back.

UT2B - With height adjustable arms.

361

Double membrane mesh back.

Mesh back.

Seat height adjustment.

Synchro mechanism.

Back rake mechanism.

Height adjustable back.

Black moulded base.

Adjustable lumbar.

AIR03B - With height adjustable arms.

226

Black moulded base. Dimensions (mm) Overall Width:

620

Seat Height:

430-540

550

Seat Depth:

450

Back Height:

500-560

Back Height:

570

Seat Height:

450-570

Overall Width:

490

440

Overall Depth

630

Overall Depth:

Seat Depth

Options £

£

Seat Slide

SS

37

Seat Slide

SS

46

Polished Base

C

38

Polished Base

C

53

SS

C

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

32

32-33 Air-Unite - Etna (15).indd 1

SS

C

8

recommended hours usage

150

kg

max.weight tolerance

5

year guarantee

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

28/11/2014 11:27


Etna

mesh

This high quality mesh back task chair offers outstanding value for money. Not only does the Etna come with a breathable mesh back and moulded cushion seat pad as standard, the synchronised mechanism and seat slide will ensure day long adjustability for ultimate user comfort.

Fantastic Value

Executive Mesh Code

ÂŁ

ET1HB/M/BLK

383

Mesh Back. Synchronised mechanism. Height adjustable arms included. Lumbar support. Black mesh & fabric. Seat slide. Steel spider base. Dimensions (mm) Back Width:

485

Back Height:

585

Seat Height:

450-525

Seat Width:

530

Seat Depth:

485-530

Options ÂŁ Polished Aluminium Base CO/PAB

85

CO/PAB

8

recommended hours usage

114

kg

max.weight tolerance

5

year guarantee

E Space See our executive furniture from page 156.

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

32-33 Air-Unite - Etna (15).indd 2

33

28/11/2014 11:27


Team Plus Mesh

mesh

The Team Plus Mesh range of chairs are classic in their design. Using premium materials, CMHR foams and fabrics they feature a waterfall seat to help alleviate pressure on the thighs when seated.

Medium Back - Operator Chair

Skid Chair - Cantilever Meeting

TPM

Draughtsman Chair

£

Code

£

Code

£

242

TPMC

242

TPMD

326

Code Height adjustable mesh back.

Mesh back.

Height adjustable mesh back.

PCB mechanism. Antishock locking system.

Black tubular cantilever frame.

PCB mechanism. Antishock locking system.

Seat height adjustment. Moulded foam seat.

Protective glides. Moulded foam seat.

Seat height adjustment. Moulded foam seat. 690mm nylon 5 star base. Black nylon glides.

690mm nylon 5 star base. Black castors. Dimensions (mm) 955-1125

Height:

Height:

985

Height:

1060-1410

Back Width:

455

Back Width:

455

Back Width:

455

Seat Depth:

470

Seat Depth:

470

Seat Depth:

470

Seat Height:

480-590

Seat Height:

485

Seat Height:

640-910

Options £ Height Adjustable Arms Code 1D

£ Silver Frame

Per Pair

50

Code SF (Cantilever Chair Only)

13

Polished Base (Operator or Draughtsman) Code PB

1D

New for 2015

SF

48

PB

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

5

year guarantee

34

125

kg

max.weight tolerance

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

34-35 Team Plus Mesh- Kind Mesh (15).indd 1

28/11/2014 11:33


Kind Mesh

mesh

The mesh task chair is an exclusively unique product and features a dual mesh back with an integral adjustable lumbar, body weight responsive mechanism, fixed or 3D adjustable arms and a choice of 9 mesh colours are also available as standard.

New for 2015

KDT03B

Mesh High Back Code

ÂŁ

KDT01B - With No Arms

289

KDT02B - Fixed Arms

334

KDT03B - 3D Adjustable Arms

349

Upholstered seat. Adjustable lumbar support. Body weight responsive mechanism. Black nylon base. Nine colours available for mesh back. Dimensions (mm) Back Height:

620

Seat Height:

440-560

Seat Depth:

440

Overall Depth:

670

Overall Width

670

Back Width:

450

Options ÂŁ Synchro Mechanism

SY

25

Seat Slide

SS

27

Silver Base

P

44

Polished Base

C

44

Adjustable Head Rest

HR

65

Polished Aluminium Arms (3D Only)

AC

37

Polished Base

150

kg

max.weight tolerance

5

year guarantee

8-10

recommended hours usage

KDT03B

See pages 22 & 67-69 for more Kind chairs Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.

Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

34-35 Team Plus Mesh- Kind Mesh (15).indd 2

35

28/11/2014 11:33


Bass

mesh

The Bass mesh back chair is a practical and functional seating solution that can be specified for any project. The chair is available with or without arms and as a cantilever visitors chair. Tailor your chair with an optional polished base or frame.

No Arms

Cantilever

Code

£

BASS11B

349

Height Adjustable Arms

Code

£

BASS22B

307

Code

£

BASS12B

406

Black mesh back. Synchro mechanism.

Black coated frame.

Black mesh back. Synchro mechanism.

Seat height & depth adjustment.

Black mesh back.

Seat height & depth adjustment.

Black moulded base.

Black moulded base.

6cm twin wheel hooded castors.

6cm twin wheel hooded castors. 2D height & width adjustable arms.

Dimensions (mm) Overall Width: Seat Depth:

500

Overall Width:

500

Overall Width:

620

450-500

Overall Depth:

550

Overall Depth:

450-500

Back Height:

520

Back Height:

520

Back Height:

520

Seat Height:

450-570

Seat Height:

450

Seat Height:

450-570

Back Width:

460

Back Width:

460

Back Width:

460

Options £ Polished Base

£ Cantilever Frame

Code C

42

C

Code P

Silver

42

Code C

Chrome

55

C

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

36

36-37 Bass - My Mesh (15).indd 1

150

kg

max.weight tolerance

5

year guarantee

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

28/11/2014 11:35


My Mesh

mesh

The stylish My Mesh provides body fitting support whilst offering a design which is uncluttered and contemporary. It has a black single skin fabric mesh back with an upholstered seat. The Base is black nylon and has 50mm hard wheeled castors. The black height adjustable arms have soft PU arm pads.

Shown with self-adjusting synchronised single lever mechanism

Shown with standard synchronised mechanism

Task Chair - with 60mm seat slide

Task Chair - with fixed seat

Code

£

Code

£

02MYAA2 - Standard synchronised mechanism

421

02MYBA2 - Standard synchronised mechanism

392

02MYAB2 - Self adjusting synchronised single lever mechanism

421

02MYBB2 - Self adjusting synchronised single lever mechanism

383

Dimensions (mm) 1000-1140

Height: Width: Depth:

Width:

660

Depth:

470-600

Seat Height:

1000-1140

Height:

630

630 660 470-600

Seat Height:

Stackable up to 4 high

Stacking Meeting Chair Code

Swivel Chair £

MMY3A - Silver Cantilever frame.

369

Nylon black base.

Code

£

OME2AAC - Height adjustable. Silver Frame.

396

Dimensions (mm) H: 960 W:560 D: 580 Seat Height:450 Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

8

recommended hours usage

T

150

kg

max.weight tolerance

5

H: 950-1080 W:670 D: 570 Seat Height: 440-580

Options

£

Polished Base - For OME2 Chair

47

Polished Aluminium Base With Polished Chrome Gas Lift For 02MY Chairs

57

year guarantee

Testing A fantastic value fully tested chair. BS 5459 PART 2 : 2000 EN/BS 1335 PART1, 2 & 3.

Polished Base Delivered to a room of choice within 35 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

36-37 Bass - My Mesh (15).indd 2

37

28/11/2014 11:35


Loreto

mesh

The Loreto operator chair provides an excellent solution to any seating environment. The chair provides a supporting back structure with a breathable mesh available in both black and white colours.

Shown with polished base

Mesh

Mesh Meeting

Code

£

Code

£

LOR/BM

Black mesh, no arms

373

LORC/BM

Black mesh, no arms

324

LOR/WM

White mesh, no arms

394

LORC/WM

White mesh, no arms

345

LOR/BM/1D

Black mesh, height adjustable arms

420

LORC/BM/FA

Black mesh, arms

361

LOR/WM/1D

White mesh, height adjustable arms

441

LORC/WM/FA

White mesh, arms

382

Synchronised mechanism. Optional height adjustable arms.

Fixed height arms and back. Adjustable lumbar support.

Adjustable lumbar support. Tension adjustment. Black base.

Chrome cantilever frame.

Dimensions (mm) 480

Seat Width:

480

Seat Height:

480-600

Seat Depth:

470

Seat Depth:

470-520

Overall Depth:

600

Seat Width:

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

5

Black or white mesh back available

year guarantee

38

Option £ Polished Aluminium Base

PB

21

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

38-39 Loreto - Sence Mesh (15).indd 1

28/11/2014 11:37


Sense Mesh

mesh

Back pain is a major cause of discomfort and absence from work. The modern Sense Mesh provides body fitting support whilst offering a design which gives lower back support and improves your posture.

Shown with ADJ5 arms

Shown with Polished Base & ADJ5 arms

Sense Task Mesh

Sense Task Mesh with Headrest

Code

£

Code

£

IS200

384

IS250

450

Black base, no arms. Synchro mechanism. High mesh backrest.

Black base, no arms. Synchro mechanism. High mesh backrest.

Lever control back height adjustment.

Lever control back height adjustment.

Seat slide, side tension body weight control.

Seat slide, Side tension body weight control. Adjustable headrest.

Adjustable lumbar panel. Gas lift height adjustment

Adjustable lumbar panel. Gas lift height adjustment

Dimensions (mm) 480

Seat Width:

480

Seat Width:

Floor to Seat Height:

480-600

Floor to Seat Height:

480-600

Seat to Top of Backrest:

610-680

Seat to Top of Backrest:

610-680

Seat Depth:

460-535

Seat Depth:

460-535

450

Backrest Width:

450

Backrest Width:

Options £

£

Suffix/ADJ5

44

Air Flo

Suffix/ASC

44

Adjustable Multifunctional Arm (height, depth, width) Suffix/A/MF

72

Coccyx Cutout

Suffix/CC

14

Polished Base

44

Height Adjustable Arms

Suffix/AB

Suffix/ADJ5

Suffix/A/MF

Suffix/AB

Suffix/ASC

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

150

kg

max.weight tolerance

5

year guarantee

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

38-39 Loreto - Sence Mesh (15).indd 2

39

28/11/2014 11:38


i-Sit Mesh

mesh

i-sit task chairs feature the latest instant adjustment synchronus technology. The modular design allows the easy addition of ergonomically designed arms, headrests and lumbar supports to both mesh and upholstered versions. Easy to understand icons clearly show the individual function of the controls.

New for 2015 ISITM Shown

Shown with 4D Arms

Shown with polished base

Mesh Task Chair

Mesh Task Chair With Mesh Headrest

Code

£

ISITM

520

Code

£

ISITM/MH

589

Without arms. Upholstered seat with black base.

Without arms. Upholstered seat with black base and headrest.

Swivel chair with height adjustable mesh backrest.

Swivel chair with height adjustable mesh backrest.

Adjustable seat height with integral damping facility.

Adjustable seat height with integral damping facility.

60mm sliding seat depth adjustment.

60mm sliding seat depth adjustment.

Dimensions (mm) Seat Width:

465

Seat Width:

465

Seat Depth:

455-515

Seat Depth:

455-515

Seat Height:

455-590

Seat Height:

455-590

Overall Width:

710

Overall Width:

710

Overall Depth:

710

Overall Depth:

710

Overall Height:

1010-1205

Overall Height:

1175-1370

Options £ Polished Base

- 5 star base.

PB

52

i-Sit 2D Arms

- Height & width adjustability.

2D

99

i-Sit 4D Arms

- Height & width adjustability, horizontal 4D1

132

4D2

153

rotation. Depth adjustability.

PB

2D

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

40

4D1

4D2

5

year guarantee

150

kg

max.weight tolerance

24

recommended hours usage

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

40-41 iSit Mesh - IS Mesh (15).indd 1

28/11/2014 11:45


Is Mesh

mesh

The most recent addition to the Is family features a light and contemporary height adjustable elastomeric mesh back. The mesh moulds to your body size and shape to provide all day ventilation and support. This flexible task chair has a sophisticated synchronised mechanism and the same exceptional adjustability as the upholstered version.

Self Adjusting Synchronised Dual Lever Mechanism

Standard Synchronised Mechanism

Medium Back

PCB Mechanism

Medium Back

Code

£

02ISAA2

465

Draughtsman Chair

Code

£

02ISAC2

468

Code

£

02ISEE2

408

Height adjustable back and arms.

Height adjustable back and arms.

Black nylon draughtsman base & glides.

Black nylon base. 60mm seat slide.

Black nylon base. 60mm seat slide.

PCB mechanism.

Dimensions (mm) Height:

1000-1120

1000-1120

Height:

1270-1520

Height:

Width:

545

Width:

545

Width:

600

Depth:

400-450

Depth:

400-450

Depth:

650

Seat Height:

420-540

Seat Height:

420-540

Seat Height:

670-940

Task Chair Options £ Silver 60mm Soft Wheel Castors

24

Polished Aluminium Multi-Adjustable Arms Alternative Mesh Colours

Polished Aluminium Base with Polished Chrome Gas Lift

£

57

68 POA

Coccyx Cushion

72

Draughtsman Chair Options £

New for 2015

Chrome Glide

16

Polished Aluminium Base with Polished Chrome Gas Lift

Silver 60mm Soft Wheel Castors

Polished Aluminium Base with Polished Chrome Gas Lift

72

Polished Aluminium Multi-Adjustable Arms

5

year guarantee

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

40-41 iSit Mesh - IS Mesh (15).indd 2

41

28/11/2014 11:46


Amber

Moore

The Amber range represent affordability in the executive chair market. The High Back chairs come with a pivoting lock tilt mechanism and added cushioning for executive levels of comfort.

executive

The Moore, traditional in style, luxurious in feel. This popular range of executive chairs are upholstered in fabric or soft bonded leather and have generous cushioning on the seat and back.

Amber Fabric or Leather High Back

Moore Fabric High Back

Code

£

Code

£

AM2HB/F/BLUE

- Blue Fabric.

152

moore

AM2HB/F/BLK

- Black Fabric.

152

Matching padded arms.

287

AM1HB/L/BLK

- Bonded Leather.

162

Durable nylon base and arms.

Black base.

Lock Tilt Mechanism.

Gas lift tested up to 150kg.

Amber Fabric or Leather Visitor

Moore Dimensions (mm)

Code

£

530

Seat Width:

AM4/F/BLUE

- Blue Fabric.

133

Seat Height:

480-580

AM4/F/BLK

- Black Fabric.

133

Seat Depth:

520

AM3/PU/BLK

- Bonded Leather.

133

Back Height:

700

Back Width:

530

Amber Dimensions (mm) 495

Seat Width: Seat Height:

425-515

Seat Depth:

515

Back Height:

595

Back Width:

485

Options £ Polished Aluminium Base

CO/PAB

85

Amber Standard Colours

Blue Fabric

CO/PAB

Black Fabric Bonded Leather Moore Standard Colours

AM4/F/BLUE

AM3/PU/BLK

2

year guarantee

114

kg

max.weight tolerance

8

recommended hours usage

Blue Fabric

42

Black Fabric

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

42-43 Amber Moore - Obsidian Tanzanite (15).indd 1

28/11/2014 11:48


Executive Chairs

executive

These chairs will add style and comfort to any office environment. The two chairs come with a two year guarantee plus adjustable seat height and tilt for additional comfort in the office.

Obsidian High Back - Bonded Leather Code

£

OB1HB/BL/BLK

175

Black base. Lock Tilt Mechanism. Obsidian Dimensions (mm) Seat Width:

500

Seat Height:

465-555

Seat Depth:

465

Back Height:

670

Tanzanite High Back - Bonded Leather Code

£

TZ1/HB/L/BLK

231

TZ1/HB/L/BLK

Black base. Soft padded arms. Lock Tilt Mechanism. Tanzanite Dimensions (mm) Seat Width:

495

Seat Height:

490-580

Seat Depth:

515

E Space See our executive furniture from page 156.

Options

2

£ Polished Aluminium Base

CO/PAB

year guarantee

85

114

kg

max.weight tolerance

8

recommended hours usage

CO/PAB Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

42-43 Amber Moore - Obsidian Tanzanite (15).indd 2

43

28/11/2014 11:48


Atlas and Sapphire

executive

The Atlas is a versatile high back leather chair with a shaped seat and soft padded leather arms. The Sapphire offers fantastic comfort and value for money.

New for 2015

Atlas Code

ÂŁ

atlas-black

335

atlas-white

335

atlas-brown

335

Bonded leather. Simple and stylish design. Durable nylon base and arms. Padded fixed armrest. Gas lift tested up to 150kg. Dimensions (mm) Seat Width:

510

Seat Height:

420-520

Seat Depth:

480

Sapphire High Back Chair Code

ÂŁ

SAP/BL/BLK

285

Bonded Leather. Chrome base. Tilt and height adjustable mechanism. Chrome gas lift and chrome base. Dimensions (mm) Seat Width: SAP/BL/BLK

Sapphire High Back Chair Details and Bonded Leather Facings Colour

114

kg

max.weight tolerance

44

2

year guarantee

8

recommended hours usage

510

Seat Height (min-max):

465-555

Seat Depth:

520

Atlas Chair Details and Colours

150

kg

max.weight tolerance

2

year guarantee

8

recomended hours usage

Black Black Brown White Leather Leather Leather Leather Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

44-45 Sapphire Atlas - Classic Xenon (15).indd 1

04/12/2014 11:06


Classic and Xenon

executive

The Classic is an elegant, Italian style chair which will add charm to any office environment. These executive chairs are modern classics. The Xenon is a design inspired chair that offers contemporary design and a high quality finish at outstanding value.

Classic High Back

Classic Medium Back

Code

Code

£

Xenon - Medium Back £

Code

£

classic-high-back-black

516

classic-medium-back-black

475

xenon-medium-back

classic-high-back-white

516

classic-medium-back-white

475

Blue fabric. Knee tilt mechanism & seat height

530

Soft padded bonded leather. Leather

Soft padded bonded leather. Leather

adjustment. Brushed aluminium 5 star base.

padded arms. Large contoured seat.

padded arms. Large contoured seat.

Integral contoured lumbar support.

Chrome Frame.

Chrome Frame.

Dimensions (mm) 475-575

Seat Height:

Back Height:

550

Seat Width:

410-530

Width:

480

Width:

480

Seat Height:

450-520

Depth:

500

Depth:

470

Back Height:

540

Back Height:

640

Seat Height:

Width:

630

Depth:

610

460-560

Xenon - High Back Code

£

xenon-high-back

New for 2015

573

Knee tilt mechanism & seat height adjustment. Brushed aluminium 5 star base. With Headrest. Integral contoured lumbar support. Dimensions (mm) Seat Width:

410-530

Seat Height:

450-520

Back Height:

740

Width:

630

Depth:

610

Classic Chair Details

150

Xenon Chair Details

kg

max.weight tolerance

2

year guarantee

8

recommended hours usage

150

kg

max.weight tolerance

5

year guarantee

8

recommended hours usage

Black Black White Black Blue Leather Leather Leather Fabric Fabric Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

44-45 Sapphire Atlas - Classic Xenon (15).indd 2

45

04/12/2014 11:06


Opula

executive

The Opula chairs offer soft black leather upholstery along with a chrome finish to all metalwork.

New for 2015

High Back - With Headrest Code

ÂŁ

OPU

522

Black leather upholstery. Height adjustable seat & back. Synchronised mechanism. Lockable back angle adjustment. Aluminium 5 star base. 2D adjustable arms. Dimensions (mm) Height:

1280-1340

Width:

680

Seat Depth:

530

Seat Height:

490-550

Cantilever Chair Code OPUC

ÂŁ 391

Black leather upholstery. High back. Fixed arms with upholstered pads. Chrome cantilever frame. Dimensions (mm) Colour

125

kg

max.weight tolerance

5

year guarantee

8

recommended hours usage

Height:

995

Width:

605

Seat Depth:

520

Seat Height:

460

Black

46

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

46-47 Opula - Traditional (15).indd 1

28/11/2014 11:52


Traditional

executive

With iconic designs this line of furniture offers superb comfort. Featuring deep cushioned seats and backs along with soft, sturdy fixed armrests.

Available in brown, burgundy, and green.

Commodore

Available in brown, burgundy, cream and green.

Chesterfield

Code

£

commodore

995

Available in brown, burgundy, cream and green.

Baron

Code chesterfield

£

Code

£

360

baron

356

Top grain Italian leather faced upholstery with

Leather faced upholstery. Traditional button style

Sturdy 4 leg wood frame. Soft high quality

button upholstery & brass stud decoration

design. Wooden armrests with soft pad sleeve.

Italian leather with brass stud detail. Dimensions (mm)

560

Seat Width:

530

Seat Width:

Seat Width:

600

Seat Height:

510-570

Seat Height:

460-550

Seat Height:

480

Seat Depth:

530

Seat Depth:

490

Seat Depth:

530

Finsbury Code

£

finsbury

396

Soft bonded leather. Light Oak colour wooden arms and base. Gas lift tested up to 150kg Dimensions (mm) Seat Width:

520

Seat Height (min-max):

450-540

Seat Depth:

490 Available in black, cream and brown leather. Tan micro-fibre (suede effect) option available.

New for 2015 Bonded Leather Colours

2

year guarantee

Black

Green

Brown

Burgundy

8

recommended hours usage

Cream

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

46-47 Opula - Traditional (15).indd 2

47

28/11/2014 11:52


i-Sit

executive

i-Sit task chairs feature the latest instant adjustment synchronous technology. The modular design allows the easy addition of ergonomically designed arms, headrests and lumbar supports. Easy to understand icons clearly show the individual function of the controls.

Shown with 4D2 Arms

Shown with 4D2 Arms

Shown with polished base

Upholstered Task Chair

Upholstered Task Chair with Headrest

Code

£

ISIT - Black Nylon 5 Star Base

520

Code

£

ISIT/UH - Black Nylon 5 Star Base

589

Without arms. Upholstered back with black base.

Without arms. Upholstered back with black base and headrest.

Swivel chair with height adjustable upholstered backrest.

Swivel chair with height adjustable upholstered backrest.

Adjustable seat height with integral damping facility.

Adjustable seat height with integral damping facility.

60mm sliding seat depth adjustment.

60mm sliding seat depth adjustment.

Dimensions (mm) Seat Width:

470

Seat Width:

470

Seat Depth:

455-515

Seat Depth:

455-515

Seat Height:

455-590

Seat Height:

455-590

Overall Width:

710

Overall Width:

710

Overall Depth:

710

Overall Depth:

710

Overall Height:

1010-1205

Overall Height:

1175-1370

Options £ Fabric Insert Back - Upholstered backrest outershell.

FIB

84

Polished Base

- 5 star base.

PB

52

i-Sit 2D Arms

- Height & width adjustability.

2D

99

i-Sit 4D Arms

- Height & width adjustability, horizontal rotation. Depth adjustability.

4D1 132 4D2 153

FIB

PB

2D

4D1

4D2

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

48

48-49 iSit - Ocean (15).indd 1

24

recommended hours usage

150

kg

max.weight tolerance

5

year guarantee

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

28/11/2014 11:53


Ocean

executive

A sophisticated range of managerial/task seating that caters for the needs of the most discerning user. A fully synchronised seat and back tilt mechanism and aluminium finish detailing enhance any environment. The choice of wooden armrests, which can be stained to match furniture and fittings, ensure that Ocean blends harmoniously with any design.

Silver frame

Syncro action. Tension control. Black base.

Wood and silver frame

Medium Back - Cantilever Visitors Chair Code

Fabric £

OCN1039

442

Black Hide Facings £ 571

Medium Back - 4 Legged Armchair Code

Fabric £

OCN1040

Medium Back - Managerial Armchair

Black Hide Facings £

557

686

Fabric £

Black Hide Facings £

OCN1042 - Black Arms

559

688

OCN1044 - Wooden Arms

673

802

Code

Dimensions (mm) Back Height:

475

Back Height:

475

Back Height:

620

Back Width:

500

Back Width:

500

Seat Width:

515

Seat Depth:

430

Seat Depth:

430

Seat Depth:

430

Seat Height:

450

Seat Height:

450

Seat Height:

415-535

Options

£

Silver Base

SV

Polished Metal Base Wooden Base Seat Slide

SV

High Back - Armchair With Headrest Fabric £

Black Hide Facings £

OCN1045 - Black Arms

658

806

OCN1046 - Wooden Arms

773

923

42

Code

MT

52

WD

104

SS

26

MT

New for 2015

Dimensions (mm) Back Height:

800

Back Width:

515

Seat Depth:

430

Seat Height:

415-535

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

WD

Black Hide Facings

Standard Wood Finishes

Syncro action. Tension control. Black base.

Ocean Stock Fabrics

5

year guarantee

Oak

Rosewood

Beech

Cherry

Walnut

Maple

Black

Black

Royal

Claret

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

48-49 iSit - Ocean (15).indd 2

49

28/11/2014 11:53


Enna

executive

The Enna chair combines classic design with modern production techniques, featuring panelled luxury leather with fixed chrome arms and a chrome base.

High Back

Medium Back

Code

£

ENNHB

601

Medium Back Cantilever

Code

£

ENN

546

Code

£

ENNC

462

Ribbed soft black leather upholstery.

Ribbed soft black leather upholstery.

Ribbed soft black leather upholstery.

Knee tilt mechanism.

Knee tilt mechanism.

Knee tilt mechanism.

Body weight tension adjustment.

Body weight tension adjustment.

Chrome fixed height arms.

Seat height adjustment.

Seat height adjustment.

Protective glides.

650mm Polished aluminium 5 star base.

650mm Polished aluminium 5 star base.

Chrome cantilever frame.

Chrome fixed height arms.

Chrome fixed height arms.

Dimensions (mm) 540

Seat Width:

540

Seat Depth:

460

Seat Depth:

485

Seat Height:

450-550

Seat Height:

465

Overall Width:

565

Overall Height:

900

530

Seat Width:

Seat Depth:

460

Seat Height:

450-550

Seat Width:

Overall Width: Overall Height:

680 1080-1180

Overall Width: Overall Height:

680 890-990

Option £ Glides

Code G

13

Expanded range for 2015

5

year guarantee

125

kg

max.weight tolerance

8

recomended hours usage

Black Leather

50

50-51 Enna - Venice (15).indd 1

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

28/11/2014 11:59


Venice

executive

These panelled leather luxury chairs have a synchronised mechanism with side tension adjustment and seat height adjustment. They have fully upholstered integral arms and a 700mm polished aluminium 5 star base with 65mm twin hard wheeled black castors.

New for 2015

High Back - Fully Upholstered In Leather Code

ÂŁ

VENHB

839

Synchronised mechanism with slide tension adjustment. Seat height adjustment. Embossed upholstery. CMHR foam. 700mm polished aluminium 5 star base. Dimensions (mm) Height:

1240-1300

Overall Width:

720

Seat Depth:

460

Seat Height:

490-550

Medium Back - Fully Upholstered In Leather Code

ÂŁ

VEN

787

Synchronised mechanism with slide tension adjustment. Seat height adjustment. Embossed upholstery. CMHR foam. 700mm polished aluminium 5 star base. Dimensions (mm) Height: Overall Width:

1080-1140 720

Seat Depth:

460

Seat Height:

490-550

125

kg

max.weight tolerance

5

year guarantee

8

recomended hours usage

Black Leather

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

50-51 Enna - Venice (15).indd 2

51

28/11/2014 11:59


Stakka

meeting & general purpose

The simple Stakka represents one of our most popular economy chairs. Versatility is affordable with this adaptable chair.

Extended Range for 2015

Black frame

Stakka Upholstered Code

ÂŁ

STP0500/B/CHA

Black Frame/ Charcoal Fabric

79

STP0500/B/BLUE

Black Frame/ Blue Fabric

79

STP0503/CH/CHA Chrome Frame/ Charcoal Fabric

88

STP0503/CH/BLUE Chrome Frame/ Blue Fabric

88

Dimensions (mm) Overall Height:

790

Overall Width:

560

Seat Width:

450

Seat Depth:

400

Back Height:

330

Meeting Tables

See our tables section from page 176.

Chrome frame with upholstered seat & backrest

8

recommended hours usage

Stock Fabric Colour BLUE

52

Special Order Fabric Colours

115

kg

max.weight tolerance

1

year guarantee

Frame Colours

CHA

Blue Charcoal Black Grey Aqua Claret Black Chrome Specials delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled, stock within 10 working days fully assembled Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

52-53 Stakka Double Page (15).indd 1

04/12/2014 12:15


Stakka

meeting & general purpose

Black frame with upholstered seat and mesh back

Black frame

Stakka Plastic

Shown in Wenge

Stakka Mesh

Code

£

Stakka Wood

Code

£

Code

£

STP0500/PB

Black Frame

60

STP0500/MB

Black Frame

84

STP0500/WB

Black Frame

STP0503/PC

Chrome Frame

68

STP0503/MC

Chrome Frame

92

STP0503/WC

Chrome Frame

95 103

Beech or wenge as standard please specify colour Dimensions (mm) Overall Height:

790

Overall Width:

560

Seat Width:

450

Seat Depth:

400

Back Height:

330

Stacks up to 20 high

Options £ Black Writing Tablet

ISO-BWT

45

Wooden Writing Tablet

ISO-WWT

60

Pair of Black Fixed Arms

ISO-ARMS

33

ISO-BWT

ISO-WWT

ISO-ARMS

Please note minimum order quantities may apply to the products on this page.

8

recommended hours usage

115

kg

max.weight tolerance

Stakka Wood Colours

Beech

Wenge

Chrome frame with wenge wood seat & back

1

year guarantee

Stakka Plastic Colours

Green

Blue

Stakka Mesh Colours

Red

Black

Black

Blue

Green

Orange

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

52-53 Stakka Double Page (15).indd 2

53

04/12/2014 12:15


Workchair

meeting & general purpose

A range of tough wearing factory and office chairs that offer durability in the workplace, and height adjusting contoured back rests. Both chairs also have a seat height gas adjustment.

Tough Wearing for Factory & Office

Adjustable Workchair - With Castors Code

ÂŁ

FC1/BLK

202

Height adjustable mechanism. Nylon base. Dimensions (mm) Seat Width:

455

Seat Height:

450-580

Seat Depth:

430

Fixed Footrest Workchair - With Glides Code

ÂŁ

FC1/FC1/D-BASE

262

Height adjustable mechanism. Nylon base. Dimensions (mm) Seat Width:

455

Seat Height:

605-735

Seat Depth:

430

2

year guarantee

110

kg

max.weight tolerance

Black

54

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

54-55 Workchair - 2000-2600 (15).indd 1

28/11/2014 12:14


meeting & general purpose

2000/2600 Folding Chairs

These chairs are a stylish, comfortable & lightweight polypropylene folding chair. The 2600 chair comes with an option of either a steel or upholstered seat finish. The storage trolleys will help eliminate the problem of storage in premises where space is restricted.

Folds flat for compact storage

Sold in boxes of 4 chairs

Sold in boxes of 8 chairs

2000 Folding Chair - Box of Eight

2600 Folding Chair - Suitable For Indoor & Outdoor Use. Code

£

Code

CF4002* - Box of four with steel seat

184

CF4001* - Box of Eight

CF4009* - Box of four with upholstered seat

288

Folds flat for compact storage.

Strong steel seat & folding frame. Twin double cross braces for added strength.

£ 240

Suitable for indoor & outdoor use.

Dimensions (mm) Width:

470

Width:

450

Height:

450

Height:

450

Depth:

540

Depth:

550

Transport Dolly - For use with 2000 chairs.

Low Hanging - For use with 2000 & 2600 chairs. Code

£

XH40030A - Stores 68 chairs (2000) & 36 chairs (2600)

645

Code

£

CF40045 - Stores up to 40 chairs.

216

Low Hanging Storage, 2 rows. Requires double door access. Dimensions (mm) Width:

1350

Width:

470

Height:

1220

Height:

1910

Depth:

1750

Depth:

1130

Options

£

Storage Strap with Alloy Buckle (5m)

CF40015

33

Chair Linking Clips

CF40075

2

2000/2600 Seat Frame Colours

5

CF40015

year guarantee

Blue/Grey

Burgundy/Grey

Charcoal/Grey

Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

54-55 Workchair - 2000-2600 (15).indd 2

55

28/11/2014 12:14


Barcelona

meeting & general purpose

Ideal for any multi seating environment such as training, conference or lectures. A comfortable and stylish chair at an affordable price that is sure to please.

Shown with optional arm pads and chrome frame

New for 2015

Shown with chrome frame

Barcelona Code

ÂŁ

BCLA/BL - Black Frame With Black Plastic Arm Pads

113

BCLA/CH - Chrome Frame With Black Plastic Arm Pads

122

Dimensions (mm)

See page 88 for meeting table

Overall Height:

840

Overall Width:

530

Seat Width:

485

Seat Depth:

455

Back Width:

390

Back Height:

420

Options ÂŁ Pair of Beech Arm Pads

28

Pair of Alder, Wenge or Black Arm Pads

28

1

year guarantee

115

kg

max.weight tolerance

8

recommended hours usage

Wooden Arm Colours

Beech Plastic Arm Colours

Black

56

Grey

Alder

Wenge

Frame Colours

Chrome

Black

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

56-57 Barcelona - Academy (15).indd 1

03/12/2014 10:35


Academy

meeting & general purpose

Our new multi use heavy duty meeting chair is funky, modern and completely versatile. Chrome oval tube legs, well padded seat and curved back with breathable holes will look and feel good in any environment.

Stacking Chair - Stacks Up To 6 High

Stacking Chair - Stacks Up To 6 High

Code

£

academy - without arms

216

Code

£

academy - with arms

224

Durable and stylish plastic backrest. Practical and comfortable.

Durable and stylish plastic backrest. Practical and comfortable.

Upholstered in black fabric.

Upholstered in black fabric.

Dimensions (mm) Seat Width:

450

Seat Width:

450

Seat Depth:

485

Seat Depth:

485

Seat Height:

470

Seat Height:

470

Option £ Coloured upholstered seat

60

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

New for 2015

Suitable for stacking

Coloured seat pad subject to longer lead time

8

recommended hours usage

1

year guarantee

Black Plastic

Priced in Group 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

Delivered to a room of choice within 15 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

56-57 Barcelona - Academy (15).indd 2

57

03/12/2014 10:35


Turner

Client 4

The Turner is a simple woodframe chair which has a cushioned seat and back pad. It’s stackable 4 high, and available in a choice of either charcoal or blue fabric.

meeting & general purpose

The Client 4 offers a lightweight yet durable and comfortable cantilever meeting chair that gives style and elegance.

Client 4 Chair Code

£

CL4/BL/BLK

162

Black Hide Facings. Cantilever Frame. Chrome Frame. Dimensions (mm) Seat Width:

430

Seat Height:

460

Seat Depth:

430

Back Height:

470

Overall Depth:

605

Overall Width:

555

Turner Stacking Chair - Beechwood frame. Code

£

TUP1 - No Arms

139

TUP2 - With Arms

139

Dimensions (mm) Width:

530

Depth:

520

Height:

800

Turner Colours and Information

2

year guarantee

114

CHA

BLUE

kg

max.weight tolerance

2

year guarantee

Charcoal

58

Client 4 Colour and Information

Blue

114

kg

max.weight tolerance

Black

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

58-59 Client 4 Turner - Step (15).indd 1

28/11/2014 12:23


Step

meeting & general purpose

Plastic seat and back available in black, grey and white. Mesh back option in black and grey. Upholstery pads available for seat and back. Arm option and optional writing tablet for either the left or right hand side. Chair dolly available for the four leg and castors version. Black frame fitted as standard.

Shown with mesh back and silver frame

Shown with mesh back and silver frame

Cantilever

Castors

Code

£

Four Leg

Code

£

Code

£

STPV-0-BLK-BLK

131

STP4C-0-BLK-BLK

131

STP4-0-BLK-BLK

96

STPV-0-GRY-BLK

136

STP4C-0-GRY-BLK

136

STP4-0-GRY-BLK

102

STPV-0-WHT-BLK

136

STP4C-0-WHT-BLK

136

STP4-0-WHT-BLK

102

STPV-MSH-0-BLK-BLK Mesh Back

176

STP4C-MSH-0-BLK-BLK Mesh Back

176

STP4-MSH-0-BLK-BLK Mesh Back

141

STPV-MSH-0-GRY-BLK Mesh Back

182

STP4C-MSH-0-GRY-BLK Mesh Back

187

STP4-MSH-0-GRY-BLK Mesh Back

147

Step Dimensions (mm) Height:

820

Depth:

540

Seat height:

455

Seat width:

460

Seat width with arms:

585

Seat depth:

460

New for 2015

Options £ Arm Option

Add A

34

Upholstered seat only

Replace 0 with 1

28

Upholstered seat & back Replace 0 with 2

46

Writing Tablet

85

Chair Trolley

136

Grey Frame

GRY

10

White Frame

WHT

10

Chrome Frame

P

12

Example product code: upholstery frame frame colour

STP 4 A - 0 - BLK BLK product arms

colour nylon

0 is plastic 1 is seat pad only 2 is seat pad & back pad

5

year guarantee

160

kg

max.weight tolerance

8

Shown with grey plastic back and arms and with a silver frame

recommended hours usage

Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

58-59 Client 4 Turner - Step (15).indd 2

59

28/11/2014 12:23


Ikon

meeting & general purpose

Clear cut lines and inspirational shapes, Ikon chairs offer style and enhancement to any meeting or visitor environment. Whilst it provides contemporary elegance, Ikon is practical and provides comfort and ergonomics to the user. With the polypropylene seat and back in a choice of colours, the range also offers upholstered seat and back options.

IK01B with red plastic (RD) & silver frame (P)

IK03B with red plastic (RD) & chrome frame (C)

Plastic Seat & Back

IK05B with red plastic (RD) & chrome frame (C)

Upholstered Seat & Plastic Back

Code

£

Code

Upholstered Seat & Back Pad Code

£

£

IK01B - No arms, black frame

101

IK03B - No arms, black frame

116

IK05B - No arms, black frame

141

IK02B - With fixed arms, black frame

128

IK04B - With fixed arms, black frame

142

IK06B - With fixed arms, black frame

167

Seat Width (IK01B):

458

Seat Width (IK03B):

458

Seat Width (IK05B):

458

Seat Width (IK02B):

544

Seat Width (IK04B):

544

Seat Width (IK06B):

544

Seat Height:

443

Seat Height:

443

Seat Height:

443

Seat Depth:

460

Seat Depth:

460

Seat Depth:

460

Dimensions (mm)

Options

£

Chrome Frame

Code C

22

Silver Frame

Code P

FOC

P

C

Stack up to 6 high IK02B Fixed Arms

IK04B Fixed Arms IK06B Fixed Arms Ikon Plastic Seat Colours Testing A fantastic value tested chair. BS EN 15373 SATRA Strength & Durability.

T

5

year guarantee

115

BLK

60-61 Ikon (15).indd 1

RD

BL

GY

SD

max.weight tolerance

Black

60

WH

kg

White

Red

Blue

Grey

Sand

Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

28/11/2014 12:30


Ikon

meeting & general purpose Offers Seat and Back Options

IK21B with white plastic (WH) and chrome frame (C)

IK23B with white plastic (WH) and chrome frame (P)

Plastic Seat & Back Code IK21B - No arms, black cantilever frame

Upholstered Seat & Plastic Back £ 126

IK22B - With fixed arms, black cantilever frame 153

Code

IK25B with white plastic (WH) and chrome frame (P)

Upholstered Seat & Back Pad £

Code

£

IK23B - No arms, black cantilever frame

141

IK25B - No arms, black cantilever frame

IK24B - With fixed arms, black cantilever frame

167

IK26B - With fixed arms, black cantilever frame 192

166

Dimensions (mm) Seat Width (IK21B):

458

Seat Width (IK23B):

458

Seat Width (IK25B):

458

Seat Width (IK22B):

544

Seat Width (IK24B):

544

Seat Width (IK26B):

544

Seat Height:

443

Seat Height:

443

Seat Height:

443

Seat Depth:

460

Seat Depth:

460

Seat Depth:

460

High Stool - Plastic Seat & Back Code

£

High Stool - Upholstered Seat & Plastic Back

High Stool - Upholstered Seat & Back Pad

Code

Code

£

£

154

IK53B - No arms, black frame

168

IK55B - No arms, black frame

194

Seat Width:

458

Seat Width:

458

Seat Width:

458

Seat Height:

770

Seat Height:

770

Seat Height:

770

Seat Depth:

460

Seat Depth:

460

Seat Depth:

460

IK51B - No arms, black frame Dimensions (mm)

Priced in Camira Advantage/Phoenix fabric, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

IK22B Fixed Arms

IK24B Fixed Arms

IK26B Fixed Arms

Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

60-61 Ikon (15).indd 2

61

28/11/2014 12:30


Xpresso 1

meeting & general purpose

Xpresso 1 is designed to provide a practical and stylish solution for a range of environments including educational establishments, cafes, auditoria, conference facilities and meeting rooms. They can be linked together an the optional linking strip. Polypropylene seat and back, tubular chrome steel frame, nylon glides. Chair available with or without black arms. Option of upholstered seat and/or back.

MXP1A Shown

MXP1C/F Shown

Plastic Seat & Back

MXP1A/HF Shown

Upholstered Seat & Plastic Back

Code

£

Code

Upholstered Seat & Back Pad £

Code

£

MXP1A

130

MXP1A/F

166

MXP1A/HF

190

MXP1C - With black arms

211

MXP1C/F - With black arms

250

MXP1C/HF - With black arms

274

Width:

580

Width:

580

Width:

580

Width with arms:

595

Width with arms:

595

Width with arms:

595

Height:

830

Height:

830

Height:

830

Depth:

490

Depth:

490

Depth:

490

Trolley - Holds 45 Code MXP

515

Dimensions (mm)

Options £ Linking Feet

Code LXP

FOC

Writing Tablet

Code Writing Tablet

£

132

New for 2015

Writing Tablet

High Plastic Seat & Back Code

MXP

£

GXP1A

168

Dimensions (mm)

High density stacking with multi colour options!

600

Width:

595

Width with arms: Height:

1070

Depth:

490

Seat Height:

720 Xpresso Seat Colours

5

year guarantee

Black

62

62-63 Xpresso 1 (15).indd 1

Grey

White

Purple

Light Blue

Green

Red

Yellow

Stone

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

28/11/2014 12:44


63

62-63 Xpresso 1 (15).indd 2

28/11/2014 12:44


Host

meeting & general purpose

Host is our multipurpose high density stacking chair. It can be specified with or without arms. It has a plastic seat and perforated back on a chromed steel frame as standard. Host is also available with an upholstered seat or back, to further enhance its design and prominence. It is suitable for use in the office, dining areas, waiting and meeting rooms as well as conference facilities.

Simple yet elegant & classic

Host Chrome Sledge Base Chair Code

HS06C Shown

£

HS01C Plastic Seat & Back

135

HS02C Plastic Seat, Back & Arms

200

HS03C Upholstered Seat & Plastic Back

157

HS04C Upholstered Seat, Plastic Back & Arms

222

HS05C Upholstered Seat & Back

165

HS06C Upholstered Seat, Back & Arms

231

Dimensions (mm) Seat Height:

430-540

Seat Depth:

450

Back Height:

570

Overall Width:

490

Overall Width with arms:

630

Overall Depth:

630

Option £ Host Mobile trolley

• • • • •

Stacks up to 40 high

Priced in Group 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

64-65 Host - Arena (15).indd 1

386

Breathable Plastic Back Upholstered Seat & Back Options Integral Linking System Stacks up to 6 high Stacks up to 40 on Trolley (Upholstered models - 25)

Plastic Colours

5

WH

RD

BL

GN

YL

BK

year guarantee

White

64

HST

Red

Blue

Green

Yellow

Black

Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

28/11/2014 12:51


Arena

meeting & general purpose

Arena is designed for conference rooms, meeting areas and general office applications. Four leg and cantilever options are stackable and available with writing tablets. The Arena comes as standard with a black frame, and options for either silver or chrome.

Shown with optional Chrome Frame

Round Back Cantilever - With Fixed Arms

Round Back - With Arms

Code

Code

£

AR4B - Fixed Arms

156

Round Back - With No Arms £

AR2B - Fixed Arms

158

Code AR1B - Without Arms

Black frame.

Stacks 4 high.

Stacks 4 high.

Round shaped back.

Black frame.

Black frame.

Round shaped back.

Round shaped back.

£ 116

Dimensions (mm) Seat Width:

520

Seat Width:

600

Seat Width:

460

Seat Height:

435

Overall Height:

435

Seat Height:

435

Seat Depth:

480

Seat Depth:

480

Seat Depth:

480

Back Height:

440

Back Height:

440

Back Height:

440

Options £ Writing Tablet

£ Chrome/Silver Frame

Code WRT

Right Hand

74

Code C

Chrome Frame

Code WLT

Left Hand

74

Code P

Silver Frame

C

53 FOC

WRT

Priced in Camira Advantage/Phoenix fabric, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

5

year guarantee

115

kg

max.weight tolerance

T

Testing A fantastic value tested chair. BS EN 4875 SATRA Strength & Durability.

Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

64-65 Host - Arena (15).indd 2

65

28/11/2014 12:51


La Kendo

meeting & general purpose

The La Kendo is a stylish and comfortable chair ideal for waiting rooms, conferences and lectures. With the polypropylene seat and back in a choice of colours, the range also offers upholstered seat and back options. Clever 4 legged nesting design ideal for space conscious environments, stacks up to 20 high.

All shown with optional chrome frame

Plastic Seat & Back Code

Plastic Seat & Back £

KN01B

142

Plastic Back & Upholstered Seat

Code

Code

£

KN02B

£

KN03B

164

154

No arms. Plastic seat & back.

With arms. Plastic seat & back

No arms. Plastic back & upholstered seat

Black 4 leg frame. Black Plastic.

Black 4 leg frame. Black Plastic.

Black 4 leg frame. Black Plastic.

Dimensions (mm) 380

Back Height:

Back Height:

380

Back Height:

365

Seat Height:

485

Seat Height:

470

Seat Height:

470

Seat Depth:

420

Seat Depth:

450

Seat Depth:

420

Overall Depth:

550

Overall Depth:

550

Overall Depth:

550

Overall Width:

540

Overall Width:

620

Overall Width:

620

Back Width:

440

Back Width:

440

Back Width:

440

Ideal for Training or Conference Rooms

Plastic Back & Upholstered Seat Code

£

KN04B

175

With arms. Plastic back & upholstered seat Black 4 leg frame. Black Plastic.

Options

Dimensions (mm)

£

365

Back Height: Seat Height:

485

Chrome Frame

C

33

Seat Depth:

420

Silver Frame

P

FOC

Overall Depth:

550

Linking Device

L

Overall Width:

620

Mobile Trolley

KEN/TR

Back Width:

440

Tip Up Seat

TP

16 110 19

Prices shown are for black plastic parts. For colours shown below add £6.

Plastic Colour Options

5

year guarantee

115

BL

GY

RD

max.weight tolerance

Blue

66

SD

kg

Grey

Sand

Red

Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

66-67 LA Kendo - Kind Swivel (15).indd 1

04/12/2014 11:07


Kind Swivel

meeting & general purpose

The Kind swivel meeting chair has a four star polished aluminium base and chrome gas stem as standard. Available with or without arms, the height can be adjusted to the required position by a uniquely designed integral button under the seat.

New for 2015

KDMC82C

Mesh Back Swivel Chair Code

£

KDMC81C - With No Arms

344

KDMC82C - Fixed Arms

376

Upholstered seat and mesh back. Polished aluminium base. Choice of 9 colours for mesh back.

Swivel Chair - Upholstered Back Code

£

KDMC61C - With No Arms

347

KDMC62C - Fixed Arms

380

Upholstered seat and back. Polished aluminium base. Dimensions (mm) Back Height:

400

Seat Height:

430-550

Seat Depth:

450

Overall Depth:

560

Overall Width (without arms):

530

Overall Width (With arms):

635

Back Width:

450 KDMC62C

Options £ Upholstered outer back panel (KDMC61C/KDMC62C only)

UB

Black Nylon Base

B

FOC

Silver Base

P

-42

150

kg

max.weight tolerance

5

year guarantee

8-10

recommended hours usage

Add 5%

See pages 22, 35 & 68-69 for more Kind chairs

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.

Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

66-67 LA Kendo - Kind Swivel (15).indd 2

67

04/12/2014 11:07


Kind

meeting & general purpose

Kind meeting offers a cantilever and 4 leg chair which provides a perfect solution to all boardroom, training and conference applications. Frames can be specified in black, silver or chrome and as all meeting chair variants back panel options allow design integration with the task seating specified. All mesh back versions of the Kind chair are available in the following colours; Black, Sage, Slate, Burnt Orange, Graphite, White, Taupe, Mauve and Teal.

New for 2015 Black frame as standard. Range shown with optional chrome frame.

KDMC01B

Four Leg Meeting Chair Code

ÂŁ

KDMC01B - With No Arms

176

KDMC02B - With Fixed Arms

209

Upholstered seat and back. Black Plastic outer back & under shroud. Black four leg frame. Stackable 4 high.

Cantilever Frame Meeting Chair Code

ÂŁ

KDMC31B - With No Arms

215

KDMC32B - With Fixed Arms

247

Upholstered seat and back. Black Plastic outer back & under shroud. Black cantilever frame. Stackable 3 high. Kind Dimensions (mm)

KDMC32B

Back Height:

400

Seat Height:

500

Seat Depth:

450

Overall Depth:

560

Overall Width - with no arms:

530

Overall Width - with arms:

640

Back Width:

450

See pages 22, 35 & 67 for more Kind chairs

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.

68

150

kg

max.weight tolerance

5

year guarantee

8-10

recommended hour usage

Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

68-69 Kind Double Page (15).indd 1

28/11/2014 12:57


Kind

meeting & general purpose

The Kind four leg chair is a simple and elegant design. A choice of frame and upholstery variations can be specified, with the option to co-ordinate with the dual mesh design of the task seating.

KDMC12B

KDMC41B

Four Leg Mesh Meeting Chair

KDMC22B

Cantilever Mesh Meeting Chair

Code

£

Code

Four Leg Meeting Chair £

Code

£

KDMC11B - With No Arms

148

KDMC41B - With No Arms

182

KDMC21B - With No Arms

174

KDMC12B - With Fixed Arms

182

KDMC42B - With Fixed Arms

214

KDMC22B - With Fixed Arms

207

Plastic seat and mesh back. Black plastic

Plastic seat and mesh back. Black plastic

Upholstered seat and mesh back. Black 4 leg

back surround & under shroud. Black four

back surround & under shroud. Black

frame. Stackable 4 high. Black plastic back

leg frame. Stackable 4 high. Choice of 9

cantilever frame. Stackable 3 high. Choice

surround & under shroud. Choice of 9

colours available for mesh back.

of 9 colours available for mesh back.

colours available for mesh back.

Cantilever Frame Meeting Chair Code

£

KDMC51B - With No Arms

211

KDMC52B - With Fixed Arms

244

Upholstered seat and mesh back. Black cantilever frame. Stackable 3 high. Black plastic back surround & under shroud. Choice of 9 colours available for mesh back.

Options £ Silver Frame

P

FOC

Chrome Frame

C

22

Castors

CS

22

Stackable 4 high.

KDMC51B Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

68-69 Kind Double Page (15).indd 2

69

28/11/2014 12:57


Leola

meeting & general purpose

Comfort and ergonomics are core to the modern, simple, clean cut design of Leola. The result is a multifunctional chair suitable for almost every environment. Leola is a perfect choice for contemporary community areas, waiting rooms, conferencing, bars, bistro’s, waiting rooms, meeting rooms, boardrooms and multiple other applications within the office.

Stacks 4 chairs high

Shown with optional arms

Polypropylene fibreglass backrest, upholstered seat

Polypropylene fibreglass backrest, polypropylene seat

Upholstered Seat & Plastic Backrest - Without Arms, Chrome Legs

Plastic Seat & Backrest - Without Arms, Chrome Legs

Code

Code

£

£

LLBUSPB Black Plastic

171

LLBPSPB Black Plastic

137

LLGUSPB Grey Plastic

171

LLGPSPB Grey Plastic

137

LLWUSPB White Plastic

171

LLWPSPB White Plastic

137

Polypropylene seat

Upholstered seat

Upholstered Seat & Backrest - Without Arms, Chrome Legs

Mesh Black Plastic Backrest - Without Arms, Chrome Legs

Code

Code

£

£

Code

£

LLBUSUB Black Plastic

204

Black Plastic Mesh Backrest,

Black Plastic Mesh Backrest,

LLGUSUB Grey Plastic

204

Polypropylene Seat

Upholstered Seat

LLWUSUB White Plastic

204

LLBPSMB Black Plastic

171

LLBUSMB Black Plastic

204

Options £

LLGPSMB Grey Plastic

171

LLGUSMB Grey Plastic

204

£

LLWPSMB White Plastic

171

LLWUSMB White Plastic

204

Black Plastic Arms

BLA

34 Writing Table (RH)

WTRH

39

Leola Dimensions (mm)

Plastic Seat

Grey Plastic Arms

GLA

34 Writing Table (LH)

WTLH

39

Seat Width:

470

485

White Plastic Arms

WLA

34 Leola Dolly

LCD

209

Seat Depth:

470

475

14

Seat Height:

455

480

Linking Device (Pair)

LD

Upholstered Seat

Priced in Group 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order. Plastic Colours BLA, GLA or WLA

70

WTRH or WTLH (Available in black only)

LCD (Up to 8 chairs)

5

year guarantee

115

kg

max.weight tolerance

Black

Grey

White

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

70-71 Leola Double Page (15).indd 1

28/11/2014 13:05


71

70-71 Leola Double Page (15).indd 2

28/11/2014 13:05


Alina Upholstered

meeting & general purpose

The extensive Alina range is ideal for training, meeting or conference applications. The upholstered seat and back create a comfortable conference chair. Arm and writing tablets can be added to the 4 legged Alina models. The Alina is stackable up to 5 high, comes with a chrome frame and available in a choice of three frame styles.

4 Leg

4 Leg with Castors

Code

£

Code

Cantilever £

ALUP/CANT

Cantilever Frame

208

ALUP/CAST

195

ALUP/CAST/A With arms

239

Overall Width:

580

Overall Width:

580

Overall Width:

525

Seat Width:

450

Seat Width:

450

Seat Width:

450

Seat Depth:

460

Seat Depth:

460

Seat Depth:

460

Overall Height:

860

Overall Height:

850

Overall Height:

860

No arms

ALUP/4LEG/A With arms

182

£

137

ALUP/4LEG

No arms

Code

Dimensions (mm)

Options £ 4 Leg with Writing Tablet ALUP/4LEG/WT

210

4 Leg with Writing Tablet & Castors ALUP/CAST/WT

ALUP/4LEG/WT

255

ALUP/CAST/WT

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order. Note: Chairs will not stack with writing tablet or arms. Writing tablet is factory fitted only, no retro fit.

Stacks up to 5 high

5

year guarantee

72

72-73 Alina - Alina Mesh (15).indd 1

110

kg

max.weight tolerance

Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

28/11/2014 13:16


Alina Mesh

meeting & general purpose

Versatile and robust, the Alina Mesh is designed for training, meeting or conferencing environments. The upholstered seat is combined with a breathable mesh back for added comfort. Arm and writing tablets can be added to 4 legged models. The Alina Mesh is stackable up to 5 high, available in a choice of three frame styles, and comes with a chrome frame.

4 Leg

4 Leg with Castors

Code

£

Code

Cantilever £

Code

£

ALM/4LEG

No arms

205

ALM/CAST

No arms

250

ALM/4LEG/A

With arms

261

ALM/CAST/A

With arms

306

Overall Width:

580

Overall Width:

580

Overall Width:

450

Seat Width:

450

Seat Width:

450

Seat Width:

390

Seat Depth:

460

Seat Depth:

460

Seat Depth:

455

Overall Height:

850

Overall Height:

850

Overall Height:

780

ALM/CANT

Cantilever Frame

276

Dimensions (mm)

Options £ 4 Leg with Writing Tablet ALM/4LEG/WT

278

4 Leg with Writing Tablet & Castors ALM/CAST/WT

322

ALM/4LEG/WT

ALM/CAST/WT

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order. Note: Chairs will not stack with writing tablet or arms. Writing tablet is factory fitted only, no retro fit.

5

year guarantee

110

Add arm or writing tablets kg

max.weight tolerance

Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

72-73 Alina - Alina Mesh (15).indd 2

73

28/11/2014 13:16


Is

meeting & general purpose

The Is meeting chair has a light environmental impact and sustainability at the core of its design, it is simple to use, refurbish and eventually recycle. A flexible range of stacking meeting chairs are available with a number of options.

Shown with Fixed Arms

4 Leg Stacking Chair

4 Leg Stacking Chair

4 Leg Stacking Armchair

Code

£

Code

£

MIS2I

225

MIS5I

272

£

MIS2A

248

Moulded backrest, silver frame.

Full upholstered, silver frame.

Moulded backrest, silver frame.

Code

Dimensions (mm) Height:

820

Height:

820

Height:

820

Width:

505

Width:

505

Width:

590

Depth:

535

Depth:

535

Depth:

535

Seat Height:

480

Seat Height:

480

Seat Height:

480

Options £ Castors (4 leg only)

39

Chrome Steel Frame

POA

Trolley (Stacks 5 high)

293

* Linking Device (4 leg only)

4 Leg Stacking Armchair Code MIS5A

£

23

Writing Tablet (LH)

103

t Writing Tablet (RH)

103

* Must be specified at time of order. t 8mm white laminate surface. Specify left or right at time of ordering.

296

Moulded backrest, silver frame. Dimensions (mm) Height:

820

Width:

590

Depth:

535

Seat Height:

480

Trolley (Stacks 5 high)

Priced in Camira Advantage/Phoenix fabric, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

74

74-75 Is Double Page (15).indd 1

Writing Tablet (RH)

5

year guarantee

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

28/11/2014 14:12


Is

meeting & general purpose Expanded Is range for 2015

Cantilever Stacking Chair

Cantilever Stacking Chair

Code

£

MIS2M

284

Moulded backrest, silver frame.

Code MIS5M

Cantilever Stacking Armchair £ 331

Full upholstered, silver frame.

Code MIS2E

£ 304

Moulded backrest, silver frame.

Dimensions (mm) Height:

820

Height:

820

Height:

820

Width:

590

Width:

590

Width:

590

Depth:

600

Depth:

600

Depth:

600

Seat Height:

485

Seat Height:

485

Seat Height:

485

Cantilever Stacking Armchair Code MIS5E

£ 355

Full upholstered, silver frame. Dimensions (mm) Height:

820

Width:

590

Depth:

600

Seat Height:

485

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

74-75 Is Double Page (15).indd 2

75

28/11/2014 14:12


Colletta

meeting & general purpose

Simple yet classic - elegant and comfortable, Colletta offers a comprehensive range of chairs that make the perfect addition to any meeting or conference environment. Colletta combines style and versatility. Made for meetings.

Mesh Back Five Star Base Code

High Back Cantilever £

COLS-B - Black base with Castors

397

Code

Medium Back Cantilever £

Code

£

COLV2 - Polished Chrome Frame

284

COLV1 - Polished Chrome Frame

272

Dimensions (mm) 430-530

Height:

465

Height:

465

Width:

480

Width:

480

Width:

480

Depth:

440

Depth:

455

Depth:

455

Width + Arms:

545

Width + Arms:

530

Width + Arms:

530

Overall Height:

855-955

Overall Height:

890

Overall Height:

860

Overall Depth:

660

Overall Depth:

565

Overall Depth:

565

Height:

Options

Expanded range for 2015

£ Polished Chrome Base

COLS-P

Grey Mesh

GRY

FOC

40

White Mesh

WHT

FOC

Mesh Back Pedestal Base Code

£

COLP-P - Polished Chrome Frame

441

Dimensions (mm) Height:

465

Width:

480

Depth:

440

Width + Arms:

545

Overall Height:

880

Overall Depth:

680

COLS-P

Priced in Camira Advantage/Phoenix fabric, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

76

76-77 Colletta - One (15).indd 1

5

year guarantee

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

28/11/2014 14:18


One

meeting & general purpose

It really is the One. A meeting or task chair with complete unexaggerated honesty in design. The moulded plastic back, seat-pan and armrest form one unified sculptured piece. Moulded polypropylene backrest and seat-pan in black as standard with the option of white. Removable seat cushion. Height adjustable swivel chair has 5 star black plastic base as standard, with option of polished base. Available with black castors or glides. Silver cantilever and 4 leg versions have option of chrome frame.

New for 2015 Shown with Polished 5 star base with castors & white body

Shown with white body

Armchair with 5 Star Base - Black Base

Cantilever Stacking Armchair

Code

Code

£

M0N1AAA/AAA - Silver Frame

M0N1C - Silver Frame

258

Armchair - Non Stacking £ 221

Moulded backrest. Upholstered Seat.

Adjustable Seat Height. Moulded backrest.

Code M0N1A - Silver Frame

£ 240

Moulded backrest. Upholstered Seat.

Dimensions (mm) 830-960

Height:

Height:

830

Height:

830

Width:

560

Width:

560

Width:

560

Depth:

590

Depth:

590

Depth:

590

Seat Height:

490

Seat Height:

490

490-620

Seat Height:

Options £ 00N1AAA Polished 5 Star Base

47

00N1AAA Chrome Steel Frame

37

White Body Components

30

MON1A Chrome Steel Frame

POA

MON1C White Frame

FOC

00N1AAA/AAB Glides (Specify on order) FOC

00N1AAA/AAB

Stackable to 5 high

5

year guarantee

Testing Meeting chair tested BS EN 15373: 2007. Swivel chair tested BS EN 1335 Parts 2 & 3.

120

kg

max.weight tolerance

T

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

76-77 Colletta - One (15).indd 2

77

28/11/2014 14:18


Desking, Storage and Screens A desk is not just some wood and metal, it is an object for which many of us spend several hours, of several days sitting at. So don’t settle for anything less than the exact desk which meets your every requirement. You may like a functional desk, a contemporary look, an executive feel, or one that adjusts in height for different users. Once you have located the ideal desk, don’t forget to accessorise! With a choice of cable management gadgets which ensure a tidy and trip free workspace or a noise reducing desk mounted screen that can also add some colour to your environment. These can be found on pages 110-111.

2015 Range Highlights Fraction Plus Newly extended and improved range of entry level furniture available in two standard finishes and three special finishes.

Optima Plus Designed with emphasis on wire management solutions. The design enables the swift and effective installation

78

78-79 Desking, Storage, Screens Intro-Full Page (15).indd 1

02/12/2014 14:17


79

78-79 Desking, Storage, Screens Intro-Full Page (15).indd 2

02/12/2014 14:17


Fraction Plus

desking, storage and screens contents

Filing Cabinets Page 85

Workstations Page 90

Storage Page 86

Bookcases Page 87

Tables Page 88

Panel End

Pedestals Page 84

Jetstream

Workmode Plus

Workstations Page 82

Panel End Page 94

Storage

Workstations Page 92

Steel Pedestals Page 97

Filing Cabinets Page 108

Bookcases Page 109

Lyle Desk Mounted Page 98

Lyle Standing Page 99

Wooden Cupboards Page 104

Steel Tambours Page 106

Wooden Tambours Page 107

Troon Desk Mounted Page 100

Hove Desk Mounted Page 101

Monitor Arms

Meeting Tables Page 102

Accessories

Meeting Tables

Screens

Wooden Pedestals Page 96

Accessories Page 110

Monitor Arms Page 111

80

80-81 Desking, Storage, Screens Contents (15).indd 1

02/12/2014 12:57


Eclipse

Norton

desking, storage and screens contents

Desks Page 114-115

Pedestal Supported Desks Page 116

Desk Extensions Page 118

Cable Trays/ Risers Page 119

Optima Plus

Workstations Page 88 - 89

Desk Extensions Page 123

Meeting Tables Page 123

Height Adjustable Desks Page 124 - 125

Desks Page 126-128

Desk Extensions Page 129

Meeting Tables Page 129

Height Adjustable Desks Page 130 - 131

Height Settable Page 132-134

Meeting Table Page 135

Storage

Advance

Kassini

Desks Page 120-122

Storage Page 153

‘I’ Frame Electronic

Screenbox

Pedestals Page 152

Height Adjustable Desks Page 136

Matrix Bench

Screenbox Page 139

Meeting Extensions Page 142

Meeting Tables Page 142

Screens Page 143

Workstations Page 144-147

Conference Tables Page 147

Meeting Extensions Page 148

Screens Page 149

Linnea Bench

Workstations Page 141

Extra Storage Page 150 - 151

81

80-81 Desking, Storage, Screens Contents (15).indd 2

02/12/2014 12:57


Fraction Plus

desking, storage and screens

The Fraction Plus range is the first choice in affordable and practical office furniture. Fraction Plus is available in two standard finishes and three special finishes and offers a comprehensive range of furniture including these desks, pedestals, meeting tables, bookcases and filing cabinets. Fraction comes with 25mm desk tops, silver powder coated steel cantilever frames and 2mm PVC edging on the tops.

Core Workstation

Wave Workstation Codes

W x H x D (mm)

268

ZFPW1410(L) Left Hand

1400 x 730 x 800/1000

228

268

ZFPW1410(R) Right Hand

1400 x 730 x 800/1000

228

1600 x 730 x 800/1200

289

ZFPW1610(L) Left Hand

1600 x 730 x 800/1000

245

1600 x 730 x 800/1200

289

ZFPW1610(R) Right Hand

1600 x 730 x 800/1000

245

ZFPC1812(L) Left Hand

1800 x 730 x 800/1200

304

ZFPC1812(R) Right Hand

1800 x 730 x 800/1200

304

Codes

W x H x D (mm)

£

ZFPC1412(L) Left Hand

1400 x 730 x 800/1200

ZFPC1412(R) Right Hand

1400 x 730 x 800/1200

ZFPC1612(L) Left Hand ZFPC1612(R) Right Hand

25mm work tops

ZFPCE/1000

Rectangular Workstation

ZFPCE/1600

Desk End Tables

Codes

W x H x D (mm)

Codes

W x H x D (mm)

ZFP0800

800 x 730 x 800 (Square)

146

ZFPCE1000

1100 x 730 x 1000

142

ZFP1208

1200 x 730 x 800

181

ZFPCE1600

1600 x 730 x 800

153

ZFP1408

1400 x 730 x 800

192

ZFP1608

1600 x 730 x 800

206

ZFP1808

1800 x 730 x 800

212

£

Standard Colours

2

NOAK

Frame Colour

BCH

£

Special Colours WHT

CAP

MAP

year guarantee

Nova Oak

82

£

Beech

Silver

White

Cappuccino

Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time

Maple

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

82-83 Fraction Workstations (15).indd 1

26/11/2014 14:37


83

82-83 Fraction Workstations (15).indd 2

26/11/2014 14:37


Fraction Plus

desking, storage and screens

Fraction Plus is available in two standard finishes and three special finishes and offers a comprehensive range of furniture including these drawers and this pedestal. All are supplied with silver handles.

Fixed Pedestal

Low Mobile Pedestal 2 Drawer

Code

W x H x D (mm)

£

FPFP2D

2 Drawer

410 x 400 x 606

138

FPFP3D

3 Drawer

410 x 400 x 606

149

Low Mobile Pedestal 3 Drawer Code

W x H x D (mm)

FPMP3D

430 x 510 x 500

Code

W x H x D (mm)

FPMP2D

430 x 510 x 500

£ 182

High Mobile Pedestal 3 Drawer £ 191

Code

W x H x D (mm)

FPHMP3D

430 x 650 x 600

£ 223

Is

See the seating section from page 10.

Desk High Pedestal 3 Drawer Code

W x H x D (mm)

£

FPDHP63

430 x 730 x 600

228

FPDHP83

430 x 730 x 800

245

Standard Colours

2

NOAK

BCH

Special Colours WHT

CAP

MAP

year guarantee

Nova Oak

84

Beech

White

Cappuccino

Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time

Maple

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

84-85 Fraction peds - Filing Cabinets (15).indd 1

04/12/2014 11:09


Fraction Plus

desking, storage and screens

Practical, durable and stylish. Choose from these filing cabinets to meet any office filing requirement.

2 Drawer Filing Cabinet

3 Drawer Filing Cabinet

Code

W x H x D (mm)

£

FPFC2

500 x 730 x 600

260

4 Drawer Filing Cabinet Code

W x H x D (mm) 500 x 1320 x 600

2

NOAK

BCH

W x H x D (mm)

FPFC3

500 x 1020 x 600

£ 319

Code

W x H x D (mm)

FPDHFC600

800 x 730 x 600

Beech

WHT

CAP

MAP

White

Cappuccino

Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time

Maple

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

84-85 Fraction peds - Filing Cabinets (15).indd 2

£ 319

Special Colours

year guarantee

Nova Oak

£ 291

Desk High Lateral Filing Cabinet

FPFC4

Standard Colours

Code

85

04/12/2014 11:09


Fraction Plus

Desk High Storage Unit

desking, storage and screens

800 High Storage Unit

Code

W x H x D (mm)

£

ZFPDDC720

800 x 730 x 600

225

Supplied with 1 shelf

Code

W x H x D (mm)

ZFPDDC800

800 x 800 x 400

Supplied with 1 shelf

1200 High Storage Unit £ 225

Code

W x H x D (mm)

ZFPDDC1200

800 x 1200 x 400

£ 295

Supplied with 2 shelves Standard Colours

2

NOAK

BCH

year guarantee

Nova Oak

Beech

Special Colours WHT

CAP

MAP

White Cappuccino Maple Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time

1600 High Storage Unit Code

W x H x D (mm)

ZFPDDC1600 800 x 1600 x 400 Supplied with 3 shelves

86

2000 High Storage Unit £

365

Code

W x H x D (mm)

ZFPDDC2000 800 x 2000 x 400

£ 411

Supplied with 4 shelves

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

86-87 Storage Unit - Bookcases (15).indd 1

26/11/2014 14:57


Fraction Plus

desking, storage and screens

These smart and affordable open fronted bookcases come complete with solid wood back panels, and fully height adjustable shelving, (one fixed shelf).

Complete with solid wood back panels

1200mm High Bookcase - Includes 2 shelves

800mm High Bookcase - Includes 1 shelf Code

W x H x D (mm)

ZFPBC800

800 x 800 x 400

£ 136

1600mm High Bookcase - Includes 3 shelves Code

W x H x D (mm)

ZFPBC1600

800 x 1600 x 400

Standard Colours

2

NOAK

BCH

Beech

W x H x D (mm)

ZFPBC1200

800 x 1200 x 400

£ 212

Code

W x H x D (mm)

ZFPBC2000

800 x 2000 x 400

199

£ 229

Special Colours WHT

CAP

MAP

White

Cappuccino

Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time

Maple

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

86-87 Storage Unit - Bookcases (15).indd 2

£

2000mm High Bookcase - Includes 4 shelves

year guarantee

Nova Oak

Code

87

26/11/2014 14:57


Fraction Plus

Rectangular Meeting Table

desking, storage and screens

Free Standing Return

Dia x H (mm)

119

ZFPCMT10D

1000 x 730

197

1000 x 730 x 600

126

ZFPCMT12D

1200 x 730

199

1200 x 730 x 600

130

W x H x D (mm)

165

ZFPRET800

800 x 730 x 600

1400 x 730 x 800

185

ZFPRET1000

ZFPMT1608

1600 x 730 x 800

206

ZFPRET1200

ZFPMT1808

1800 x 730 x 800

218

W x H x D (mm)

ZFPMT1208

1200 x 730 x 800

ZFPMT1408

£

ZFPBD1800

Circular Meeting Table Codes

Codes

Codes

£

ZFPBD2400

Boardroom Table - Metal Legs Codes

W x H x D (mm)

ZFPBD1800

1800 x 730 x 1200

Boardroom Table - Metal Legs £ 295

Codes

W x H x D (mm)

ZFPBD2400

2400 x 730 x 1200

Standard Colours

2

NOAK

Frame Colour

BCH

Barrel Table - Wooden Legs £ 382

Codes

W x H x D (mm)

ZFPBT2400

2400 x 730 x 1200

Nova Oak

Beech

WHT

Silver

£ 361

Special Colours CAP

MAP

year guarantee

88

£

White

Cappuccino

Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time

Maple

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

88-89 Fraction Meeting Table Boardroom Table (15).indd 1

26/11/2014 15:02


Practical, durable and stylish. Choose from filing cabinets to cupboards to meet any office filing requirement.

Fixed Pedestal

Low Mobile Pedestal 2 Drawer

Code

W x H x D (mm)

£

FPFP2D 2 Drawer

409 x 450 x 530

000

FPFP3D 3 Drawer

409 x 450 x 530

000

Low Mobile Pedestal 3 Drawer Code

W x H x D (mm)

FPMP3

419 x 595 x 530

Code

W x H x D (mm)

FPMP2

419 x 595 x 530

£ 000

High Mobile Pedestal 3 Drawer £ 000

Code

W x H x D (mm)

FPHMP3

419 x 680 x 530

£ 000

Is

See the seating section from page 10.

Desk High Pedestal 3 Drawer Code

W x H x D (mm)

FPDHP63

419 x 727 x 600

000

£

FPDHP83

419 x 727 x 800

000

Standard Colours

2

NOVA OAK

BCH

Special Colours ?

?

?

Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time

year guarantee

Nova Oak Beech

White

Cherry

Maple

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

88-89 Fraction Meeting Table Boardroom Table (15).indd 2

89

26/11/2014 15:02


Workmode Plus

desking, storage and screens

Keep your workspace tidy with Workmode Plus. The leg design has been engineered to offer fully integrated cable management to ensure work areas remain safe and tidy.

25mm quality tops

Pedestal not included, see pages 96-97.

Core Workstation

Rectangular Workstation Code

W x H x D (mm)

409

ZWMP8080C

800 x 727 x 800

261

423

ZWMP1280C

1200 x 727 x 800

286

1600 x 727 x 1200/800/600

409

ZWMP1480C

1400 x 727 x 800

307

1800 x 727 x 1200/800/600

423

ZWMP1680C

1600 x 727 x 800

322

ZWMP1880C

1800 x 727 x 800

334

Code

W x H x D (mm)

ZWMP16LC Left Hand

1600 x 727 x 1200/800/600

ZWMP18LC Left Hand

1800 x 727 x 1200/800/600

ZWMP16RC Right Hand ZWMP18RC Right Hand

£

Narrow Workstation Code

£

Wave Workstation W x H x D (mm)

£

Code

W x H x D (mm)

£

ZWMP8060C

800 x 727 x 600

225

ZWMP1410LWC

Left Hand

1400 x 727 x 800/1000

359

ZWMP1260C

1200 x 727 x 600

259

ZWMP1610LWC

Left Hand

1600 x 727 x 800/1000

382

ZWMP1660C

1600 x 727 x 600

297

ZWMP1410RWC

Right Hand

1400 x 727 x 800/1000

359

ZWMP1610RWC

Right Hand

1600 x 727 x 800/1000

382

For complimenting storage see pages 104-109

Screens

See the seating section from page 98-101

Standard Features

Integrated cable management.

Colours

5

O/S

BLUE

B/S

year guarantee

Oak & Silver

90

90-91 Workmode Plus (15).indd 1

Beech & Silver

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

26/11/2014 15:12


91

90-91 Workmode Plus (15).indd 2

26/11/2014 15:12


Jetstream

desking, storage and screens

This stylish and contemporary leg system supports 25mm MFC worktops fitted with integral cable ports. A wide range of storage solutions compliment the Jetstream range.

25mm quality tops

Core Workstation Code

Rectangular Workstation W x H x D (mm)

£

Code

W x H x D (mm)

£

ZJT16LCW

Left Hand

1600 x 727 x 1200/800/600

444

ZJT8080CW

800 x 727 x 800

273

ZJT18LCW

Left Hand

1800 x 727 x 1200/800/600

455

ZJT1280CW

1200 x 727 x 800

297

ZJT16RCW

Right Hand

1600 x 727 x 1200/800/600

444

ZJT1480CW

1400 x 727 x 800

313

ZJT18RCW

Right Hand

1800 x 727 x 1200/800/600

455

ZJT1680CW

1600 x 727 x 800

331

ZJT1880CW

1800 x 727 x 800

344

Narrow Rectangular Workstation Code

W x H x D (mm)

Wave Workstation £

Code

W x H x D (mm)

£

ZJT8060CW

800 x 727 x 600

227

ZJT1410LWCW

Left Hand

1400 x 727 x 800/1000

365

ZJT1260CW

1200 x 727 x 600

259

ZJT1610LWCW

Left Hand

1600 x 727 x 800/1000

390

ZJT1660CW

1600 x 727 x 600

293

ZJT1410RWCW

Right Hand

1400 x 727 x 800/1000

365

ZJT1610RWCW

Right Hand

1600 x 727 x 800/1000

390

For complimenting storage see pages 104-109

Tambours See the range from page 106

Colours Testing Tested for contract use to BS4875: Part 5: 2001- Level 4 and BS EN 527: Part 1: 2000.

T

5

O/S

BLUE

year guarantee

Oak & Silver

92

92-93 Jetstream (15).indd 1

B/S

Beech & Silver

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

26/11/2014 15:29


93

92-93 Jetstream (15).indd 2

26/11/2014 15:29


Panel End

desking, storage and screens

This stylish and contemporary system supports 25mm MFC worktops. A wide range of storage options compliment the Panel End range. Traditionally styled in two colour finishes.

25mm quality tops

Core Workstation Code

Rectangular Workstation W x H x D (mm)

£

Code

W x H x D (mm)

£

ZWM16LP

Left Hand

1600 x 727 x 1200/800/600

373

ZWM8080P

800 x 727 x 800

216

ZWM18LP

Left Hand

1800 x 727 x 1200/800/600

386

ZWM1280P

1200 x 727 x 800

241

ZWM16RP

Right Hand

1600 x 727 x 1200/800/600

373

ZWM1480P

1400 x 727 x 800

262

ZWM18RP

Right Hand

1800 x 727 x 1200/800/600

386

ZWM1680P

1600 x 727 x 800

279

ZWM1880P

1800 x 727 x 800

289

Narrow Rectangular Workstation Code

W x H x D (mm)

Wave Workstation £

Code

W x H x D (mm)

£

ZWM8060P

800 x 727 x 600

180

ZWM1410LWP

Left Hand

1400 x 727 x 800/1000

313

ZWM1260P

1200 x 727 x 600

214

ZWM1610LWP

Left Hand

1600 x 727 x 800/1000

338

ZWM1660P

1600 x 727 x 600

252

ZWM1410RWP

Right Hand

1400 x 727 x 800/1000

313

ZWM1610RWP

Right Hand

1600 x 727 x 800/1000

338

For complimenting storage see pages 104-109

Colours

Meeting Tables See our range on page 102-103.

5

OAK

year guarantee

Oak

94

94-95 Panel End (15).indd 1

BCH

Beech

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

26/11/2014 15:33


95

94-95 Panel End (15).indd 2

26/11/2014 15:33


Wooden Pedestals

desking, storage and screens

A range of high quality, heavy duty pedestals; desk high, mobile, and our stylish steel pedestals opposite.

600 Desk High Pedestal Code

800 Desk High Pedestal £

DHP3-6

294

Code DHP3-8

High Mobile Pedestal £

Code

£

342

HMP3

294

D800

W392

Dimensions (mm) W392

H727

D600

W392

H727

H680

D600

Delivery & installation included

Low Mobile - 2 Drawer Code

Low Mobile - 3 Drawer £

MP2

282

Code

£

MP3

282

Dimensions (mm) W392

H550

D600

W392

H550

D600

Multidrawers Standard Features Steel sided drawers.

See our Storage & Filing from page 248.

Locking drawers and folding key fob.

Standard Colours

5

OAK

BCH

year guarantee

Oak

96

Beech

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

96-97 Wooden - Steel Pedestals (15).indd 1

26/11/2014 15:44


Steel Pedestals

desking, storage and screens

Delivered from stock

Stock Item

Stock Item

3 Drawer Mobile - Silver Code

3 Drawer Mobile - White £

JMRP01SIL

279

Code

Low Mobile - 2 Drawer £

JMRP01WHT

279

Code

£

NWA59M1SF

278

Dimensions (mm) W392

H580

D575

£

NWA59M1SSS

H580

D575

Narrow Mobile - 3 Drawer

Low Mobile - 3 Drawer Code

W392

290

Code

H501

D565

High Mobile - 3 Drawer £

NW35AM1IIF

W420

290

Code

£

NWA5AM1IIF

290

Dimensions (mm) W420

H501

D565

W300

H573

D565

W420

H573

D565

Colours - Add 15%

Orange

Yellow

Green

New Blue

Pink

Standard Colours

Colours - Add 10%

5

year guarantee

Light Grey

White

Edinburgh

Beige

Cream

Black

Coffee

Goose Grey

Oxford Blue Graphite

Stock Pedestals are delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days and fully assembled. Bisley Pedestals are delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

96-97 Wooden - Steel Pedestals (15).indd 2

Silver

97

26/11/2014 15:44


Desk Mounted Stan 480

Lyle Desk Mounted Screens

desking, storage and screens

This entry level screen boasts 25mm thickness, 4mm thick PVC trim in either silver [s] or white [w] and a comprehensive Desk Mounted Stan 580 range of accessories to choose from. The Lyle will fit to the Fraction, Workmode Plus, Jetstream and Panel End ranges. Curve screens Desk Mount Mounted Stan

Curve screen

Desk Mounted Stan

Straight Top - 380mm High Mounted Stan 480

Mounted Stan 580

Wave - 180mm Curve screens DeskTop Mount480 £ Code

Width (mm)

£

Code

To 380mm High

Width (mm)

£ Code

Width (mm)

£

Code

Width (mm)

L-ST-0638R

585

77 L-ST-1438R

1385

585

77 L-WV-1438R

1385

L-ST-0838R

785

84 L-ST-1438

1400

105

L-WV-0838R

785

84 L-WV-1438

1400

L-ST-0838

800

84 L-ST-1638R

1585

124

L-WV-0838

800

84 L-WV-1638R

1585

124

L-ST-1038R

985

90 L-ST-1638

1600

124

L-WV-1038R

985

90 L-WV-1638

1600

124

L-ST-1038

1000

90 L-ST-1838R

1785

130

L-WV-1038

1000

90 L-WV-1838R

L-ST-1238R

1185

100 L-ST-1838

1800

L-ST-1238

1200

100 L-ST-2038

2000

screens Desk Mount

L-WV-0638R Desk105 Mounted Stan 480

130 screens L-WV-1238R Modesty Desk Mounted Stan 580 135

L-WV-1238

Curve screen

105 Wave105 screens Desk Mount580

1785

130

1185

100 L-WV-1838

1800

130

1200

100 L-WV-2038

2000

135

Modesty scre

Wave screens Desk Mount

Arc Top - 180mm To 380mm High

e screens Desk Mount580

Wave screens Desk Mount

£ Code

Accessory Rail Width (mm)

Code

Rail Width (mm)

Code

Rail Width (mm)

105

ACR-08

600

15

ACR-14

1200

19

105

ACR-10

800

17

ACR-16

1400

24

18

ACR-18

1600

25

£

£

£

Code

Width (mm)

L-AC-0638R

585

77 L-AC-1438R

1385

L-AC-0838R

785

84 L-AC-1438

1400

L-AC-0838

800

84 L-AC-1638R

1585

L-AC-1038R

985

90 L-AC-1638

1600

124

Accessories

L-AC-1038

1000

90 L-AC-1838R

1785

130

A4 Letter Tray

SA-A4LT

14

L-AC-1238R

1185

100 L-AC-1838

1800

130

A3 Letter Tray

SA-A3LT

17

L-AC-1238

1200

100 L-AC-2038

2000

135

Pencil Pot

SA-PEPT

12

Phone Holder

SA-PHLD

12

Name Holder

SA-NHLD

11

Trinket Pot

SA-TRPT

12

Wave screens ACR-12 Desk Mount580 1000 124

£

Note: a rail must be ordered for any accessory.

SA-A4LT

SA-PEPT SA-PHLD

SA-NHLD

Brackets

2 brackets must be ordered with each screen. Code: SBKT-01 Add £16 each.

SA-TRPT

5

year guarantee

Specification

Codes with ‘R’ refer to the return screen. Add suffix ‘S’ for silver and ‘W’ for white trim. All screens are priced in Camira Cara fabric. To view colours and order samples visit:

www.camirafabrics.com/fabrics-and-samples/cara 98

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

98-99 Lyle Desk Mounted Screens (15).indd 1

04/12/2014 11:10


desking, storage and screens

Lyle Free Standing Screens

Lyle Free Standing Screens

Supplied with two feet

Lyle Free Standing Screens • • • • •

UPVC uprights supplied in silver Supplied with 2x height adjusters Fabric wrapped top Non Linking Supplied with 2 x T-feet

Lyle One Free Standing Screens • • • • •

Lyle One Free Standing screens

UPVC uprights supplied in silver Supplied with 2x height adjusters Fabric wrapped top Supplied with 1x Inline Link and 1x Cover Strip Supplied with 2 x T-feet

All screens are priced in Camira Cara fabric. To view colours and order samples visit:

www.camirafabrics.com/fabrics-and-samples/cara Lyle One Free Standing Screens

Lyle Free Standing Screens Code

Dimensions W x H (mm)

£

Code

Dimensions W x H (mm)

EL/12.08

800

x 1200

185

1/12.08

800

x 1200

226

EL/12.12

1200 x 1200

196

1/12.12

1200 x 1200

237

EL/12.16

1600 x 1200

233

1/12.16

1600 x 1200

274

EL/16.08

800

x 1600

214

1/16.08

800

x 1600

255

EL/16.12

1200 x 1600

225

1/16.12

1200 x 1600

266

EL/16.16

1600 x 1600

257

1/16.16

1600 x 1600

297

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

98-99 Lyle Desk Mounted Screens (15).indd 2

£

99

04/12/2014 11:10


Desk Mounted Stan 480 Curve screens Desk Mount

Troon Desk Mounted Screens Desk Mounted Stan

desking, storage and screens

Framed on 3 sides using lightly proportioned bespoke aluminium extrusions, conceived to reflect the latest trends inDeskCurve screens Mounted StanDesk 580 Mount480 office furniture. Troon screens will integrate with our stocked desk ranges. Curve screens Desk Mount Desk Mounted Stan 480

Mounted Stan

Curve screen Desk Mounted Stan Curve screens Desk Mount480

Straight Top - 380mm High

Mounted Stan 480

Mounted Stan 580

£ Code

Wave Top - 380mm at Highest Point

Desk Mounted Stan 580

Width (mm)

Code

Width (mm)

T-T1-0838R

785

102 T-T1-1438R

1385

T-T1-0838

800

102 T-T1-1438

1400

T-T1-1038R

985

114 T-T1-1638R

1585

Wave screens Desk Mount

£ 129

£ Code

Width (mm)

Code

Width (mm)

T-T5-0638R

585

102 T-T5-1238

1200

Desk Mounted Stan 480

129

T-T5-0838R

785

102 T-T5-1438R

1385

149

T-T5-0838

800

102 T-T5-1438

1400

Wave screens Desk Mount149 T-T1-1638 1600 T-T5-1038R Modesty screens

Modesty screens

£

121 129

Wave screens Desk Mount580

129

T-T1-1038

1000

114

985

114 T-T5-1638R

1585

149

T-T1-1238R

1185

121 T-T1-1838R

1785

160

T-T5-1038

1000

114 T-T5-1638

1600

149

T-T1-1238

1200

121 T-T1-1838

1800

160

T-T5-1238R

1185

121 T-T5-1838

1800

160

Desk Mounted Stan 580

screens Desk Mount

Modesty scre

Wave screens Desk Mount580

Arc Top - 380mm at Highest Point

screens Desk Mount580

Curve screen

Toolbar - 380mm High

Code

Width (mm)

Code

Width (mm)

T-T6-0638R

585

102 T-T6-1238

1200

121

T-T2-0838R 785

118

T-T2-1438R

1385

161

T-T6-0838R

785

102 T-T6-1438R

1385

129

T-T2-0838

800

118

T-T2-1438

1400

161

T-T6-0838

800

102 T-T6-1438

1400

129

T-T2-1038R 985

136

T-T2-1638R

1585

180

T-T6-1038R

985

114 T-T6-1638R

1585

149

T-T2-1038

1000

136

T-T2-1638

1600

180

T-T6-1038

1000

114 T-T6-1638

1600

149

T-T2-1238R 1185

141

T-T2-1838R

1785

204

T-T6-1238R

1185

121 T-T6-1838

1800

160

T-T2-1238

141

T-T2-1838

1800

204

£ Code

Code Width (mm) £ Wave screens Desk Mount

Width (mm)

Wave screens Desk Mount580

All screens are priced in Camira Cara fabric. To view colours and order samples visit: www.camirafabrics.com/fabrics-and-samples/cara

1200

£

Accessories

£

£

A4 Letter Tray

SA-A4LT

14

A3 Letter Tray

SA-A3LT

17

Pencil Pot

SA-PEPT

12

Phone Holder

SA-PHLD

12

Name Holder

SA-NHLD

11

Trinket Pot

SA-TRPT

12

SA-A4LT

SA-PEPT SA-PHLD

SA-NHLD

SA-TRPT

Brackets & Linking Two brackets must be ordered with each screen. One kit required for each return screen. Code: SBKT-01 Add £16 each. Code: SA-LINK-KIT. Add £15 each.

Specification Testing These Screens successfully satisfied the relevant sections of BS EN 1023 and BS46.

100

T

5

year guarantee

30mm Screen thickness. Integral hanging facility. Codes with ‘R’ refer to the return screen. Add suffix ‘S’ for silver and ‘W’ for white trim. All screens are priced in Camira Cara fabric. To view colours and order samples visit:

www.camirafabrics.com/fabrics-and-samples/cara

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

100-101 Troon Hove Desk Mounted Screens (15).indd 1

26/11/2014 16:01


Desk Mounted Stan

Mounted Stan

Mounted Stan 480

Hove Mounted Screens

Wave screens Desk Mount580

Curve screens Desk Mount

desking, storage and screens

Desk Mounted Stan 480

Framed on 4 sides, Hove is a highly functional contemporary desk mounted screen. Thoughtful design, clever engineering, beautiful build quality and competitiveCurve prices ensure Hove screens can be confidently specified for use screens Desk that Mount480 within the full hierarchy of office furniture. Desk Mounted Stan 580

Curve screens Desk Mounted Stan

Acrylic - 380mm High

Straight Top - 380mm High

Mounted Stan 580

screens Desk Mount

Code

Width (mm)

£ Code

H-T1-0638R

585

109 H-T1-1438R

Width (mm) Modesty £ screens Code 1385 163 H-T3-0638R

H-T1-0838R

785

132 H-T1-1438

1400

H-T1-0838

800

132 H-T1-1638R

1585

178

H-T3-0838

H-T1-1038R

985

138 H-T1-1638

1600

178

H-T1-1038

1000

138 H-T1-1838R

1785

204

H-T1-1238R

1185

145 H-T1-1838

1800

204

H-T1-1238

1200

145

Width (mm)

£ Code

Wave screens Desk Mount Width (mm) £

585

149 H-T3-1438R

1385

210

785

157 H-T3-1438

1400

210

800

157 H-T3-1638R

1585

227

H-T3-1038R

985

172 H-T3-1638

1600

227

H-T3-1038

1000

172 H-T3-1838R

1785

H-T3-1238R

1185

195 H-T3-1838

1800

H-T3-1238

1200

195

Desk163 MountedH-T3-0838R Stan 480

Desk Mounted Stan 580

Curve screens

259

Wave screens Desk Mount580

259

Modesty scree

screens Desk Mount580 Wave screens Acrylic Desk Mountand

Toolbar - 380mm High Code

Width (mm)

131

H-T2-1438R

1385

785

147

H-T2-1438

800

147

H-T2-1638R

H-T2-1038R

985

173

H-T2-1638

1600

H-T2-1038

1000

173

H-T2-1838R

1785

H-T2-1238R

1185

181

H-T2-1838

1800

H-T2-1238

1200

181

Code

Width (mm)

H-T2-0638R

585

H-T2-0838R H-T2-0838

£

£

£ Code

Width (mm)

£

Width (mm)

209

H-T4-0638R

585

154 H-T4-1438R

1385

233

1400

209

H-T4-0838R

785

167 H-T4-1438

1400

233

1585

227

H-T4-0838

800

167 H-T4-1638R

1585

245

227

H-T4-1038R

985

180 H-T4-1638

1600

245

271

H-T4-1038

1000

180 H-T4-1838R

1785

290

271

H-T4-1238R

1185

204 H-T4-1838

1800

290

H-T4-1238

1200

204

Wave screens Desk Mount580

Accessories

£

A4 Letter Tray

SA-A4LT

14

A3 Letter Tray

SA-A3LT

17

Pencil Pot

SA-PEPT

12

Phone Holder

SA-PHLD

12

Name Holder

SA-NHLD

11

Trinket Pot

SA-TRPT

12

SA-A4LT

Toolbar - 380mm High

Code

SA-PEPT SA-PHLD

SA-NHLD

SA-TRPT

Brackets & Linking. These must be ordered for each screen. Code: SBKT-10. One Pair required for each screen. Add £21 (pair). Code: SA-LINK-KIT. One kit required for each return screen. Add £15 each. All screens are priced in Camira Cara fabric. To view colours and order samples visit: www.camirafabrics.com/fabrics-and-samples/cara Acrylic Colours

5

year guarantee

Chilli Perfect Mandarin Acid Lime Electric Glacier Aurora Polar Slate Red Plum Orange Green Zest Blue Green Violet White Grey Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

100-101 Troon Hove Desk Mounted Screens (15).indd 2

101

26/11/2014 16:01


Tables

desking, storage and screens

Practical, stylish and affordable meeting tables to suit your requirements for any type of office. Choose from a selection of different shaped and sized meeting tables to compliment the Fraction, Workmode Plus, and Jetstream ranges.

Circular with Tubular Legs Code

Dimensions Dia x H (mm)

Circular with Gullwing Legs £

Code

Dimensions Dia x H (mm)

Rectangular with Gullwing Legs £

Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

£

ZTABT4D10 1000 x 727

252

ZTABTD10

1000 x 727

227

ZTABTG12

1200 x 727 x 800

241

ZTABT4D12 1200 x 727

287

ZTABTD12

1200 x 727

263

ZTABTG16

1600 x 727 x 800

285

Rectangular with Silver Tubular Legs

Elliptical with Gullwing Legs

Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

ZTABT12

1200 x 727 x 800

242

ZTABT24

2400 x 727 x 1047

ZTABT16

1600 x 727 x 800

286

25mm quality tops

Table Finishes

5

OAK

£

£ 391

Finishes for Tubular Leg Tables BCH

O/S

BLUE

B/S

year guarantee

Oak

102

Beech

Oak & Silver

Beech & Silver

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

102-103 Meeting Tables (15).indd 1

26/11/2014 16:08


103

102-103 Meeting Tables (15).indd 2

26/11/2014 16:08


Wooden Cupboards

desking, storage and screens

These robust storage units compliment the Workmode Plus, Jetstream and Panel End desk ranges. All are supplied with locks and silver handles. Specify internal fitments to meet your storage requirements.

Desk End Cupboards

Double Door Storage Units

Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

ZSU70825DD

800 x 727 x 500

£ 339

Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

£

ZSU710DD

926 x 720 x 500

339

ZSU1610DD

926 x 1600 x 500

523

ZSU2010DD

926 x 2000 x 500

603

Supplied empty ready to take internal fitments

Shelves

Lateral Filing Cradle

Code

£

SUS08

38

SUS10

38

Code

Pull-out Filing Frame £

ZSULCR10 (926mm wide only)

60

Code

£

ZSULFS10 (926mm wide only)

133

Stock Finishes Testing These Storage Units have been tested for contract use to BS4875: Part 7 & 8 to certify strength and durability.

T

5

OAK

year guarantee

Oak

104

BCH

Beech

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

104-105 Wooden Cupboards (15).indd 1

26/11/2014 16:20


105

104-105 Wooden Cupboards (15).indd 2

26/11/2014 16:20


Steel Tambours

desking, storage and screens

The tambour cupboard represents great value and flexibility for office storage. Tambour doors open into the steel carcass saving on valuable office space. These tambour cupboards are supplied empty ready to accept internal fitments.

High

Medium

Code

Finish

IME191SOTO/S

Oak/Silver

IME191SOTB/S

Beech/Silver

IME191SOTG/G

Goose Grey

Low

Code

Finish

702

IME161SOTO/S

Oak/Silver

702

IME161SOTB/S

Beech/Silver

584

IME161SOTG/G

Goose Grey

W1000

H1651

£

Code

Finish

665

IME101SOTO/S

Oak/Silver

571

665

IME101SOTB/S

Beech/Silver

571

552

IME101SOTG/G

Goose Grey

451

W1000

H1016

£

£

Dimensions (mm) W1000

H1968

D470

Standard Shelf Code

Description

BBSP1

Grey as standard

D470

Slotted Shelf £

D470

Roll-out Suspension Filing Frame

Code

Description

£

Code

Description

£

Single pack

138

BSSPDP1

Slotted shelf

53

ROSFF

Allow 25mm for the shelf plus clearance

SHDV85P5PS

Pack of 5 dividers

57

Allow 258mm when used with standard

height for items to be stored on the shelf.

Allow 175mm for shelf and dividers plus

suspension files. Safety Note: Will only fit in

clearance for the items to be stored.

lower half of storage unit.

37

Stock Colours O/S

Oak & Silver

Roll-out Shelf - Allow 60mm for shelf

B/S

Lateral Filing Rail - Allow 285mm

Code

Description

£

ROSH

Single pack

120

Code

Description

BUR

Adjustment lateral file

£ 48

Beech & Silver

5

G/G

year guarantee

Goose Grey

106

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

106-107 Steel and Wooden Tambours (15).indd 1

26/11/2014 16:26


Wooden Tambours

desking, storage and screens

High quality storage tambour cupboards offering space saving and security features. Fully lockable. Select your fitments below.

Fully lockable Supplied empty

2000mm High Wooden Tambour

720mm High Wooden Tambour

Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

SU2010SOT

1050 x 2000 x 500

Pull-out Filing Frame

941

Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

SU710SOT

1050 x 720 x 500

Lateral Filing Cradle

Code

£

ZSULFS10

£

133

Code ZSULCR10

£ 495

Shelves £

Code

£

60

SUS10

38

Note: Storage fitments will not be installed into any units on delivery but will be left on site with instructions for self assembly.

Wooden Tambours Stock Colour BCH

5

year guarantee

Titan See our education section from page 272.

Beech Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

106-107 Steel and Wooden Tambours (15).indd 2

107

26/11/2014 16:26


Filing Cabinets

desking, storage and screens

Simple clean lines for a professional quality finish. Fitted with locks and stylish silver handles. Choose from filing cabinets to side filers to meet any office filing requirement.

Note: Filing Cabinets are for hanging files only. They are not designed for bulk storage.

2 Drawer Side Filer Code

2 Drawer Filing Cabinet £

SUSF2

566

3 Drawer Filing Cabinet

Code

£

SUFC2

408

Code

£

SUFC3

488

Dimensions (mm) W975

H727

D600

W490

H720

D640

W490

H1066

D640

Standard Features Silver Handles

4 Drawer Filing Cabinet Code

£

SUFC4

Fully lockable

Metal Roller Runners

Fully lockable Durable & stylish

676

Dimensions (mm) W490

H1421

D640 Stock Finishes Testing These filing cabinets have been tested for contract use to BS4875: Part 7 & 8 to certify strength and durability.

T

5

OAK

Oak

108

BCH

year guarantee

Beech

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

108-109 Filing Cabinets - Bookcases (15) .indd 1

26/11/2014 16:49


Bookcases

desking, storage and screens

These smart and affordable open fronted bookcases come complete with solid wood back panels, and fully height adjustable shelving.

Desk High with one shelf

800mm High with one shelf

Code

£

ZIMBC728

188

1400mm High with two shelves

Code

£

ZIMBC800

195

Code

£

ZIMBC1400

210

Dimensions (mm) W800

H727

D310

W800

H800

D310

W800

H1400

D310

See our seating range from page 10

1600mm High with three shelves Code

1800mm High with four shelves £

ZIMBC1600

221

Code

£

ZIMBC1800

240

Dimensions (mm) W800

H1600

BCH

5

year guarantee

Oak

W800

H1800

D310

My

Colours OAK

D310

T

Testing These filing cabinets have been tested for contract use to BS4875: Part 7 & 8 to certify strength and durability.

See our seating section from page 10.

Beech

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

108-109 Filing Cabinets - Bookcases (15) .indd 2

109

26/11/2014 16:49


Universal Accessories and Cable Management

desking, storage and screens

These accessories enable you to create a tidy and clean workplace environment.

Basket Style Cable Tray

Wipe-in Cable Tray Code

Length (mm)

822.22.310

1500

£

CPU Holder

Code

Length (mm)

Code

Description

VICMB08

600

34

ZJTBCPUSL

Standard

Black plastic cable trunking with soft top that

VICMB10

800

35

JTBCPUSL

Jetstream only

allows cables to be “wiped-in” and easily

VICMB12

1000

38

CPU holder fixes to underside of desk.

removed without the need for tools.

VICMB14

1200

41

Can be cut to the desired length.

VICMB16

1400

45

VICMB18

1600

49

35

Keep neat, tidy & safe

£

£ 102 74

DTK-2PINF/1S

A sturdy steel mesh basket ensures cables are neat, safe and visible. Can be cut to required length.

DTK-2PINF/1S/2D

DTK-3PINF/1S

Connector Leads

Vertical Cable Spine Code

£

Desk Top Power Modules

Code

Length (mm)

ROSP-GR

Grey

32

CL1M-B

1000

10

£

DTK-2PINF/1S

ROSP-BL

Black

32

CL2M-B

2000

12

2 power, Ind Fused, Neon switch

ROSP-OP

Opaque

32

Code

£ 65

DTK-2PINF/1S/2D

92

Unique rotating desk fixing.

2 power, Ind Fused, Neon switch, 2 data

Attractive oval shape spine segments.

DTK-3PINF/1S

Large weighted base for extra stability.

3 power, Ind Fused, Neon switch.

Available in grey, black & opaque white.

Prices include leads and fixings. Shown are our most popular items. Other configurations are available.

Mains Leads

Under Desk Power Modules

Code

Length (m)

ML3M-B

3

110

110-111 Accessories (15).indd 1

74

£ 15

Code

Sockets

PMK303-E

3

26

£

PMK405-E

4

33

Note: For items on this page a minimum order quantity may apply. Please check with our sales office.

5

year guarantee

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

04/12/2014 11:13


Monitor Arms

desking, storage and screens

Desk Mounted Moniter Arm - For One Screen

Tool Rail Mounted Monitor Arm

Code

Colour

Code

Colour

HAFSA-SR

Silver

137

£

TRFSA-S

Silver

154

HAFSA-WH

White

152

TRFSA-W

White

154

£

Supplied with both through desk & edge clamp fittings as standard.

Has all the features of more expensive arms. Suits a wide range of tool

Universal 75 & 100mm Vesa plates included. Cable management

rails. Weight capacity 20kg (subject to tool rail capacity). Easy height

clips. Can be adjusted to any height via the quick release clamp.

adjustment. Can be adjusted to above and below the mounting point.

Tool Rail Mounted Monitor Gas Arm

Desk Mounted Monitor Gas Arm Code

£

Code

Colour

£

FFGA-SR

Silver

314

TRGA-SR

Silver

284

FFGA-WH

White

323

TRGA-WH

White

294

75 & 100mm quick release Vesa plates included. Excellent cable

75 & 100mm quick release Vesa plates included. Excellent cable

management (concealed on lower arm). Supplied with both through

management. Suites perfectly with Aero flip and Konnective products.

desk & edge clamp fittings as standard. Suites perfectly with Aero flip

Weight capacity 3 to 8KG (subject to tool rail capacity).

and Konnective products. Weight capacity 3 to 8KG.

See our

5

year guarantee

screens

section from page 98-101.

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

110-111 Accessories (15).indd 2

111

04/12/2014 11:13


Norton

desking, storage and screens

Attractive clean style with economy in mind. Norton desking offers 25mm silver square frame legs and is available in beech or oak finish with 18mm tops and lockable drawers.

Double Pedestal Desk Codes

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

DP72

1800 x 720 x 750

DP60

1500 x 720 x 750

Single Pedestal Desk

Single Pedestal Desk £

Codes

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

1800 x 720 x 750

305

SPF72

1800 x 720 x 750

305

Codes

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

387

SP72

336

£

£

SP60

1500 x 720 x 750

258

SPF60

1500 x 720 x 750

258

Complete with 2 pedestals,

SP48

1200 x 720 x 750

222

SPF48

1200 x 720 x 750

222

1 x 3 drawer, 1 x 1 drawer & 1 filing drawer.

Complete with 3 drawer pedestal.

Complete with 1 drawer & 1 filing drawer pedestal.

Delivery & installation included

Norton MFC Colours

5

B/S

year guarantee

Beech

112

112-113 Norton (15).indd 1

O/S

Oak

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

26/11/2014 17:04


Norton

desking, storage and screens

Desk High Secretarial Return Codes

W x H x D (mm)

Desk High Secretarial Return £

Codes

W x H x D (mm)

Reference Table £

Codes

W x H x D (mm)

£

SR RH Right Hand 1025 x 720 x 550

259

SRT RH Right Hand 1025 x 720 x 550

259

REF A0

1340 x 830 x 960

182

SR LH Left Hand

259

SRT LH Left Hand

259

REF A1

992 x 830 x 707

160

1025 x 720 x 550

Complete with 3 drawer pedestal

1025 x 720 x 550

Complete with tambour pedestal

Available to accommodate paper size A0 (841mm x 1189mm) & A1 (594mm x 841mm)

Sturdy, traditional & practical

Storage

For complimentary storage see pages 152-153.

Telephone Table Code

W x H x D (mm)

TEL

750 x 720 x 400

£ 153

Complete with undershelf.

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

112-113 Norton (15).indd 2

113

26/11/2014 17:04


Eclipse

desking, storage and screens

Eclipse desking is an elegant and stylish post legged modular system providing the solution for individual desks or an entire office space. Designed with flexibility to allow cable management.

RH illustrated (LH also available)

Rectangular Desk - 800mm Deep

Rectangular Desk - 600mm Deep

Dune Wave Desks - 800mm Deep

Code

W x H x D (mm)

Code

W x H x D (mm)

244

ED8-6

800 x 727 x 600

230

EDD12-8

1200 x 727 x 1000/800

304

1000 x 727 x 800

261

ED10-6

1000 x 727 x 600

247

EDD14-8

1400 x 727 x 1000/800

318

1200 x 727 x 800

275

ED12-6

1200 x 727 x 600

261

EDD16-8

1600 x 727 x 1000/800

328

ED14-8

1400 x 727 x 800

288

ED14-6

1400 x 727 x 600

274

EDD18-8

1800 x 727 x 1000/800

339

ED16-8

1600 x 727 x 800

299

ED16-6

1600 x 727 x 600

285

ED18-8

1800 x 727 x 800

309

ED18-6

1800 x 727 x 600

295

Code

W x H x D (mm)

ED08-8

800 x 727 x 800

ED10-8 ED12-8

£

£

24

colour Key Features options • Modular system desking • Optional cable management • Extensive selection of shapes and sizes • Complementary range of screens and accessories • Designed for use with mobile or desk height pedestals • Stylish angular leg frame using 40mm square tube for strength and stability 10

RH illustrated (LH also available)

Dune Wave Desks - 600mm Deep

year guarantee

Code

W x H x D (mm)

EDD12-6

1200 x 727 x 800/600

290

EDD14-6

1400 x 727 x 800/600

303

EDD16-6

1600 x 727 x 800/600

314

EDD18-6

1800 x 727 x 800/600

325

£

Frame/Trim Colours

Top Colours

Autumn Cherry

£

Ash

Apple

Beech

English Oak

Grey

Light Oak

Maple

Pear

Verade Oak

White

Walnut

White

Silver

Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

114

114-115 Eclipse (15).indd 1

26/11/2014 17:24


Eclipse

desking, storage and screens

Scalloped Wave Desk - 800mm Deep Code

W x H x D (mm)

ESD14-8

1400 x 727 x 800/700

ESD16-8

1600 x 727 x 800/700

ESD18-8

1800 x 727 x 800/700

Scalloped Wave Desk - 600mm Deep £

W x H x D (mm)

310

ESD14-6

1400 x 727 x 600/500

298

ECS3W10-6 1000x727x1000x600x600 445

321

ESD16-6

1600 x 727 x 600/500

307

ECS3W12-6 1200x727x1200x600x600 492

330

ESD18-6

1800 x 727 x 600/500

316

ECS3W12-8 1200x727x1200x800x800 492

RH illustrated (LH also available)

Contact Cockpit Workstation Code

W x H x D (mm)

ECCWS19 1900x727x1300x800x600

120° Cluster Workstation

Code

£

521

W x H x D (mm)

Code

W x H x D (mm)

ECWS16F

1600x727x1600x800x800

ECWS18F

1800x727x1600x800x800

£

RH illustrated (LH also available)

RH illustrated (LH also available)

Cockpit Workstation - F Type £

Code

Cockpit Workstation - A Type Code

W x H x D (mm)

520

ECWS14A

1400x727x1200x800x600

391

577

ECWS16A

1600x727x1200x800x600

409

ECWS18A

1800x727x1200x800x600

439

£

£

New for 2015

Frames and trim available in white or silver

Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

114-115 Eclipse (15).indd 2

115

26/11/2014 17:24


Eclipse

desking, storage and screens

RH illustrated (RH also available)

RH illustrated (RH also available)

Pedestal Supported Rectangular Desk - 800mm Deep Code

W x H x D (mm)

ED12-8PS

1200 x 727 x 800

ED14-8PS

1400 x 727 x 800

ED16-8PS ED18-8PS

Pedestal Supported Rectangular Desk - 600mm Deep £

Code

W x H x D (mm)

457

ED12-6PS

1200 x 727 x 600

443

471

ED14-6PS

1400 x 727 x 600

456

1600 x 727 x 800

485

ED16-6PS

1600 x 727 x 600

470

1800 x 727 x 800

498

ED18-6PS

1800 x 727 x 600

483

Price includes pedestal with 2, 3 or 4 drawers.

£

Price includes pedestal with 2, 3 or 4 drawers.

LH illustrated (RH also available)

RH illustrated (LH also available)

Pedestal Supported Cockpit Workstation - H Type

Pedestal Supported Contact Desk - 600mm Deep

Code

W x H x D (mm)

Code

W x H x D (mm)

ECWS16C-PS

1600 x 727x 1600 x 600 x 600

715

ECD16-6PS

1600 x 727 x 1000/600

525

ECWS18C-PS

1800 x 727x 1600 x 600 x 600

776

ECD18-6PS

1800 x 727 x 1000/600

538

Price includes pedestal with 2, 3 or 4 drawers.

25mm work tops

£

£

Price includes pedestal with 2, 3 or 4 drawers.

Top Colours

Ash

Apple

Beech

English Oak

Grey

Light Oak

Maple

Pear

Autumn Cherry

Verade Oak White Frame/Trim Colours

Walnut

10

year guarantee

White

116

116-117 Eclipse (15).indd 1

Silver

Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

26/11/2014 17:28


117 000

116-117 Eclipse (15).indd 2

26/11/2014 17:28


Eclipse

desking, storage and screens

RH illustrated (LH also available)

1200 Deep

Bulb Conference Extension Code

Dia x H (mm)

ECE-B12

1200 x 727

D-Ended Conference Extension £ Code

W x H x D (mm)

Pedestal Extension Tops - Wave £

Code

W x D (mm)

£

360 ECE-D120

1200 x 727 x 450

255

EPETW08-6

800 x 800/600

151

ECE-D121

1210 x 727 x 450

255

EPETW10-6

1000 x 800/600

157

ECE-D123

1230 x 727 x 450

255

Pedestals are not included in the above price.

Connects to end of any 800mm deep workstation.

Connects to end of two 600mm deep workstations.

1600 Deep

Teardrop Conference Extension Code

Dia x H (mm)

ECE-T12

1200 x 727

D-Ended Conference Extension £ Code

Pedestal Extension Tops - Rectangular £

Code

W x D (mm)

£

387 ECE-D160

1600 x 727 x 450

279

EPET08-6

800 x 600

133

ECE-D161

1610 x 727 x 450

279

EPET10-6

1000 x 600

136

ECE-D163

1630 x 727 x 450

279

EPET08-8

800 x 800

133

Connects to end of two 800mm deep workstations.

EPET10-8

1000 x 800

140

Connects to end of any 800mm deep workstation.

New for 2015

W x H x D (mm)

Rectangular pedestal extension tops are unhanded. Pedestals are not included in the above price.

Top Colours

Ash

Apple

Beech

English Oak

Grey

Light Oak

Maple

Pear

Autumn Cherry

Verade Oak White Frame/Trim Colours

Walnut

10

year guarantee

White

0 118 00

118-119 Eclipse (15).indd 1

Silver

Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

26/11/2014 17:31


Eclipse

desking, storage and screens

Cable Trays Code

Size (mm)

UCAB08

800

48

£

UCAB10

1000

51

UCAB12

1200

53

UCAB14

1400

56

UCAB16

1600

59

UCAB18

1800

62

Cable trays fit all corresponding size of desk & workstations. For example: UCAB08 would fit a ED08-8 desk. When ordering cable trays for pedestal supported desks & workstations please order the next size down For example: UCAB16 would fit a ED18-6PS desk.

Cable Riser Code UMCR

£ Affixes to rear leg of all Eclipse desks.

25

119

118-119 Eclipse (15).indd 2

26/11/2014 17:31


Optima Plus

desking, storage and screens

Optima Plus has been designed with emphasis on wire management solutions. The design enables the swift and effective installation of desk top hardware via discreet apertures in the modesty panels and removable rises within the leg upright.

New for 2015

Right hand shown

Right hand shown

Rectangular Workstation

Core Workstation

Code

WxHxD

Left Hand

OPR10

1000x725x800

367

516

Code

OPR12

1200x725x800

382

532

OPC14LH 1400x725 x 1200

581

811

OPW12LH 1200x725x800-1000 453

633

OPR14

1400x725x800

394

551

OPC16LH 1600x725 x 1200

600

840

OPW14LH 1400x725x800-1000 474

662

OPR16

1600x725x800

406

570

OPC18LH 1800x725 x 1200

626

876

OPW16LH 1600x725x800-1000 491

683

OPR18

1800x725x800

422

591

Right Hand

OPW18LH 1800x725x800-1000 507

708

MFC £ Veneer £

Code

Cable management included in leg

Single Wave Workstation Left Hand

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £

Code

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £

Right Hand

OPC14RH 1400x725x1200

581

811

Code

OPC16RH 1600x725x1200

600

840

OPW12RH 1200x725x800-1000 453

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £ 633

OPC18RH 1800x725x1200

626

876

OPW14RH 1400x725x800-1000 474

662

OPW16RH 1600x725x800-1000 491

683

OPW18RH 1800x725x800-1000 507

708

Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details.

Right hand shown

Bow Fronted Crescent Workstation

Double Wave Workstation

Left Hand

Code

Code

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £

OPCB18LH 1800x725x1300

788

1101

WxHxD

For matching storage see pages 152-153

MFC £ Veneer £

OPDW16/9 1600 x 725 x 900 502

700

OPDW18/9 1800 x 725 x 900 521

721

Right Hand Code

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £

OPCB18RH 1800x725x1300

788

1101

MFC Colours

5

A/S

Veneer Colours

C/S

B/S

O/S

S/S

WH/S

W/S

WE/S

A/SV

O/SV

year guarantee

Ash

120

120-121 Optima Plus Fixed Height (15).indd 1

Autmn Cherry

Beech

Oak

Silver

White

Walnut

Wenge

Ash

Oak

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

27/11/2014 09:48


121

120-121 Optima Plus Fixed Height (15).indd 2

27/11/2014 09:48


Optima Plus

desking, storage and screens

Optima Plus has been designed with emphasis on wire management solutions. The design enables the swift and effective installation of desk top hardware via discreet apertures in the modesty panels and removable rises within the leg upright.

New for 2015

For matching storage see pages 152-153

Right hand shown

Right hand shown

Radius Crescent Workstation

Radius Executive Desk

Code

Code

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £

WxHxD

Right hand shown

D-Ended Desk MFC £ Veneer £

Left Hand

OPRC19RH 1900 x 725 x 1200

788 1101

OPRE19RH 1900 x 725 x 1000

585

818

Code

OPRC19LH 1900 x 725 x 1200

788 1101

OPRE19LH 1900 x 725 x 1000

585

818

OPR22DLH 2200 x 725 x 800

623

869

OPR20DLH 2000 x 725 x 800

608

853

Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details.

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £

Right Hand Code

Delivery & installation included

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £

OPR22DRH 2200 x 725 x 800

623

869

OPR20DRH 2000 x 725 x 800

608

853

B

A

The grain is as illustrated with arrows

Symmetrical Crescent Workstation Code

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £

OPSC18A 1800 x 725 x 1800

788 1101

OPSC18B 1800 x 725 x 1800

788 1101

OPSC16A 1600 x 725 x 1600

741 1035

OPSC16B 1600 x 725 x 1600

741 1035

MFC Colours A/S

S/S

Ash

Silver

B/S

Beech

MFC Colours WH/S

White

122

122-123 Optima Plus (15).indd 1

5

year guarantee

O/S

Oak

C/S

Autmn Cherry

Veneer Colours

W/S

Walnut

WE/S

Wenge

A/SV

Ash

O/SV

Oak

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

27/11/2014 17:57


Optima Plus

desking, storage and screens

Meeting Extension Code

WxHxD

OPSCMT8

800x725x600

MFC £ Veneer £

120O Workstation Meeting Extension

Meeting Extension

Code

Code

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £ 511

716

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £

458

643

OPSCMT120 1600x725x660

OPSCMT12 1200x725x600

492

686

Complete with support leg.

Complete with support leg.

OPSCMT16 1600x725x660

511

716

Suitable for 120O Desking.

Suitable for Double Wave Desking.

OPDWSCMT18 1800x725x800 594

836

Complete with support leg.

Seating up to 8 people

Seating up to 8 people

Seating up to 10 people

Double D-Ended Conference Table Double D-Ended Conference Table Double D-Ended Conference Table Code

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £

OPCONF1CA 2000x725x1200

740 1108

OPCONF1CB 2400x725x1200

886 1331

Code

WxHxD

OPCONF1A 2000x725x1200

MFC £ Veneer £ 740

1108

Code

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £

OPCONF2 3400x725x1200

1480 2218

Supplied in 2 x 1700mm sections

123

122-123 Optima Plus (15).indd 2

27/11/2014 17:57


Optima Plus Height Adjustable

desking, storage and screens

Optima Plus Height Adjustable is well suited to most applications. The desk can be heightened using a push in - pull out rotating handle, ideal for wheelchair users. Crank handle adjustment

Delivery & installation included

Bow Fronted Rectangular Workstation Code

W x H x D (mm)

OPRB16 HA OPRB18 HA

Rectangular Workstation Code

W x H x D (mm)

MFC £

Veneer £

MFC £

Veneer £

1600 x 650 - 850 x 900

1006

1259

800mm Ends

1800 x 650 - 850 x 900

1026

1286

OPR8 HA

800 x 650 - 850 x 800

745

892

OPR10 HA

1000 x 650 - 850 x 800

780

943

OPR12 HA

1200 x 650 - 850 x 800

795

968

OPR14 HA

1400 x 650 - 850 x 800

813

985

OPR16 HA

1600 x 650 - 850 x 800

823

1005

OPR18 HA

1800 x 650 - 850 x 800

844

1029

OPR8/6 HA

800 x 650 - 850 x 600

742

884

OPR10/6 HA

1000 x 650 - 850 x 600

772

931

OPR12/6 HA

1200 x 650 - 850 x 600

788

953

OPR14/6 HA

1400 x 650 - 850 x 600

800

972

OPR16/6 HA

1600 x 650 - 850 x 600

814

990

OPR18/6 HA

1800 x 650 - 850 x 600

823

1005

600mm Ends

Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details. MFC Colours A/S

Ash C/S

Autmn Cherry

S/S

Silver WH/S

White

B/S

O/S

Beech W/S

Walnut

Oak WE/S

Wenge

Veneer Colours A/SV

O/SV

5

year guarantee

Ash

124

124-125 Optima Plus Height Adjustable (15).indd 1

Oak

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

27/11/2014 12:10


desking, storage and screens

Optima Plus Height Adjustable

Right hand illustrated

Right hand illustrated

Crescent Workstation - Left & Right Hand

Single Wave Workstation - Left & Right Hand Code

W x H x D (mm)

MFC £

Veneer £

1000mm - 800mm Table Depth

Code

W x H x D (mm)

MFC £

Veneer £

OPC14 LH HA

1400x650-850x1200

1136

1391

OPW12 LH HA

1200x650-850x1000-800

876

1192

OPC16 LH HA

1600x650-850x1200

1154

1423

OPW14 LH HA

1400x650-850x1000-800

898

1225

OPC18 LH HA

1800x650-850x1200

1183

1464

OPW16 LH HA

1600x650-850x1000-800

918

1248

OPC14 RH HA

1400x650-850x1200

1136

1391

OPW18 LH HA

1800x650-850x1000-800

937

1276

OPC16 RH HA

1600x650-850x1200

1154

1423

OPW12 RH HA

1200x650-850x1000-800

876

1192

OPC18 RH HA

1800x650-850x1200

1183

1464

OPW14 RH HA

1400x650-850x1000-800

898

1225

OPW16 RH HA

1600x650-850x1000-800

918

1248

OPW18 RH HA

1800x650-850x1000-800

937

1276

800mm - 600mm Table Depth OPW12/6 LH HA

1200x650-850x800-600

852

1158

OPW14/6 LH HA

1400x650-850x800-600

873

1190

OPW16/6 LH HA

1600x650-850x800-600

892

1212

OPW18/6 LH HA

1800x650-850x800-600

910

1238

OPW12/6 RH HA

1200x650-850x800-600

852

1158

OPW14/6 RH HA

1400x650-850x800-600

873

1190

OPW16/6 RH HA

1600x650-850x800-600

892

1212

Bow Fronted Crescent Workstation - Left & Right Hand

OPW18/6 RH HA

1800x650-850x800-600

910

1238

Code

W x H x D (mm)

MFC £

Veneer £

OPCB18 LH HA

1800x650-850x1300

1365

1716

OPCB18 RH HA

1800x650-850x1300

1365

1716

Right hand illustrated

125

124-125 Optima Plus Height Adjustable (15).indd 2

27/11/2014 12:10


Kassini

desking, storage and screens

A unique wire management system. Cable risers within the leg frames together with horizontal cable ducts along the beams, facilitates discreet management of all wires and cables, any excess can be neatly hidden within the large cable ducts. Power and data modules can easily be mounted at any position along the cable beams.

25mm work tops

Right hand shown

Rectangular Workstation

Core Workstation

Code

WxHxD

Left Hand

KR10

1000 x 725 x 800

MFC £ Veneer £ 410

Right hand shown

Single Wave Workstation Left Hand

574

Code

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £

Code

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £

KR12

1200 x 725 x 800

427

599

KC14LH

1400 x 725 x 1200

653

908

KW12LH 1200 x 725 x 800-1000

508

709

KR14

1400 x 725 x 800

444

617

KC16LH

1600 x 725 x 1200

672

940

KW14LH 1400 x 725 x 800-1000

529

742

1800 x 725 x 1200

701

981

KW16LH 1600 x 725 x 800-1000

549

766

KW18LH 1800 x 725 x 800-1000

569

793

KR16

1600 x 725 x 800

454

636

KC18LH

KR18

1800 x 725 x 800

474

660

Right Hand Code

Delivery & installation included

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £

Right Hand

KC14RH 1400 x 725 x 1200

653

908

Code

KC16RH 1600 x 725 x 1200

672

940

KW12RH 1200 x 725 x 800-1000

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £ 508

709

KC18RH 1800 x 725 x 1200

701

981

KW14RH 1400 x 725 x 800-1000

529

742

KW16RH 1600 x 725 x 800-1000

549

766

KW18RH 1800 x 725 x 800-1000

569

793

Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details.

Right hand shown

For matching storage see pages

Bow Fronted Crescent Workstation

Double Wave Workstation

Left Hand

Code

WxHxD

KDW16/9

1600 x 725 x 900

577

795

KDW18/9

1800 x 725 x 900

598

822

Code

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £

KCB18LH 1800 x 725 x 1300

882

1233

152-153

MFC £ Veneer £

Right Hand Code

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £

KCB18RH 1800 x 725 x 1300

882

1233

MFC Colours

5

A/S

Veneer Colours

C/S

B/S

O/S

S/S

WH/S

W/S

WE/S

A/SV

O/SV

year guarantee

Ash

126

126-127 Kassini (15).indd 1

Autmn Cherry

Beech

Oak

Silver

White

Walnut

Wenge

Ash

Oak

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

27/11/2014 12:24


127

126-127 Kassini (15).indd 2

27/11/2014 12:24


Kassini

desking, storage and screens

The radius executive desks provide style and individuality and our radius crescent workstations are the executive solution providing a generous surface area. Symmetrical desks offer the user additional work space with ergonomic benefits.

For matching storage see pages 152-153

Right hand shown

Right hand shown

Radius Crescent Workstation

Radius Executive Desk

Code

Code

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £

WxHxD

Right hand shown

Radius Crescent Workstation MFC £ Veneer £

Left Hand

KRC19RH 1900 x 725 x 1200

882

1233

KRE19RH 1900 x 725 x 1000

657

917

Code

KRC19LH 1900 x 725 x 1200

882

1233

KRE19LH 1900 x 725 x 1000

657

917

KR22DLH 2200 x 725 x 800

695

974

KR20DLH 2000 x 725 x 800

683

957

Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details.

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £

Right Hand Code

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £

KR22DRH 2200 x 725 x 800

695

974

KR20DRH 2000 x 725 x 800

683

957

B

A

The grain is as illustrated with arrows

Symmetrical Crescent Workstation Code

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £

KSC18A

1800 x 725 x 1800

927

1298

KSC18B

1800 x 725 x 1800

927

1298

KSC16A

1600 x 725 x 1600

869

1217

KSC16B

1600 x 725 x 1600

869

1217

MFC Colours A/S

S/S

Ash

Silver

B/S

Beech

MFC Colours WH/S

White

128

128-129 Kassini (15).indd 1

5

year guarantee

O/S

Oak

C/S

Autmn Cherry

Veneer Colours

W/S

Walnut

WE/S

Wenge

A/SV

Ash

O/SV

Oak

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

27/11/2014 13:19


Kassini

desking, storage and screens

Meeting Extension Code

WxHxD

KSCMT8

800x725x600

MFC £ Veneer £

120O Workstation Meeting Extension

Meeting Extension

Code

WxHxD

Code

1600x725x660

MFC £ Veneer £ 511

716

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £

458

641

KSCMT120

KSCMT12 1200x725x600

492

686

Complete with support leg.

Complete with support leg.

KSCMT16 1600x725x660

511

716

Suitable for 120O Desking.

Suitable for Double Wave Desking.

KDWSCMT18 1800x725x800

604

848

Complete with support leg.

This barrel shaped meeting/conference table is supported by four stylish 90 degree support legs. This table caters for up to eight persons comfortably.

Delivery & installation included

Barrel Shaped Conference Table Code

WxHxD

KBST24

2400x725x1200

MFC £ Veneer £ 1110

1535

Oval Conference Table Code

WxHxD

KOVT24

2400x725x1200

MFC £ Veneer £ 1110

1535

Double ‘D’ Ended Conference Table Code

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £

KCONF1A 2000x725x1200

982

1365

KCONF1B 2400x725x1200

1108

1535

KCONF2

3400x725x1200

1836

2603

KCONF3

4800x725x1200

2461

3543

128-129 Kassini (15).indd 2

129

27/11/2014 13:19


Kassini Height Adjustable

desking, storage and screens

Kassini height adjustable desking offers a stylish yet functional workstation complying with DDA regulations. The manual crank handle allows for desk height adjustments of between 650mm to 850mm.

Crank handle adjustment

Rectangular Desk

Bow Fronted Rectangular Desk

800mm Ends

Code

W x H x D (mm)

MFC £

Veneer £

MFC £

Veneer £

KRB16 HA

1600 x 650 - 850 x 900

1006

1259

800 x 650 - 850 x 800

745

892

KRB18 HA

1800 x 650 - 850 x 900

1026

1286

KR10 HA

1000 x 650 - 850 x 800

780

943

KR12 HA

1200 x 650 - 850 x 800

795

968

KR14 HA

1400 x 650 - 850 x 800

813

985

KR16 HA

1600 x 650 - 850 x 800

823

1005

KR18 HA

1800 x 650 - 850 x 800

844

1029

KR8/6 HA

800 x 650 - 850 x 600

742

884

KR10/6 HA

1000 x 650 - 850 x 600

772

931

KR12/6 HA

1200 x 650 - 850 x 600

788

953

KR14/6 HA

1400 x 650 - 850 x 600

800

972

KR16/6 HA

1600 x 650 - 850 x 600

814

990

KR18/6 HA

1800 x 650 - 850 x 600

823

1005

Code

W x H x D (mm)

KR8 HA

600mm Ends

Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details.

MFC Colours A/S

S/S

Ash Silver MFC Colours WH/S

White

W/S

Walnut

B/S

Beech WE/S

Wenge

O/S

Oak

C/S

Autmn Cherry Veneer Colours A/SV

Ash

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

O/SV

Oak

5

year guarantee

130

130-131 Kassini Height Adjustable (15).indd 1

27/11/2014 13:59


desking, storage and screens

Kassini Height Adjustable

Crescent Workstation - Left & Right Hand

Single Wave Desk - Left & Right Hand Code

W x H x D (mm)

MFC £ Veneer £

1000mm - 800mm Table Depth

Code

W x H x D (mm)

MFC £

Veneer £

Left Hand

Left Hand

KC14 LH HA

1400x650-850x1200

1136

1391

KW12 LH HA

1200x650-850x1000-800

876

1192

KC16 LH HA

1600x650-850x1200

1154

1423

KW14 LH HA

1400x650-850x1000-800

898

1225

KC18 LH HA

1800x650-850x1200

1183

1464

KW16 LH HA

1600x650-850x1000-800

918

1249

Right Hand

KW18 LH HA

1800x650-850x1000-800

937

1276

KC14 RH HA

1400x650-850x1200

1136

1391

KC16 RH HA

1600x650-850x1200

1154

1423

KC18 RH HA

1800x650-850x1200

1183

1464

Right Hand KW12 RH HA

1200x650-850x1000-800

876

1192

KW14 RH HA

1400x650-850x1000-800

898

1225

KW16 RH HA

1600x650-850x1000-800

918

1249

KW18 RH HA

1800x650-850x1000-800

937

1276

800mm - 600mm Table Depth Left Hand KW12/6 LH HA

1200x650-850x800-600

852

1158

KW14/6 LH HA

1400x650-850x800-600

873

1190

KW16/6 LH HA

1600x650-850x800-600

892

1212

KW18/6 LH HA

1800x650-850x800-600

910

1238

KW12/6 RH HA

1200x650-850x 800-600

852

1158

Code

W x H x D (mm)

MFC £

Veneer £

KW14/6 RH HA

1400x650-850x800-600

873

1190

KCB18 LH HA

1800x650-850x1300

1365

1716

KW16/6 RH HA

1600x650-850x800-600

892

1212

KCB18 RH HA

1800x650-850x1300

1365

1716

KW18/6 RH HA

1800x650-850x800-600

910

1238

Bow Fronted Crescent Workstation - Left & Right Hand

Right Hand

131

130-131 Kassini Height Adjustable (15).indd 2

27/11/2014 13:59


Advance Elegant cohesive design enables Advance workstations to be configured at a height that suits the user. Workstations can easily be reset to different heights within minutes via simple adjustment of each telescopic leg to the preferred height. Clear markings on each leg denote dimensions to ensure adjustments are simple and accurate.

desking, storage and screens Assembly A combination of unique engineering and design ensures that the assembly of Advance is made simple to reduce installation times. This maintains the clean lines, strength and stability of the workstation.

Height settable desking Height Adjustment Each telescopic fully adjustable leg offers height variations of between 650mm and 850mm. The height can be adjusted using an Allen key by simply loosening the fixing bolt positioned on the inside of the vertical leg upright. The leg can be set / positioned with the aid of clear height markings on the leg frame.

Advance Steel Structure The Advance frame consists of two end legs and two cross rails. Optional Modesty panels and cable trays can be added. (Please note, cable trays can be installed retrospectively).

132

132-133 Advance (15).indd 1

27/11/2014 14:38


Delivery & installation included

133

132-133 Advance (15).indd 2

27/11/2014 14:38


Advance

desking, storage and screens

Advance workstations provide a contemporary look and offer flexibility for single desks or multiple users working as a team. Optional modesty panels and cable management are compatible with all Advance workstations. The workstation offers the user height adjustment from 650mm - 850mm.

Right hand shown

Rectangular Workstation - 800mm and 600mm Deep

Angular Workstation

Code

W x H x D (mm)

Code

W x H x D (mm)

AR10/8 AR12/8

MFC £

Veneer £

MFC £

Veneer £

1000 x 650 - 850 x 800

461

670

A14/10/8LH

1200 x 650 - 850 x 800

472

683

A14/10/8RH

1400 x 650 - 850 x 1000 - 800

523

760

1400 x 650 - 850 x 1000 - 800

523

760

AR14/8

1400 x 650 - 850 x 800

480

699

AR16/8

1600 x 650 - 850 x 800

492

711

A16/10/8LH

1600 x 650 - 850 x 1000 - 800

532

771

A16/10/8RH

1600 x 650 - 850 x 1000 - 800

532

771

AR18/8

1800 x 650 - 850 x 800

500

AR20/8

2000 x 650 - 850 x 800

509

726

A18/10/8LH

1800 x 650 - 850 x 1000 - 800

544

788

738

A18/10/8RH

1800 x 650 - 850 x 1000 - 800

544

788

AR10/6

1000 x 650 - 850 x 600

AR12/6

1200 x 650 - 850 x 600

460

668

A20/10/8LH

2000 x 650 - 850 x 1000 - 800

551

800

470

679

A20/10/8RH

2000 x 650 - 850 x 1000 - 800

551

800

AR14/6 AR16/6

1400 x 650 - 850 x 600

476

690

-1600 x 650 - 850 x 600

485

705

AR18/6

1800 x 650 - 850 x 600

494

716

AR20/6

2000 x 650 - 850 x 600

501

727

Secretarial Return - 600mm Deep Code

W x H x D (mm)

ASR10/6LH

1000 x 650 - 850 x 600

317

457

ASR10/6RH

1000 x 650 - 850 x 600

317

457

120° Cluster Workstation - 800mm & 600mm Ends

ASR12/6LH

1200 x 650 - 850 x 600

332

480

Code

ASR12/6RH

1200 x 650 - 850 x 600

332

480

Can be configured as singular desking or in modules of 3, 6, 9, etc

W x D x H (mm)

MFC £

Veneer £

Only compatible with 600mm & 800mm rectangular workstations.

1200mm x 1200mm x 800mm Ends AC120

MFC £ Veneer £

2078 x 850 x 650 - 800

677

981

636

922

1000mm x 1000mm x 600mm Ends AC120/6

1732 x 850 x 650 - 800

Cable Trays Code

Description

W x H x D (mm)

£

MA3

For use with 1.2m 120° Desks

800x110x100

38

MA2

For use with 1m 120° Desks

600x110x100

35

Up to 2 trays per desk can be specified, however this is not always necessary when using desks in clusters. Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details.

134

134-135 Advance (15).indd 1

27/11/2014 14:51


Advance

desking, storage and screens Height settable desking

Modesty Panels

Meeting Table Code

W x H x D (mm)

MFC £

Veneer £

Code

W x H (mm)

AMT10/8 AMT12/8

1000 x 650 - 850 x 800

461

1200 x 650 - 850 x 800

472

AMT14/8

1400 x 650 - 850 x 800

AMT16/8

1600 x 650 - 850 x 800

AMT18/8 AMT20/8

£

670

ARMP10

760 x 275

112

683

ARMP12

960 x 275

115

480

695

ARMP14

1160 x 275

117

492

711

ARMP16

1360 x 275

120

1800 x 650 - 850 x 800

500

726

ARMP18

1560 x 275

122

2000 x 650 - 850 x 800

509

738

ARMP20

1760 x 275

126

Silver finish as standard, illustrated in red. Suffix /B for Black, suffix /W for White.

Options

Cable Trays Code

Desk (mm)

W x H x D (mm)

£

MA2

1000

600 x 110 x 100

35

Cable Risers

CPU Holders

Standard silver finish (illustrated in red). Single channel cable riser. (2 per pack).

Fixing kit included. Adjustable CPU holder for PC towers. Includes mounting kit.

MA3

1200

800 x 110 x 100

38

MA5

1400

1000 x 110 x 100

41

MA7

1600

1200 x 110 x 100

44

MA9

1800

1400 x 110 x 100

50

MA10

2000

1600 x 110 x 100

55

Cable trays can be accessed from back or front of desk via the easy slot and hook design. The standard finish is silver, illustrated in red. MFC Colours A/S

Ash WH/S

White

S/S

Silver W/S

Walnut

B/S

O/S

Beech

Oak

C/S

Autmn Cherry

WE/S

Wenge

Veneer Colours A/SV

O/SV

5

year guarantee

Ash

Oak

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

134-135 Advance (15).indd 2

135

27/11/2014 14:51


‘I’ Frame Electronic Height Adjustable desking, storage and screens Desks can be adjusted using electronic keypad. 3 settings, memory function and store. Illuminated LED display for height indication.

Electronic keypad adjustment

Rectangular Electronic Sit & Stand Desk Code

W x H x D (mm)

MFC £

Veneer £

OR12 EHA OR14 EHA

1200 x 630-1310 x 800

1283

1539

1400 x 630-1310 x 800

1290

1549

OR16 EHA

1600 x 630-1310 x 800

1298

1557

OR18 EHA

1800 x 630-1310 x 800

1313

1575

Wave Electronic Sit & Stand Desk Code

W x H x D (mm)

MFC £

Veneer £

Right Hand OW12 RH EHA

1200 x 630-1310 x 1000-800

1359

1629

OW14 RH EHA

1400 x 630-1310 x 1000-800

1376

1650

OW16 RH EHA

1600 x 630-1310 x 1000-800

1394

1673

OW18 RH EHA

1800 x 630-1310 x 1000-800

1416

1698

OW12 LH EHA

1200 x 630-1310 x 1000-800

1359

1629

OW14 LH EHA

1400 x 630-1310 x 1000-800

1376

1650

OW16 LH EHA

1600 x 630-1310 x 1000-800

1394

1673

OW18 LH EHA

1800 x 630-1310 x 1000-800

1416

1698

Left Hand

Note: Electronic Sit & Stand desks only compatible with MPF & MP3 pedestals which will protrude 140mm. Right hand shown

MFC Colours

5

A/S

Veneer Colours

C/S

B/S

O/S

S/S

WH/S

W/S

WE/S

A/SV

O/SV

year guarantee

Ash

136

136-137 I Frame Electric (15).indd 1

Autmn Cherry

Beech

Oak

Silver

White

Walnut

Wenge

Ash

Oak

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

27/11/2014 15:13


137

136-137 I Frame Electric (15).indd 2

27/11/2014 15:13


Screenbox

desking, storage and screens

Delivery & installation included

Screenbox allows for multi-purpose use of a workstation, integrating monitor, keyboard and mouse into the desktop. This allows for a quick change over from IT based tasks to paper based. The unit also adds to the security of IT equipment in the workplace as the unit is operational using a lock and key facility. Standard Features Locking as standard.

Screenbox in fully closed & locked position

Screenbox in the transitional midway position

Screenbox in the operational position

138

138-139 Screenbox (15).indd 1

27/11/2014 15:17


Screenbox

desking, storage and screens

Kassini

Kassini

Modular

Modular

Single - Left

Single - Centre

Kassini Code

Modular Code W x H x D

17” Screen

17” Screen

Kassini £ Modular £

Kassini Code

Modular Code W x H x D

17” Screen

17” Screen

Kassini £ Modular £

SBLH17/KR12 SBLH17/TR12 1200x725x800

989

807

SBC17/KR10

SBC17/TR10

1000x725x800

973

796

SBLH17/KR14 SBLH17/TR14 1400x725x800

1005

829

SBC17/KR12

SBC17/TR12

1200x725x800

989

807

SBLH17/KR16 SBLH17/TR16 1600x725x800

1016

849

SBC17/KR14

SBC17/TR14

1400x725x800

1005

829

SBLH17/KR18 SBLH17/TR18 1800x725x800

1036

872

SBC17/KR16

SBC17/TR16

1600x725x800

1016

849

SBC17/KR18

SBC17/TR18

1800x725x800

1036

872

SBLH19/KR12 SBLH19/TR12 1200x725x800

1004

823

19” Screen

19” Screen

SBLH19/KR14 SBLH19/TR14 1400x725x800

1021

846

SBC19/KR10

SBC19/TR10

1000x725x800

989

813

SBLH19/KR16 SBLH19/TR16 1600x725x800

1032

865

SBC19/KR12

SBC19/TR12

1200x725x800

1004

823

SBLH19/KR18 SBLH19/TR18 1800x725x800

1053

887

SBC19/KR14

SBC19/TR14

1400x725x800

1021

846

SBC19/KR16

SBC19/TR16

1600x725x800

1032

865

SBC19/KR18

SBC19/TR18

1800x725x800

1053

887

19” Screen

19” Screen

Kassini

Kassini Modular

Modular

Single - Right Kassini Code

Modular Code W x H x D

17” Screen

17” Screen

Double Kassini £ Modular £

Kassini Code

Modular Code W x H x D

17” Screen

17” Screen

Kassini £ Modular £

SBRH17/KR12 SBRH17/TR12 1200x725x800

989

807

SBD17/KR16

SBD17/TR16

1600x725x800

1735

1404

SBRH17/KR14 SBRH17/TR14 1400x725x800

1005

829

SBD17/KR18

SBD17/TR18

1800x725x800

1755

1427

SBRH17/KR16 SBRH17/TR16 1600x725x800

1016

849

19” Screen

19” Screen

SBRH17/KR18 SBRH17/TR18 1800x725x800

1036

872

SBD19/KR18

SBD19/TR18

1800x725x800

1772

1451

SBRH19/KR12 SBRH19/TR12 1200x725x800

1004

823

SBRH19/KR14 SBRH19/TR14 1400x725x800

1021

846

SBRH19/KR16 SBRH19/TR16 1600x725x800

1032

865

SBRH19/KR18 SBRH19/TR18 1800x725x800

1053

887

19” Screen

19” Screen

Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details.

MFC Colours A/S

Ash WH/S

S/S

Silver W/S

B/S

Beech WE/S

O/S

Oak C/S

White

Walnut

Wenge Autumn Cherry

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

138-139 Screenbox (15).indd 2

5

year guarantee

139

27/11/2014 15:17


Matrix Bench

desking, storage and screens

Delivery & installation included

Rectangular workstations offer a traditional workspace available in several widths and two depth options, 800d & 600d. Meeting Extensions are compatible with Double Bench Workstations. There are two widths available when specifying on Double Benches with screens and without screens. The meeting extension is supported by brackets to ensure maximum strength and stability without the use of a visible support leg. Double Bench workstations offer clean lines and symmetry with the use of vertical leg frame uprights. Double modules share components reducing the number of legs required. This also increases the movement for the user under the workstations via a recessed shared leg frame between adjoining modules. Optional horizontal and vertical wire management is available and a choice of screen panels. Matrix Bench is available in three paint finishes for the desk metalwork and system screen trim, Silver RAL9006 is standard and White RAL9003 & Black RAL9005 are an optional extra. Complimentary conference and meeting tables form part of the portfolio.

MFC Colours A/S

Ash

5

WH/S

S/S

Silver W/S

B/S

Beech WE/S

O/S

Oak C/S

year guarantee

White

Walnut

Wenge Autumn Cherry

140

140-141 Matrix Bench (15).indd 1

27/11/2014 16:33


Matrix Bench

desking, storage and screens

Rectangular Workstation - Shared Leg

Angular Workstation

Code

WxHxD

Code

416

MR10/8/INT

1000 x 725 x 800

388

Right Hand

423

MR12/8/INT

1200 x 725 x 800

393

M16/10/8RH

1600 x 725 x 1000-800

447

1400 x 725 x 800

428

MR14/8/INT

1400 x 725 x 800

399

M18/10/8RH

1800 x 725 x 1000-800

457

1600 x 725 x 800

434

MR16/8/INT

1600 x 725 x 800

405

Left Hand

MR18/8

1800 x 725 x 800

439

MR18/8/INT

1800 x 725 x 800

411

M16/10/8LH

1600 x 725 x 1000-800

447

MR20/8

2000 x 725 x 800

446

MR20/8/INT

2000 x 725 x 800

416

M18/10/8LH

1800 x 725 x 1000-800

457

Rectangular Workstation Code

WxHxD

MR10/8

1000 x 725 x 800

MR12/8

1200 x 725 x 800

MR14/8 MR16/8

£

Not including horizontal cable tray.

WxHxD

M10/12

1000 x 725 x 1200

M12/12 M14/12

WxHxD

590

M10/12/INT

1000 x 725 x 1200

561

1200 x 725 x 1200

596

M12/12/INT

1200 x 725 x 1200

566

1400 x 725 x 1200

601

M14/12/INT

1400 x 725 x 1200

573

M16/12

1600 x 725 x 1200

607

M16/12/INT

1600 x 725 x 1200

578

M18/12

1800 x 725 x 1200

619

M18/12/INT

1800 x 725 x 1200

584

M20/12

2000 x 725 x 1200

630

M20/12/INT

2000 x 725 x 1200

601

M10/16

1000 x 725 x 1600

619

M10/16/INT

1000 x 725 x 1600

590

M12/16

1200 x 725 x 1600

624

M12/16/INT

1200 x 725 x 1600

596

M14/16

1400 x 725 x 1600

630

M14/16/INT

1400 x 725 x 1600

601

M16/16

1600 x 725 x 1600

636

M16/16/INT

1600 x 725 x 1600

607

M18/16

1800 x 725 x 1600

647

M18/16/INT

1800 x 725 x 1600

619

M20/16

2000 x 725 x 1600

659

M20/16/INT

2000 x 725 x 1600

630

Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details.

For complimentary storage see pages 150-153.

£

See colours available on opposite page

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

140-141 Matrix Bench (15).indd 2

£

Double Bench - Shared Inset Leg £

Code

Storage

WxHxD

Not including horizontal cable tray.

Double Bench Code

£

141

27/11/2014 16:33


Matrix Bench

desking, storage and screens

Single channel Cable Riser Illustrated in red.

Straight Meeting Extension Code

WxHxD

MSME12/5

1200 x 725 x 500

MSME16/6

1600 x 725 x 650

Straight Meeting Extension

Bench Cable Risers - 2 per pack £

Code

WxHxD

1227 x 725 x 500

361

MLCR

575 x 50 x 50

1627 x 725 x 650

376

Single channel Cable Riser (2 per pack).

Code

WxHxD

361

MSME12/5/S

376

MSME16/6/S

£

For use with Double Bench Desking

For use with Double Bench Desking

without Dividing Screens.

with Dividing Screens.

£ 30

For Single & Double Bench Desks. Illustrated in red. 2 recommended for Double Bench Workstations.

Bench Cable Trays Code

WxHxD

MFC Modesty Panels £

Code

WxH

Meeting Table £

Code

WxHxD

£

MA2

(1m Desk)

600x100x110

35

MRMP10

700 x 300

78

MMT12/10

1200 x 725 x 1000

431

MA3

(1.2m Desk) 800x100x110

38

MRMP12

900 x 300

81

MMT14/10

1400 x 725 x 1000

436

MA5

(1.4m Desk) 1000x100x110

41

MRMP14

1100 x 300

84

MMT16/10

1600 x 725 x 1000

441

MA7

(1.6m Desk) 1200x100x110

44

MRMP16

1300 x 300

88

MMT18/10

1800 x 725 x 1000

447

MA9

(1.8m Desk) 1400x100x110

50

MRMP18

1500 x 300

90

MMT20/10

2000 x 725 x 1000

452

55

MRMP20

1700 x 300

93

Available with 1000mm depth. 25mm Fixed Top.

MA10 (2m Desk)

1600x100x110

Meeting Table - 25mm Fixed Top

Conference Table - 25mm Fixed Top £

Code

WxHxD

WxHxD

MMT16/16

1600 x 725 x 1600

636

MCONF34 3400 x 725 x 1200

MMT18/16

1800 x 725 x 1600

647

Supplied in 2 x 1700mm sections. Shared

MMT20/16

2000 x 725 x 1600

659

centre leg frame. Seats up to 10 people.

Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details.

A/S

142-143 Matrix Bench (15).indd 1

Ash

1271

5

year guarantee

MFC Colours

142

£

Code

C/S

Autmn Cherry

B/S

Beech

O/S

Oak

S/S

Silver

WH/S

White

W/S

Walnut

WE/S

Wenge

27/11/2014 16:06


Matrix Screens

desking, storage and screens

Fabric System Screen

Fabric System - Screen with Management Rail

Acrylic System Screen

Code

WxHxD

Code

WxHxD

265

ELSS10MF

973 x 375 x 27

330

ELSS10A

973 x 350 x 27

265

280

ELSS12MF

1173 x 375 x 27

363

ELSS12A

1173 x 375 x 27

280

1373 x 375 x 27

307

ELSS14MF

1373 x 375 x 27

390

ELSS14A

1373 x 375 x 27

307

ELSS16F

1573 x 375 x 27

330

ELSS16MF

1573 x 375 x 27

443

ELSS16A

1573 x 375 x 27

330

ELSS18F

1773 x 375 x 27

361

ELSS18MF

1773 x 375 x 27

479

ELSS18A

1773 x 375 x 27

361

ELSS20F

1973 x 375 x 27

381

ELSS20MF

1973 x 375 x 27

512

ELSS20A

1973 x 375 x 27

381

Code

WxHxD

£

ELSS10F

973 x 375 x 27

ELSS12F

1173 x 375 x 27

ELSS14F

£

£

Fully upholstered pinnable surfaces with

Fully upholstered pinnable surfaces with management

Acrylic screen with aluminium trim. With acrylic

aluminium trim. Standard Lucia fabric.

rail and aluminium trim. Standard Lucia fabric.

finishes below.

Acrylic System - Screen with Management Rail

Single Workstation Screen - Fabric

Code

WxHxD

Code

WxHxD

ELSS10MA

973 x 375 x 27

330

ECS10F

970 x 375 x 27

ELSS12MA

1173 x 375 x 27

363

ECS12F

1170 x 375 x 27

ELSS14MA

1373 x 375 x 27

390

ECS14F

ELSS16MA

1573 x 375 x 27

443

ECS16F

ELSS18MA

1773 x 375 x 27

479

ELSS20MA

1973 x 375 x 27

512

£

Acrylic screen with management rail and

Double Workstation Screen - Fabric Code

WxHxD

184

ECS10F/M

970 x 375 x 27

184

195

ECS12F/M

1170 x 375 x 27

195

1370 x 375 x 27

205

ECS14F/M

1370 x 375 x 27

205

1570 x 375 x 27

215

ECS16F/M

1570 x 375 x 27

215

ECS18F

1770 x 375 x 27

223

ECS18F/M

1770 x 375 x 27

223

ECS20F

1970 x 375 x 27

233

ECS20F/M

1970 x 375 x 27

233

Fully upholstered screen.

£

£

Fully upholstered screen.

aluminium trim. With acrylic finishes below. Return screens & linking posts available for all screens, ask sales for details. Please note: When fixing screens to a) Rectangular Desk b) Angular Desk Remove /L from product code.

5

Fabric Finishes: Group 1 Camira Lucia

year guarantee

Acrylic Finishes B

G

Blue

Green

O

Orange

W

R

Red

White

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

142-143 Matrix Bench (15).indd 2

143

27/11/2014 16:07


Linnea Bench

desking, storage and screens

Linnea provides space for multiple users working as a team or individually. The frame structure is strong, easy to assemble and reconfigure. Linnea has been engineered to allow leg sharing to reduce costs and maximise space. Dividing screens can also be included and are available in several styles.

For screens to compliment this range see page 149

Configuring Multiple Linnea Bench Desking

Delivery & installation included Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 4

Product Code: L18/16 Double Bench. Remove end leg frame (illustrated red) from Double Bench

Product Code: L18/16 & L18/16INT Re-attach the leg frame from the Double Bench to the Double Bench Shared Leg Desk

Product Code: L18/16INT Add a double bench shared insert leg

Finished Result. Typical 4 workstation layout

144

144-145 Linnea Bench (15).indd 1

27/11/2014 17:35


145

144-145 Linnea Bench (15).indd 2

27/11/2014 17:35


Linnea Bench

desking, storage and screens

Shared Inset Leg

Angular Workstation - Right & Left Hand

Rectangular Workstation

Rectangular Workstation

Code

Code

WxHxD

Code

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £

MFC £ Veneer £

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £

670

LR10/8/INT 1000x725x800

461

472

683

LR12/8/INT 1200x725x800

472

683

480

695

LR14/8/INT 1400x725x800

480

695

492

711

LR16/8/INT 1600x725x800

492

711

500

726

LR18/8/INT 1800x725x800

500

726

509

738

LR20/8/INT 2000x725x800

509

738

L14/8/6RH 1400x725x800-600

517

746

LR10/8

1000x725x800

461

L16/8/6RH 1600x725x800-600

523

760

LR12/8

1200x725x800

L18/8/6RH 1800x725x800-600

534

773

LR14/8

1400x725x800

L20/8/6RH 2000x725x800-600

545

790

LR16/8

1600x725x800

L14/8/6LH 1400x725x800-600

517

746

LR18/8

1800x725x800

L16/8/6LH 1600x725x800-600

523

760

LR20/8

2000x725x800

L18/8/6LH 1800x725x800-600

534

773

L20/8/6LH 2000x725x800-600

545

790

670

Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details. Complete with central cable tray and sliding top.

Complete with central cable tray and sliding top.

Double Bench Code

Shared Inset Leg

Double Bench

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £

Code

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £

L10/12

1000x725x1200

804

1166

L10/12/INT 1000x725x1200

769

1116

L12/12

1200x725x1200

826

1198

L12/12/INT 1200x725x1200

792

1148

L14/12

1400x725x1200

855

1241

L14/12/INT 1400x725x1200

821

1191

L16/12

1600x725x1200

884

1281

L16/12/INT 1600x725x1200

850

1232

L18/12

1800x725x1200

910

1318

L18/12/INT 1800x725x1200

876

1271

L20/12

2000x725x1200

936

1358

L20/12/INT 2000x725x1200

902

1309

L10/16

1000x725x1600

856

1242

L10/16/INT 1000x725x1600

822

1192

L12/16

1200x725x1600

882

1280

L12/16/INT 1200x725x1600

849

1230

L14/16

1400x725x1600

909

1317

L14/16/INT 1400x725x1600

875

1268

L16/16

1600x725x1600

937

1360

L16/16/INT 1600x725x1600

900

1306

L18/16

1800x725x1600

962

1396

L18/16/INT 1800x725x1600

929

1346

L20/16

2000x725x1600

992

1437

L20/16/INT 2000x725x1600

956

1386

MFC Colours A/S

S/S

Ash Silver Veneer Colours A/SV

O/SV

B/S

Beech

5

year guarantee

146

146-147 Linnea Bench (15).indd 1

Ash

O/S

Oak

C/S

Autmn Cherry

WH/S

White

W/S

Walnut

WE/S

Wenge

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

Oak

27/11/2014 17:44


Linnea Bench

desking, storage and screens

800mm Ends

600mm Ends

120O Cluster Workstations

120O Cluster Workstations

Code

Code

Size

LC120

2886 Dia. 725 (h)

Size

LC120/6 2683 Dia. 725 (h)

MFC £ Veneer £ 1736

2430

Meeting Table

MFC £ Veneer £ 1929

2700

Intermediate Leg

Intermediate Leg

1200x1000x725

MFC £ Veneer £ 481

700

LMT14/10

1400x1000x725

492

711

2700

LMT16/10

1600x1000x725

499

723

Configured as a three person desking module.

LMT18/10

1800x1000x725

508

737

Shared leg option available when ordering

Shared leg option available when ordering

LMT20/10

2000x1000x725

519

752

multiple LC120.

multiple LC120.

1736

2430

1929

WxHxD

LMT12/10

Configured as a three person desking module.

LC120/6INT

LC120INT

Code

Please Note: If fitting screens on Linnea 120 degree workstation cluster a 3-way link post is required, please contact sales for details.

Delivery & installation included

Seats up to 8 people

Seats up to 10 people

Boardroom/ Conference Table

Boardroom/ Conference Table

Code

Code

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £

LCONF24 2400x725x1200 1103

1601

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £

LCONF34 3400x725x1200 1585

2299

Storage

For complimentary storage see pages 150-153.

Supplied in 2x 1700mm sections. Shared centre leg frame.

147

146-147 Linnea Bench (15).indd 2

27/11/2014 17:44


Linnea Bench

For use without screen

For use with screen

Curved Extensions Code

desking, storage and screens

WxDxH

For use without screen

Curved Extensions MFC £ Veneer £

Code

Straight Extensions

WxDxH

MFC £ Veneer £

Code

WxDxH

MFC £ Veneer £

LCME12/5 1200x725x500

464

672

LCME12/5/S 1227x725x500

464

672

LSME12/5

1200x725x500

464

672

LCME16/6 1600x725x650

481

700

LCME16/6/S 1627x725x650

481

700

LSME16/6

1600x725x650

481

700

Illustrated in red. Silver finish as standard.

Illustrated in red. Silver finish as standard.

Cable Trays

Modesty Panels

Straight Extensions WxDxH

MFC £ Veneer £

WxH

Code

WxH

LRCT10

470x75x222

60

LRMP10

760x275

117

LSME12/5/S 1227x725x500

464

672

LRCT12

670x75x222

73

LRMP12

960x275

120

LSME16/6/S 1627x725x650

481

700

LRCT14

870x75x222

80

LRMP14

1160x275

122

For use with screen

LRCT16

1070x75x222

93

LRMP16

1360x275

126

LRCT18

1270x75x222

105

LRMP18

1560x275

130

LRCT20

1470x75x222

117

LRMP20

1760x275

134

£

£

Code

Code

Note: Cable Trays for Rectangular & Angular Workstations and Secretarial Returns will only accept 2 Gang Sockets. Cable Trays can be accessed either sides of Linnea desking via the easy slot and hook design.

Illustrated in red. Silver finish as standard. Single channel cable risers (2 pack)

5

year guarantee

Cable Riser Code

£

LLCR

33

MFC Colours A/S

S/S

Ash

Silver

B/S

Beech

MFC Colours WH/S

White

148

148-149 Linnea Bench and Screens (15).indd 1

O/S

Oak

C/S

Autmn Cherry

Veneer Colours

W/S

Walnut

WE/S

Wenge

A/SV

Ash

O/SV

Oak

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

27/11/2014 17:23


Linnea Screens

desking, storage and screens

Fabric System Screen

Fabric System - Screen with Management Rail

Acrylic System Screen

Code

WxHxD

Code

WxHxD

265

ELSS10MF

973 x 375 x 27

330

ELSS10A

973 x 375 x 27

265

280

ELSS12MF

1173 x 375 x 27

363

ELSS12A

1173 x 375 x 27

280

1373 x 375 x 27

307

ELSS14MF

1373 x 375 x 27

390

ELSS14A

1373 x 375 x 27

307

ELSS16F

1573 x 375 x 27

330

ELSS16MF

1573 x 375 x 27

443

ELSS16A

1573 x 375 x 27

330

ELSS18F

1773 x 375 x 27

361

ELSS18MF

1773 x 375 x 27

479

ELSS18A

1773 x 375 x 27

361

ELSS20F

1973 x 375 x 27

381

ELSS20MF

1973 x 375 x 27

512

ELSS20A

1973 x 375 x 27

381

Code

WxHxD

ELSS10F

973 x 375 x 27

ELSS12F

1173 x 375 x 27

ELSS14F

£

£

Fully upholstered pinnable surfaces with

Fully upholstered pinnable surfaces with management

Acrylic screen with aluminium trim.

aluminium trim. Standard Lucia fabric.

rail and aluminium trim. Standard Lucia fabric.

With acrylic finishes below.

£

Acrylic System - Screen with Management Rail Code

WxHxD

£

ELSS10MA

973 x 375 x 27

330

ELSS12MA

1173 x 375 x 27

363

ELSS14MA

1373 x 375 x 27

390

ELSS16MA

1573 x 375 x 27

443

ELSS18MA

1773 x 375 x 27

479

ELSS20MA

1973 x 375 x 27

512

Acrylic screen with management rail and aluminium trim. With acrylic finishes below. Return screens & linking posts available for all screens, ask sales for details. Please note: When fixing screens to a) Rectangular Desk b) Angular Desk Remove /L from product code.

5

Fabric Finishes: Group 1 Camira Lucia

year guarantee

Acrylic Finishes B

G

Blue

O

Green

Orange

W

R

Red

White

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

148-149 Linnea Bench and Screens (15).indd 2

149

27/11/2014 17:23


Linnea Bench

desking, storage and screens

Double Sided Desk High Mobile Unit

Single Sided Desk High Mobile Unit

Double Sided Under Desk Mobile Unit

Code

WxHxD

Code

WxHxD

Code

WxHxD

DHSU

1000 x 725 x 600

SHSU

1000 x 725 x 400

DLSU

1000 x 630 x 600

MFC £ Veneer £ 519

777

MFC £ Veneer £ 449

675

With Seat Pad

WxHxD

DLSU/SP 1000 x 690 x 600

496

745

With Seat Pad

Double Sided Under Desk Mobile Unit Single Sided Under Desk Mobile Unit Code

MFC £ Veneer £

MFC £ Veneer £ 609

858

Code

WxHxD

SLSU

1000 x 630 x 400

Single Sided Under Desk Mobile Unit

MFC £ Veneer £ 427

640

Code

WxHxD

SLSU/SP

1000 x 690 x 400

MFC £ Veneer £ 540

754

For other storage options see pages 152-153

MFC Colours A/S

Ash WH/S

White

S/S

Silver W/S

Walnut

B/S

Beech WE/S

Wenge

O/S

Oak C/S

Autmn Cherry

Veneer Colours A/SV

O/SV

5

year guarantee

Ash

150

150-151 Linnea Bench (15).indd 1

Oak

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

27/11/2014 17:00


Linnea Bench

desking, storage and screens

Left hand shown

Left hand shown

Single Sided Mobile Under Desk Unit Code

WxHxD

Single Sided Mobile Under Desk Unit with Seat Pad MFC £ Veneer £

Code

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £

2 Drawer

2 Drawer MPP2D LH

1000 x 570 x 600

606

849

MPP2D LH/SP

1000 x 630 x 600

720

962

MPP2D RH

1000 x 570 x 600

606

849

MPP2D RH/SP

1000 x 630 x 600

720

962

MPP3D LH

1000 x 570 x 600

606

849

MPP3D LH/SP

1000 x 630 x 600

720

962

MPP3D RH

1000 x 570 x 600

606

849

MPP3D RH/SP

1000 x 630 x 600

720

962

3 Drawer

3 Drawer

MFC Colours A/S

Veneer Colours

S/S

B/S

O/S

C/S

WH/S

W/S

WE/S

A/SV

O/SV

5

year guarantee

Ash

Silver

Beech

Oak

Autmn Cherry

White

Walnut

Wenge

Ash

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

150-151 Linnea Bench (15).indd 2

Oak

151

27/11/2014 17:00


Pedestals

desking, storage and screens

600 desk high pedestal, 2 drawers, 1 filing drawer

800 desk high pedestal, 2 drawers, 1 filing drawer

Desk High Pedestal Code

Desk High Pedestal

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £

Code

Low Mobile Pedestals

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £

Code

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £

DHPF - Wooden Drawer 420x725x600 309

466

DHPF/8 - Wooden Drawer 420x725x800 408

609

MPF - 2 Drawer 420x460x600 231

349

SDHPF - System Drawer 420x725x600 366

521

SDHPF/8 - System Drawer 420x725x800 461

666

MP3 - 3 Drawer 420x460x600 231

349

Narrow Mobile Pedestal Code

WxHxD

DMPF/N - 3 Drawer

300x630x600

90° Desk High

MFC £ Veneer £ 279

419

Code

WxHxD

SU8X8ST

800x725x800

MFC £ Veneer £ 450

675

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

MFC Colours

5

A/S

Veneer Colours

C/S

B/S

O/S

S/S

WH/S

W/S

WE/S

A/SV

O/SV

year guarantee

Ash

Autmn Cherry

Beech

Oak

Silver

White

Walnut

Wenge

Ash

Oak

152

152-153 Pedestals - Cupboards - Filers (15).indd 1

27/11/2014 17:13


Cupboards and Filers

desking, storage and screens

Tambour Door System Storage Unit

Side Filing Unit

Code

WxHxD

NSSC7ST

1050x725x500

Double Door System Storage Unit

MFC £

Veneer £

Code

WxHxD

MFC £

Veneer £

666

853

NSF2/5

800x725x500

591

885

NSSC7

990x725x500

418

626

NSSC12ST 1050x1200x500 784

984

NSF2/6

800x725x600

623

931

NSSC12

990x1200x500

477

716

NSSC16ST 1050x1600x500 844

1057

NSSC16

990x1600x500

535

807

NSSC18ST 1050x1800x500 931

1164

NSSC18

990x1800x500

597

893

NSSC20ST 1050x2000x500 1020

1257

NSSC20

990x2000x500

660

987

Code

Complete with System Storage Unit Skins.

WxHxD

MFC £ Veneer £

Wooden Storage Unit Shelf. (Not compatible with System Storage Unit Skins) NSSC

950x18x450

33

52

Filing Cabinet

System Storage Unit Skins are required for all accessories.

Code

WxHxD

FC2 - 2 Drawer

468x725x600

MFC £ Veneer £ 320

511

FC3 - 3 Drawer

468x1060x600

402

637

FC4 - 4 Drawer

468x1385x600

475

761

Internal Storage Accessories System Storage Unit Skins

Code

Adapts System Storage Units to

Slotted Filing Shelf

accept accessories.

BMSFS10 Shelf

57 52

£

£

BMSDIV (5 x Dividers)

BTS20

2000 High

155

Lateral Filing Cradle

BTS18

1800 High

147

Adjustable lateral filing cradle,

BTS16

1600 High

125

between 250mm & 350mm centres

BTS12

1200 High

109

BMALCR10

BTS7

725 High

95

Code

Standard Shelf BMS10/1

1 Shelf

50

Pull Out Vertical Filing Cradle Two cross bars to accept foolscap filing side on.

32

Pull Out Reference Shelf

Foolscap front to back. A4 front to back. BMPCR10

119

System Storage Unit Skins are required for this shelf. BMRS10

119

See colours available on opposite page 153

152-153 Pedestals - Cupboards - Filers (15).indd 2

27/11/2014 17:13


Executive Furniture The increasingly popular Prime, E Space and Windsor offer stylish and affordable executive furniture solutions. The range includes all the essential executive furniture products, from a large bow fronted desk to meeting extensions and tables, cupboards and side filers. New for 2015 we also included the traditional but beautiful Corniche and the superb contemporary design of the Aston range. Why not flick to page 42 to view some equally affordable and stylish executive seating.

2015 Range Highlights Aston By mixing and matching complimentary finishes on individual items and across suites, quietly stylish or eye catching schemes can be easily created using this simple to specify range of executive furniture.

Windsor Veneer New for 2015, the Windsor Veneer range is designed to embrace the classic executive look but combining with the modern technology era.

154

154-155 Executive Intro and Contents (15).indd 1

02/12/2014 12:51


Prime

executive furniture contents

Pedestals Page 156

Storage Page 156

Meeting Tables Page 156

Desks Page 158

Pedestals Page 158

Storage Page 160

Meeting Tables Page 161

Desks Page 162

Side Filing Units Page 164

Pedestals Page 164

Storage Units Page 164

Desks Page 166

Pedestals Page 166

Storage Page 168

Tables Page 169

Desks Page 170

Pedestals Page 171

Storage Page 172

Console Tables Page 173

Conference Tables Page 165

Aston

Corniche

Windsor Veneer

E Space

Desks Page 156

Bookcases Page 173

155

154-155 Executive Intro and Contents (15).indd 2

02/12/2014 12:51


Prime

executive furniture

This range is a traditional yet affordable executive group of furniture which adds style to any office. Choose from a multitude of extension, storage and table options to compliment the presence of this executive desk.

Bow Front Executive Desk Code

WxHxD

ZWSPME389

1800 x 750 x 1050

Return Shell £ 438

Desk High Cabinet

Code

WxHxD

WSPME392

890 x 750 x 590

£ 194

Code

WxHxD

£

WSPME313

800 x 750 x 560

348

Note: Filing Cabinets are for hanging files only. They are not designed for bulk storage. Makes desk height

2 Drawer Side Filer Code

WxHxD

WSPME312

800 x 750 x 560

Supplied without top

Top & Under Desk Pedestal £ 562

Code

WxHxD

Connection Tops £

WSPME166T

36mm thick

43

WxHxD

£

400 x 714 x 550

WSPMECT (L)

900 x 36 x 1000

121

900 x 36 x 1000

121

Right Hand

Under Desk Pedestal WSPM166

Code Left Hand

Top for Pedestal

246

WSPMECT (R) Metal Black Leg WSMLPL720-3E

720 x 75

48

Oval Conference Table Code

WxHxD

ZWSPM135

1800 x 750 x 900

314

£

ZWSPM136

2400 x 750 x 1000

413

Standard Features Circular cable ports. 36mm thick tops.

Colour

5

LP

year guarantee

Lucida Pear

156

156-157 Prime (15).indd 1

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

26/11/2014 10:08


157

156-157 Prime (15).indd 2

26/11/2014 10:08


E Space

executive furniture

E Space is the modern, stylish and affordable executive office solution. With 36mm thick tops and substantial 50mm wide leg panels, E Space provides strength and presence.

Right Hand Shown

Executive Desk - with 3 Drawer Pedestal Code

WxHxD

Executive Desk £

Code

WxHxD

Side Return - 2 Drawer Pedestal £

Code

WxHxD 1380 x 700 x 480

ZES601 - RH Pedestal 2200x750x1190

639

ZES605 - RH

2200x750x1190

492

ZES606

ZES603 - LH Pedestal 2200x750x1190

639

ZES604 - LH

2200x750x1190

492

For ZES604/ZES605

Side Return - 3 Drawer Pedestal Code

WxHxD

ZES607

1380 x 700 x 480

Mobile Pedestal - 2 Drawer £ 381

Code

WxHxD

ES622

406 x 640 x 550

£ 407

Mobile Pedestal - 3 Drawer £ 221

Code

WxHxD

£

ES621

406 x 640 x 550

203

For ZES604/ZES605

Executive Desk - with 2 Drawer Pedestal Code

WxHxD

£

ZES600 - RH Pedestal

2200x750x1190

664

ZES602 - LH Pedestal

2200x750x1190

664

Standard Features Brushed aluminium handles. Pen tray drawer. Silver leg with height adjustment

Colour

5

year guarantee

Cappuccino

158

158-159 E Space (15).indd 1

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

26/11/2014 10:11


159

158-159 E Space (15).indd 2

26/11/2014 10:11


E Space

executive furniture

Note: Filing Cabinets are for hanging files only. They are not designed for bulk storage.

High Storage Cabinet Code

WxHxD

ZES624

806 x 1900 x 425

Wooden doors with three shelves

Low Cabinet £ 496

Code

WxHxD

ES626

806 x 825 x 425

Two Drawer Side Filer £ 245

Code

WxHxD

ES623

806 x 680 x 500

£ 386

One shelf included

High Storage Cabinet with Glass Doors Code

WxHxD

ZES625

806 x 1900 x 425

£ 703

Wooden and glass doors with three shelves

Colour

5

year guarantee

Cappuccino

160

160-161 E Space (15).indd 1

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

26/11/2014 10:16


E Space

executive furniture

Circular Meeting Table Code

Dia x H

ZES609

1200 x 750

Barrel Shaped Table £ 382

Code

WxHxD

ZES608

2200 x 750 x 1000

£ 470

161

160-161 E Space (15).indd 2

26/11/2014 10:17


Windsor Veneer

executive furniture

The Windsor Veener range is designed to embrace the classic executive look but combining with the modern day technology era. Integrating cable management outlets in the desk top allows for the use of IT equipment in multiple locations on the work surface. The desking range is manufactured using 25mm Veneer panels giving the product a quality and modern feel. As the product is manufactured from natural materials the desk will age with its surroundings making it look and feel like part of the environment.

New for 2015

600mm return. Right hand shown.

Bow Fronted Crescent Workstation Bow Fronted Rectangular Desk

Rectangular Desk Veneer £

Code

Code

WxHxD

WR10

1000x725x800

472

Left Hand

WR12

1200x725x800

490

WCB18LH

WR14

1400x725x800

507

Right Hand

WR16

1600x725x800

528

WCB18RH

WR18

1800x725x800

546

WSR10/6LH

1000x725x600

WSR10/6RH

1800x725x600

1800x725x1300

858

1800x725x1300

858

Extension Meeting Table

Secretarial Return WxHxD

Veneer £

Code

WxHxD

Veneer £

WRB16

1600x725x900

761

WRB18

1800x725x900

780

Left hand shown.

Right hand shown

Code

WxHxD

Code

WxHxD

364

DEXTRH

1600 x 725 x 800

364

DEXTLH

1600 x 725 x 800

Veneer £

Note: Only compatible with rectangular desks

Circular Meeting Table Code

Dia x H

716

CMT12

1200 x 725

716

120mm diameter leg on 300mm diameter base.

Veneer £

Veneer £ 660

120mm diameter leg on 300mm diameter base.

Veneer Colour

25mm work tops 162

5

W/SV

A/SV

O/SV

year guarantee

Walnut

Ash

Oak

Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

162-163 Windsor Veneer (15).indd 1

26/11/2014 10:34


163

162-163 Windsor Veneer (15).indd 2

26/11/2014 10:35


Windsor Veneer

executive furniture

800 desk high 600 desk high pedestal, 2 drawers, pedestal, 2 drawers, 1 filing drawer 1 filing drawer

Desk High Pedestals

Side Filing Units Code

WxHxD

Veneer £

NSF2/5

800 x 725 x 500

885

NSF2/6

800 x 725 x 600

931

Code

Glass Fronted Top Storage Unit

WxHxD

Veneer £

Code

WxHxD

DHPF/8 - Wooden Drawer 420x725x800

609

TCG8

800 x 725 x 350

447

SDHPF/8 - System Drawer 420x725x800

666

TCG12

1200 x 725 x 350

565

DHPF - Wooden Drawer

420x725x600

466

1 adjustable shelf.

SDHPF - System Drawer

420x725x600

521

2 x 4mm toughened glass sliding doors.

Double Door System Storage Unit Filing Cabinets Veneer £

Veneer £

Desk High Storage Unit

Code

WxHxD

NSSC7

990 x 725 x 500

626

FC2 - 2 Drawer 468 x 725 x 600

511

NSU12/5 1200 x 725 x 500

744

NSSC12

990 x 1200 x 500

716

FC3 - 3 Drawer 468 x 1060 x 600

637

NSU8/5

581

NSSC16

990 x 1600 x 500

807

FC4 - 4 Drawer 468 x 1385 x 600

761

2 sliding doors. Lockable, includes 2 keys.

NSSC18

990 x 1800 x 500

893

NSSC20

990 x 2000 x 500

987

Storage Unit Shelf. NSSC

950 x 18 x 450

52

Code

WxHxD

Veneer £

Code

WxHxD

Veneer £

800 x 725 x 500

1 adjustable shelf.

Delivery & installation included

Veneer Colour

5

W/SV

A/SV

O/SV

year guarantee

Walnut

164

Ash

Oak

Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

164-165 Windsor Veneer (15).indd 1

26/11/2014 10:38


Windsor Veneer

executive furniture

Real Wood Veneer

Double D Ended Conference Table Code

WxHxD

DDT24

2400x725x1200

Barrel Shaped Conference Table Veneer £ 1640

Code

WxHxD

BST24

2400x725x1200

Veneer £ 1640

Arrowhead leg base with modesty panel. Seating up to 8 people.

Arrowhead leg base with modesty panel. Seating up to 8 people.

Double D Ended Conference Table

Oval Conference Table

Code

WxHxD

CONF2AL

3400x725x1200

Veneer £ 2340

Code

WxHxD

OVT24

2400x725x1200

Arrowhead leg base with modesty panel. Seating up to 10 people.

Arrowhead leg base with modesty panel.

Supplied in two 1700mm Sections

Seating up to 8 people.

Veneer £ 1640

165

164-165 Windsor Veneer (15).indd 2

26/11/2014 10:38


Corniche

executive furniture

Corniche represents a commitment to providing a range of executive furniture with the highest achievable standards of elegance and quality. Manufactured with solid wood lipping’s all round and available in five real wood veneer finishes, the superior Corniche range of executive furniture will enhance any environment.

Left hand shown

Rectangular Desk

Teardrop Conference End

Bow Fronted Desk

Code

WxHxD

£

CRD1808

1800 x 720 x 800

1534

CRD2010

2000 x 720 x 1000

1638

Code

WxHxD

CBD2008

2000 x 720 x 1000/800

Code

£

WxHxD

£

Left Hand

1690

CME08/L

920 x 720 x 1020

962

CME10/L

1000 x 720 x 1465

1040

Right Hand

Mobile Under Desk Pedestal - 3 Drawer

610 Desk High Pedestal - 2 Drawer

Code

WxHxD

Code

WxHxD

CMP3

420 x 675 x 600

CDHP602

420 x 720 x 610

£ 973

800 Desk High Pedestal - 2 Drawer Code

WxHxD

CDHP802

420 x 720 x 800

£

Code

WxHxD

CDHP803

420 x 720 x 800

920 x 720 x 1020

962

CME10/R

1000 x 720 x 1465

1040

610 Desk High Pedestal - 3 Drawer £

1014

Code

WxHxD

CDHP603

420 x 720 x 610

£ 1035

Options

800 Desk High Pedestal - 3 Drawer

1139

CME08/R

£

£ 1170

Wooden Cable Ports - Pair

CCP

141

Wire Management - Ask Sales For Details Wood Veneer Finish Note: To prices shown please add +10% for Stain to Sample and +20% for Suiting.

5

C

M

166-167 Corniche (15).indd 1

W

RW

year guarantee

Cherry

166

O

Maple

Oak

Cherry Cherry Stained to Stained to Walnut Rosewood Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

26/11/2014 10:45


167

166-167 Corniche (15).indd 2

26/11/2014 10:45


Corniche

executive furniture

Desk High 2 Door Storage Unit Code

W x H x D (mm)

Supplied empty ready to accept system

W x H x D (mm)

Code

£

1508

1000 x 720 x 530

CSSD1507 CCSD1507

£

internal units. 1500 x 720 x 530

CSSD2007

2262

1500 x 720 x 530

2000 x 720 x 530

3016

Supplied with a single wooden shelf.

Supplied with a single wooden shelf. 1508

W x H x D (mm)

Supplied empty ready to accept system

internal units. 1000 x 720 x 530

Supplied with a single wooden shelf. CCSD1007

Code

Supplied empty ready to accept system

internal units. CSSD1007

Desk High 4 Door Storage Unit

Desk High 3 Door Storage Unit £

CCSD2007

2262

2000 x 720 x 530

3016

Real Wood Veneer

Bookcase Unit - With Clear Glass Doors

Desk High 2 Door Storage Unit

Code

W x H x D (mm)

Code

W x H x D (mm)

CSBU1009

1000 x 920 x 330

CSSF1007

1000 x 720 x 530

£ 1144

£ 1716

With a ‘soft close’ feature

Options

High Storage Cabinet Code

W x H x D (mm)

£

CSSD1016

1000 x 1600 x 530

1976

VCFSS

£

Steel Shelf

VFSS

37

Lateral Filing Cradle

VLFC

37

Steel Slotted Shelf

VSSS

84

Wardrobe Kit

VWKM

VLFC

VSSS

146

VWKM

Wood Veneer Finish

5

year guarantee

Note: To prices shown please add +10% for Stain to Sample and +20% for Suiting.

C

M

Cherry

168

168-169 Corniche (15).indd 1

Maple

O

Oak

W

RW

Cherry Stained to Walnut

Cherry Stained to Rosewood

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

26/11/2014 10:57


Corniche

executive furniture The Corniche table and Corniche coffee tables represent a commitment to providing executive furniture with the highest achievable standards of elegance and quality. Table tops are 40mm thick with solid wood lippings all round and with a Bull nose profile. A choice of three veneers: Oak, Cherry and Maple and the additional ability to stain to sample ensures that Corniche conference tables will enhance any meeting environment.

Extended range for 2015 Radial Veneer. Arrowhead leg frame.

Circular Table with Bull Nose Profile Code

Diam x H (mm)

COR1

1220 x 720

Arrowhead leg frame.

Square Coffee Table with Bull Nose Profile £ 1976

Code

W x H x D (mm)

COF4

660 x 400 x 660

Radial Veneer. Arrowhead leg frame.

Circular Coffee Table with Bull Nose Profile Code

Diam x H (mm)

COF5

930 x 400

M

O

1040

W

RW

COR2 Shown Arrow head leg frames

D Ended Oval Table with Bull Nose Profile £

Wood Veneer Finish C

Code

W x H x D (mm)

COR2

2500 x 720 x 1100 Seating up to 8 people

2262

COR3

3000 x 720 x 1100 Seating up to 10 people

2418

5

year guarantee

Cherry

Maple

Oak

Cherry Stained to Walnut

Cherry Stained to Rosewood

£ 791

Note: To prices shown please add +10% for Stain to Sample and +20% for Suiting.

£

For matching conference tables see pages 191

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

168-169 Corniche (15).indd 2

169

26/11/2014 10:57


Aston

executive furniture

Aston has the elegance of a classic car along with gravitas and attention to detail. Featuring a crisp mitred corner and stylish reverse chamfer, the Aston executive desk can be specified with a single wood veneer finish, either oak or natural walnut and including a solid wood edge profile of the same finish, or in ice white or black, through-colour laminate with a solid wood edge profile. By mixing and matching complementary finishes on individual items and across suites, quietly stylish or eye-catching schemes can be easily created using this simple to specify range of executive furniture.

Right Hand

Left Hand

Rectangular Desk

Supported Desk Top

Supported Desk Top £

Code

WxHxD

£

2372

ASST2210R

2200 x 740 x 1000

2372

2268

ASST2010R

2000 x 740 x 1000

2268

Code

WxHxD

ARD2210

2200 x 740 x 1000

2060

ARD2010

2000 x 740 x 1000

1956

ASST2010L

ARD1808

1800 x 740 x 800

1789

With one standard right hand leg frame, modesty

With one standard left hand leg frame, modesty

panel & one supporting left hand leg frame.

panel & one supporting right hand leg frame.

Note: Supplied without cable ports as standard

Code

WxHxD

£

ASST2210L

2200 x 740 x 1000 2000 x 740 x 1000

New for 2015 Left Hand

Right Hand

Desk Supporting Return Unit

Desk Supporting Return Unit

Code

WxHxD

ADSR2006L

2000 x 565 x 600

£ 1935

Code

WxHxD

ADSR2006R

2000 x 565 x 600

£ 1935

Options £ Wooden Cable Ports - Pair

ACP/V

141

Laminate Cable Ports - Pair

ACP/L

141

Please Specify: 1.

desk top finish

2.

modesty panel finish

3. edge profile finish Desk Top & Storage Finishes

5

year guarantee

O

170-171 Aston (15).indd 1

I

BL

Ice White Laminate

Black Laminate

O

W

25mm

Edge profile detail

170

W

Edge Profile Finishes

Oak

Natural Walnut

Oak

Natural Walnut

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

26/11/2014 11:26


Aston

executive furniture

Suspended Lockable Single Drawer 2 Drawer Shallow Mobile Pedestal

3 Drawer Tall Mobile Pedestal

Code

WxHxD

Code

WxHxD

ASP1

420 x 110 x 500

AMP3

420 x 640 x 600

Including solid cherry sculptured pen tray.

£ 676

Code

WxHxD

AMP2S

420 x 525 x 530

£ 817

£ 936

Under Return.

Under Desk.

One single drawer & one deep filing drawer.

Two single drawers & one deep filing drawer.

Real Wood Veneer

Pen Tray Code IPT

£ Sculptured Solid Cherry

78

Included in suspended lockable single drawer.

171

170-171 Aston (15).indd 2

26/11/2014 11:26


Aston

executive furniture

Single Storage Cupboard Unit Code

W x H x D (mm)

ACSD1008

1000 x 860 x 550

2 doors. With one adjustable shelf.

Double Storage Cupboard Unit

Double Storage Cupboard Unit £

1602

Code

W x H x D (mm)

ACSD2008

2000 x 860 x 550

£ 2559

Code

W x H x D (mm)

ACSF2008

2000 x 860 x 550

£ 2767

2 doors & one adjustable shelf in left side.

4 doors. With one adjustable shelf in each side.

2 pullout filing drawers right side.

New for 2015

Wardrobe Pack

Tall Storage Cupboard Code

W x H x D (mm)

ACSD1016

1000 x 1600 x 550

Code

£

£

AWP

2018

146

Includes shelf with rail under and mirror.

Single vertical division. 6 adjustable narrow shelves.

Fits unit ACSD1016 only. Note: A fridge may be added in the single or double length cupboards by adding the suffix “F” after the product code. Ask sales for details

Edge Profile Finishes

5

W

O

year guarantee

Oak

Natural Walnut

Desk Top & Storage Finishes O

W

Oak

172

172-173 Aston (15).indd 1

Natural Walnut

I

BL

Ice White Laminate

Black Laminate

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

26/11/2014 11:30


Aston

executive furniture

Console Table

Console Table

Code

W x H x D (mm)

ACT1605

1600 x 740 x 525

ACT1205

1260 x 740 x 525

Code

W x H x D (mm)

1794

ACT1605D

1600 x 740 x 525

2231

1623

ACT1205D

1260 x 740 x 525

2060

£

£

With open shelf & two single drawers.

With open divided shelf.

Over Credenza Bookcase Unit Code

W x H x D (mm)

ASBU2007

2000 x 740 x 350

Over Credenza Bookcase Unit £ 1852

Code

W x H x D (mm)

ASBU2011

2000 x 1110 x 350

£ 2933

Double open shelves, with an overall combined height of 1970mm

Single open shelf, with an overall combined height of 1600mm

Real Wood Veneer Credenza and Bookcase Unit Code

W x H x D (mm)

ACSU2008

2000 x 860 x 550

£ 2933

Credenza double length unit with four doors and one adjustable wooden shelf in each side. Accepts 1 x row A4 filing only.

172-173 Aston (15).indd 2

173

26/11/2014 11:30


Tables For 2015 we have met the increased demand for tables by ensuring several options for all types of meeting, conference and training requirements. Many of our hugely popular stocked tables are now available fully delivered and installed within ten working days.

2015 Range Highlights Impact Our cost effective conference and meeting tables return for 2015 with three new special finishes now available.

Corniche Achieving the highest standards of elegance and quality. Available in three veneers: Oak, Cherry and Maple and the additional ability to stain to sample.

174

174-175 Tables Intro - Contents (15).indd 1

02/12/2014 12:48


Tables

tables contents

Impact Page 176

Box Page 177

General Office Page 178

Union Folding Page 179

One Eighty Page 180

Gyrate Page 181

Domino Flip Page 182

Modular Page 183

Enviro Page 184

Conference Page 185

E Space Page 186

Prime Page 186

Windsor Page 187

Aerofoil Page 188

Chiltern Page 189

Premier Page 190

Corniche Page 191

Wooden Coffee Tables Page 192

Glass Coffee Tables Page 193

175

174-175 Tables Intro - Contents (15).indd 2

02/12/2014 12:48


Impact Office

tables

Impact office tables are a cost effective conference and meeting furniture solution. The range can be quickly rearranged and stored, saving space and time. Designed for simplicity and economy with a sturdy 30 x 30mm frame for durability, 18mm thick MFC table tops and a choice of two finishes from stock.

Rectangular Code IMOT1208 IMOT1408 IMOT1608 IMOT1808

Semi Circular Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 1200 x 725 x 800 1400 x 725 x 800 1600 x 725 x 800 1800 x 725 x 800

£ 135 151 167 181

Code IMOTSC1608

Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 1600 x 725 x 800

£ 187

(3 tables make a ‘U’ shape)

Square

Trapezoidal 300

Code IMOT0808

Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 800 x 725 x 800

Stock Colours NOAK

Nova Oak

Frame Colour BCH

Beech

176

176-177 Impact & Box (15).indd 1

S

Silver

£ 133

Code IMOTT1608

Special Colours WHT

White

CAP

Cappuccino

Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 1600 x 725 x 800

£ 187

Special Frame Colour MAP

Maple

B

Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time

2

year guarantee

Black

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

28/11/2014 14:34


Box

tables A more substantial office table than Impact, the Box range offers practical and reconfigurable tables featuring a 40mm diameter tubular leg in silver and a 25mm top in a range of attractive finishes.

Fantastic Quality & Value!

For Barcelona chair see page 56

Square/Rectangular

Trapezoidal

Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

£

BX0808

800 x 730 x 800 (Square)

140

BX1008

1000 x 730 x 800

157

BX1208

1200 x 730 x 800

175

BX1408

1400 x 730 x 800

196

BX1608

1600 x 730 x 800

218

BX1808

1800 x 730 x 800

238

Delivery & Installation Included

Stock Colours NOAK

Nova Oak

Frame Colour BCH

Beech

S

Silver

Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

BXTR1608

1600 x 730 x 800

248

Semi Circular Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

BXSC1608

1600 x 730 x 800

Special Colours WHT

White

CAP

Cappuccino

£ 248

Special Frame Colour MAP

Maple

B

Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time

2

year guarantee

Black

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

176-177 Impact & Box (15).indd 2

£

177

28/11/2014 14:34


General Office

tables

Practical, stylish and affordable. Choose from this selection of meeting tables to match the stocked Fraction, Workmode Plus & Jetstream.

Rectangular with Gullwing Code

W x H x D (mm)

ZTABTG12

1200 x 727 x 800

ZTABTG16

1600 x 727 x 800

Circular with Gullwing £

Elliptical with Gullwing

Code

Dia x H (mm)

£

241

ZTABTD10

1000 x 727

227

285

ZTABTD12

1200 x 727

263

Code

W x H x D (mm)

ZTABT24

2400 x 727 x 1047

£ 391

Stock Colours OAK

BCH

2

year guarantee

Oak

Beech

Rectangular with Silver Tubular

Circular with Silver Tubular Dia x H (mm)

165

ZFPCMT10D

1000 x 730

197

185

ZFPCMT12D

1200 x 730

199

W x H x D (mm)

£

ZFPMT1208

1200 x 730 x 800

ZFPMT1408

1400 x 730 x 800

ZFPMT1608

1600 x 730 x 800

206

ZFPMT1808

1800 x 730 x 800

218

Boardroom Table - Metal Legs Code

W x H x D (mm)

ZFPBD1800

1800 x 730 x 1200

Stock Colours NOAK

Nova Oak

178

BCH

Beech

S

295

Code

W x H x D (mm)

ZFPBD2400

2400 x 730 x 1200

Code

W x H x D (mm)

ZFPBT2400

2400 x 730 x 1200

£ 382

£ 361

Delivery & Installation Included

Special Colours WHT

Silver

£

Boardroom Table - Metal Legs £

Frame Colour

Barrel Shaped

Code

Code

White

CAP

Cappuccino

MAP

Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time

2

year guarantee

Maple

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

178-179 General & Union (15).indd 1

28/11/2014 14:40


Union Folding

tables

Shown in Beech and Chrome

Union Folding Tables are a range of conference and meeting furniture which allows instant re-configuration. A sturdy folding frame, with 25mm thick table tops and a choice of five top finishes and two frame finishes. These tables offer great style and affordability.

Rectangular Code UNR127 UNR128 UNR147 UNR148 UNR167 UNR168

Trapezoidal W x H x D (mm) 1200 x 725 x 700 1200 x 725 x 800 1400 x 725 x 700 1400 x 725 x 800 1600 x 725 x 700 1600 x 725 x 800

Silver £ 285 290 308 314 315 321

Chrome £ 303 307 326 331 333 339

Code UNTZ147 UNTZ168

W x H x D (mm) 1400 x 725 x 700 1600 x 725 x 800

Silver £ 293 324

Chrome £ 311 341

W x H x D (mm) 1400 x 725 x 700 1600 x 725 x 800

Silver £ 320 327

Chrome £ 338 345

Note: Suffix CR for Chrome Legs or S for Silver Legs Stock Colours NOAK

Frame Colours BCH

Nova Oak

S

Beech

CR

Silver

D-End

Chrome

Special Colours WHT

White

CAP

Cappuccino

MAP

Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time

5

year guarantee

Code UNDE147 UNDE168

Maple

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

178-179 General & Union (15).indd 2

179

28/11/2014 14:40


One Eighty

tables

This is our entry level flip-top mobile table. Offered in all the popular shapes, sizes and colours to provide a stylish and affordable meeting and conferencing table choice.

Rectangular

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

289

Z180/TZ168

1600 x 720 x 800

1200 x 720 x 800

293

Note: Can be used on the end of two rectangular 800mm wide tables

Z180/R147

1400 x 720 x 700

313

Z180/R148

1400 x 720 x 800

318

Z180/R167

1600 x 720 x 700

319

Z180/R168

1600 x 720 x 800

325

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

Z180/R127

1200 x 720 x 700

Z180/R128

Stock Top Colours NOAK

Trapezoidal Code

Code

BCH

Frame Colour S

£

£ 327

Special Top Colours (Add 5%) WHT

CAP

MAP

D-End Nova Oak Beech

Silver

Cappuccino

Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time

5

year guarantee

180

White

Maple

Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

Z180/DE147

1400 x 720 x 700

£ 321

Note: Can be used on the end of two rectangular 700mm wide tables Z180/DE168

1600 x 720 x 800

329

Note: Can be used on the end of two rectangular 800mm wide tables

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

180-181 One Eighty & Gyrate (15).indd 1

28/11/2014 14:45


Gyrate

tables

The Gyrate is our premium flip-top mobile table. Superior design and engineering has developed this silver leg and mechanism to ensure a high quality movement when reconfiguring. A heavy duty mechanism ensures long life and durability.

Rectangular

D-End Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

412

ZGYDE147

1400 x 720 x 700

444

427

ZGYDE168

1600 x 720 x 800

466

Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

£

ZGYR127

1200 x 720 x 700

ZGYR128

1200 x 720 x 800

ZGYR147

1400 x 720 x 700

439

ZGYR148

1400 x 720 x 800

455

ZGYR167

1600 x 720 x 700

444

ZGYR168

1600 x 720 x 800

461

£

Delta

Trapezoidal Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

ZGYTZ147

1400 x 720 x 700

423

ZGYTZ168

1600 x 720 x 800

461

High quality heavy duty castors

£

Code

Dimensions W x H (mm)

ZGYDL7

700 x 720

442

ZGYDL8

800 x 720

444

Stock Top Colours NOAK

BCH

Nova Oak Beech

5

year guarantee

Frame Colour S

Silver

£

Special Top Colours (Add 5%) WHT

White

CAP

Cappuccino

Maple

Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

180-181 One Eighty & Gyrate (15).indd 2

MAP

181

28/11/2014 14:45


Domino Flip

tables

Domino Flip is a highly functional and attractive range of flip top tables. Featuring an attractive polished chrome frame and a heavy duty castor, the range can be easily re-configured to suit your needs. A heavy duty and easy to use release mechanism make for easy storage.

Rectangular Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

ZDF1480

1400 x 720 x 800

435

ÂŁ

ZDF1680

1600 x 720 x 800

450

ZDF1880

1800 x 720 x 800

480 Stock Top Colour

182

5

Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time Special Top Colours

BCH

NOAK

Beech

Nova Oak

WHT

White

year guarantee

Frame Finish CAP

Cappuccino

MAP

Maple

CR

Chrome

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

182-183 Domino Flip & Modular (15).indd 1

28/11/2014 14:47


Modular

tables

Realising the need for re-configurable meeting facilities this training and conference room furniture fits the bill precisely. A huge range of colours are available in MFC tops to sit on a welded underframe, and 40mm diameter tubular legs.

Rectangular

Trapezoidal

Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

TR8

800 x 725 x 800 (Square)

MFC £

Veneer £

Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

MFC £

Veneer £

236

353

TT14

1400 x 725 x 690

448

675

TT16

1600 x 725 x 690

489

734

MFC £

Veneer £

489

734

TR10

1000 x 725 x 800

246

369

TR12

1200 x 725 x 800

258

386

TR14

1400 x 725 x 800

281

421

TR16

1600 x 725 x 800

302

455

TR18

1800 x 725 x 800

325

489

MFC Colours A/S B/S

Ash

WE/S

Beech

WH/S

W/S

Walnut

S/S

Silver

O/S

Oak

Veneer Colours A/SV O/SV

C/S

Autumn Cherry

5

year guarantee

Wenge

White

Ash

Oak

Semi Circular Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

TSC16

1600 x 725 x 800

Delivered to a room of choice within 15 working days for MFC, 20 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

182-183 Domino Flip & Modular (15).indd 2

183

28/11/2014 14:47


Enviro

tables

For a truly stylish table, look no further than Enviro. The smart silver anodised table legs and frame, and attractive wipe-clean laminate tops with contrasting ABS edge will fit perfectly in any environment. Available in a choice of sizes, shapes and heights. The lightweight aluminium table frame and honeycomb core to the table top ensures the table is lighter in weight than most tables, while still retaining its strength and durability.

Square EN/FA38

Rectangular EN/DB38

Rectangular EN/CA38

Edge Range

Frame

Colour Range GP99

GP24

GP57

Choice of shapes, sizes & heights

Trapezoidal EN/CT38

GP58

5

year guarantee

Clear Maple

Grey Dots

Sparta

Japanese Beech

Light Grey Mid Grey

Dusky Blue

Ruby Red

Silver

1. Select shape and size, 2. Select height, 3. Select top colour, 4. Select edge colour

Enviro Tables Code

184

Product Description

Dimensions mm Length x width

Weight KG

Available Heights 760mm 710mm

640mm

590mm

530mm

460mm

£

EN/FA38

Square

750 x 750

12.80

203

EN/DB38

Rectangular

1200 x 600

15.30

220

EN/CT38

Trapezoidal

1400 x 590

14.20

232

EN/CA38

Rectangular

1400 x 750

19.50

258

Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

184-185 Enviro & Conference (15).indd 1

28/11/2014 14:50


Conference

tables Realising the need for stylish environments these tables fit the bill precisely. Practical and affordable, choose from a selection of meeting tables that are the perfect solution for any meeting, conference or training room.

Delivery & Installation Included

Boardroom Table - Metal Legs Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

ZFPBD1800

1800 x 730 x 1200

ZFPBD2400

2400 x 730 x 1200

Rectangular Meeting Table Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

295

ZFPMT1208

1200 x 730 x 800

165

382

ZFPMT1408

1400 x 730 x 800

185

ZFPMT1608

1600 x 730 x 800

206

ZFPMT1808

1800 x 730 x 800

218

£

Circular Meeting Table

£

Barrel Shaped Table - Panel Legs

Code

Dimensions Dia x H (mm)

ZFPCMT10D

1000 x 730

197

£

ZFPCMT12D

1200 x 730

199

Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

ZFPBT2400

2400 x 730 x 1200

Stock Colours NOAK

£ 361

Frame Colour BCH

S

2

year guarantee

Nova Oak

Beech

Silver

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

184-185 Enviro & Conference (15).indd 2

185

28/11/2014 14:50


E Space & Prime

tables

E Space offers a modern solution to a meeting room or an executive office. Substantially designed with a 36mm finely detailed MFC top, and 50mm leg panels, these tables will provide solid investment.

ZES609

E Space Circular Meeting Table Code

Dimensions Dia x H (mm)

ZES609

1200 x 750

£ 382

E Space Conference Table Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

ZES608

2200 x 750 x 1000

£ 470

ZES608

E Space MFC Finish CAP

5

year guarantee

Delivery & installation included

Cappuccino

Prime provides an ideal solution for the meeting room. Featuring table top surfaces at 36mm thick, and a full choice of storage facilities to ensure that all of your requirements can be met from one complete range.

ZWSPM135

Prime Oval Conference Table

186

Prime MFC Finish

Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

£

ZWSPM135

1800 x 750 x 900

314

ZWSPM136

2400 x 750 x 1000

413

LP

5

year guarantee

Lucida Pear

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

186-187 Prime E Space & Windsor (15).indd 1

28/11/2014 15:04


Windsor

tables The Windsor traditional range of tables gives a distinct appeal to any meeting or boardroom Perfectly refined quality and the hand finished touch give Windsor an air of grace.

Oval Conference Table

Double D Ended Conference Table

Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

OVT24

2400 x 725 x 1200

MFC £

Veneer £

1096

1640

Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

DDT24

2400 x 725 x 1200

MFC £

Veneer £

1096

1640

Arrowhead leg base with modesty panel. Seating up to 8 people.

Arrowhead leg base with modesty panel. Seating up to 8 people.

Barrel Shaped Conference Table

Double D Ended Conference Table

Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

BST24

2400 x 725 x 1200

MFC £

Veneer £

1096

1640

Arrowhead leg base with modesty panel. Seating up to 8 people.

Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

CONF2AL

3400 x 725 x 1200

MFC £

Veneer £

1560

2340

Arrowhead leg base with modesty panel. Seating up to 10 people. Supplied in 2 x 1700mm sections.

MFC Colours A/S B/S

W/S

S/S

O/S

C/S

WE/S

WH/S

Veneer Colours A/SV O/SV

W/SV

5

year guarantee

Ash

Beech

Walnut

Silver

Oak

Autumn Cherry

Wenge

White

Ash

Oak

Walnut

Delivered to a room of choice within 15 working days for MFC, 20 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

186-187 Prime E Space & Windsor (15).indd 2

187

28/11/2014 15:04


Aerofoil

tables

The Aerofoil table offers a beautiful yet practical solution to your meeting room. Optional power modules can be incorporated where laptops or other electrical equipment is required.

Excellent Quality and Value

Aerofoil Boardroom Table Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

ABT26

2600 x 725 x 1300

Aerofoil Boardroom Table MFC £

Veneer £

1645

2401

Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

ABT28

2800 x 725 x 1300

MFC £ 1716

Barrel shaped top with elliptical base with silver extruded upright.

Barrel shaped top with elliptical base with silver extruded upright.

Horizontal & vertical cable management. Seating up to 8 people.

Horizontal & vertical cable management. Seating up to 8 people. Power Module Type 1 Code

£

PPM2/S

212

Code PPM2/B

£ Code 230 PPM2/W

£ 230

2 x Power sockets, 3.15 Amps individually fused. Power Module Type 2 Code PPM4/S

Aerofoil Boardroom Table Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

ABT40

4000 x 725 x 1300

£

MFC £

Veneer £

2794

3927

303

Code PPM4/B

£ Code 361 PPM4/W

£ 361

4 x Power sockets, 3.15 Amps individually fused. Power & Data Module Type 1

Barrel shaped top with elliptical base with silver extruded upright.

Code

Horizontal & vertical cable management. Seating up to 12 people.

£

PPMD2/S

Supplied in 2 x 2000mm sections.

320

Code

£ Code

£

PPMD2/B 367 PPMD2/W 367

2 x Power sockets, 3.15 Amps individually fused & 2 x Cat5e data sockets. Includes 3 metre data cable.

Power Module in closed position

Power & Data Module Type 2 Code

£

PPMD4/S Silver with Grey Trim /S (Standard)

MFC Colours A/S B/S

W/S

Black with Black Trim /B (4 Week Lead Time)

S/S

O/S

WE/S

WH/S

Veneer Colours A/SV O/SV

W/SV

5

year guarantee

Ash

188

Beech

Walnut

Silver

Oak

Autumn Cherry

Wenge

White

Code

£ Code

£

PPMD4/B 413 PPMD4/W 413

4 x Power sockets, 3.15 Amps individually fused & 2 x Cat5e data sockets. Includes 3 metre data cable.

White with Grey Trim /W (4 Week Lead Time)

C/S

364

Ash

Oak

Walnut

Mains Cable - Black Plug Code Width £ PP3M 3000 21 PP5M 5000 28 PP7M 7000 32

Delivered to a room of choice within 15 working days for MFC, 20 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

188-189 Aerofoil & Chiltern (15).indd 1

26/11/2014 09:44


Chiltern

tables The Chiltern collection effortlessly combines style with practicality. Supportive and strong and designed to complement a variety of different environments, this modern table collection is an elegant addition to any meeting or conference workspace. Chiltern takes the classic aesthetics of real wood veneer tops and melds them with a sleek and highly durable arched metal leg, with an immaculate polished chrome surface.

Circular Table with Bull Nose Profile Code

Dimensions Diam x H (mm)

CHT 1

1200 x 750

Veneer £ 2028

Radial Veneer.

Rectangular Table with Square Edge Profile Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

CHT 6

2000 x 750 x 1000

Veneer £ 1690

CHT 7

2500 x 750 x 1000

1768

Oval Table with Bull Nose Profile Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

CHT 2

2500 x 750 x 1100

Veneer £ 2288

CHT 3

3000 x 750 x 1100

2392

CHT 4

4000 x 750 x 1100

3692

Boat Shaped Table with Square Edge Profile Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

CHT 8

2500 x 750 x 1220

Veneer £ 2548

CHT 9

3000 x 750 x 1220

2704

CHT 10

4000 x 750 x 1220

3692

Circular Table with Square Edge Profile Code

Dimensions Diam x H (mm)

CHT 5

1200 x 750

Cable Trays (black only)

Veneer £ 1716

Code CHT CT

£84

Note: To prices shown please add +10% for Stain to Sample and +20% for Suiting. Veneer Colours M O

Leg Finish C

W

RW

5

year guarantee

Maple

Oak

Cherry

Cherry Cherry Stained to Stained to Walnut Rosewood

Chrome

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

188-189 Aerofoil & Chiltern (15).indd 2

189

26/11/2014 09:44


Premier

tables

The Premier table range represents a commitment to providing a range of executive furniture with the highest achievable standards of elegance and quality. Table tops are 40mm thick with solid wood lippings all round and with a Bull nose profile, while the architectural style column leg frames provide perfect grounding for this elegant table solution. A choice of three veneers: Oak, Cherry and Maple and the additional ability to stain to sample ensures that Premier conference tables will enhance any meeting environment.

Circular Table with Bull Nose Profile Code

Dimensions Diam x H (mm)

PRE 1

1220 x 720

D Ended Oval Table with Bull Nose Profile Veneer £

Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

1560

PRE 3

3000 x 720 x 1100

Radial Veneer

Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

PRE 2

2500 x 720 x 1100

D Ended Oval Table with Bull Nose Profile Veneer £

Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

2080

PRE 4

4000 x 720 x 1100

Seating up to 8 people. Veneer Colours M O

Veneer £ 3432

Seating up to 12 people. Leg Finish

C

W

RW

5

year guarantee

190

2288

Seating up to 10 people.

D Ended Oval Table with Bull Nose Profile

Maple

Veneer £

Oak

Cherry

Cherry Cherry Stained to Stained to Walnut Rosewood

Graphite

Note: To prices shown please add +10% for Stain to Sample and +20% for Suiting.

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

190-191 Premier & Corniche (15).indd 1

26/11/2014 09:48


Corniche

tables The Corniche table range represents a commitment to providing a range of executive furniture with the highest achievable standards of elegance and quality. Table tops are 40mm thick with solid wood lippings all round and with a Bull nose profile. A choice of three veneers: Oak, Cherry and Maple and the additional ability to stain to sample ensures that Corniche conference tables will enhance any meeting environment.

Circular Table with Bull Nose Profile Code

Dimensions Diam x H (mm)

COR 1

1220 x 720

D Ended Oval Table with Bull Nose Profile Veneer £ 1976

Radial Veneer. Arrowhead leg frame.

Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

COR 2

2500 x 720 x 1100

W

2262

Oak

Cherry

RW

Cherry Cherry Stained to Stained to Walnut Rosewood

Code

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

COR 4

4000 x 720 x 1100

5

2418

Veneer £ 3718

Note: To prices shown please add +10% for Stain to Sample and +20% for Suiting.

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

190-191 Premier & Corniche (15).indd 2

Veneer £

Arrowhead leg frames. Seating up to 12 people.

year guarantee

Maple

3000 x 720 x 1100

D Ended Oval Table with Bull Nose Profile Veneer £

Arrowhead leg frames. Seating up to 8 people.

C

Dimensions W x H x D (mm)

COR 3

Arrowhead leg frames. Seating up to 10 people.

D Ended Oval Table with Bull Nose Profile

Veneer Colours M O

Code

191

26/11/2014 09:48


Wooden Coffee Tables Reception coffee tables create a relaxed, informal atmosphere in which visitors will be at ease and made to feel welcome.

tables

Fantastic Quality & Value!

Tick Square

Tick Rectangular

Code

W x H x D (mm)

£

CFT600

600 x 340 X 600

110

Beech, MDF Laminated

Code

W x H x D (mm)

CFT1200

1200 x 340 x 600

£ 132

Beech, MDF Laminated

Tock Square

Tock Rectangular

Code

W x H x D (mm)

£

414

600 x 330 x 600

233

Beech

Code

W x H x D (mm)

415

1200 x 330 x 600

£ 395

Beech

Circular Coffee Table

Rectangular Coffee Table

Code

Diam x H (mm)

CCT750

750 x 400

£ 210

25mm Panel End Cruciform Base

Code

W x H x D (mm)

RCT900

900 x 400 x 530

£ 264

25mm Panel End Base

CCT750 & RCT900 delivered within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2. CCT750 & RCT900 Colours A/S B/S W/S

S/S

O/S

C/S

WE/S

WH/S

Tick Colour BCH

Tock Colour BCH

5

year guarantee

Ash

192

Beech

Walnut

Silver

Oak

Autumn Cherry

Wenge

White

Beech

Beech

Delivered to a room of choice within 15 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

192-193 Coffee Tables (15).indd 1

04/12/2014 11:14


Glass Coffee Tables

tables

5

Choose from our attractive, yet affordable glass tables to enhance your reception area. Shaped in five different styles and all supported by chrome legs.

8mm polished toughened glass

10mm polished toughened glass

Circular Clear Glass Code

Diam x H (mm)

GCT10

500 x 590

Rectangular Clear Glass £

Code

W x H x D (mm)

241

GCT9

1200 x 420 x 600

Silver Legs

£ 325

Brushed Steel & Silver Rod Design

Kidney Shaped Frosted Code

W x H x D (mm)

GTKIDNEY

635 x 430 x 1000

Circular Frosted £ 655

Rectangular Clear

Code

Diam x H (mm)

GTROUND

600 x 350

£ 396

Square Clear

Code

W x H x D (mm)

GTRECTAN

900 x 350 x 500

£ 265

Code

W x H x D (mm)

GTSQUARE

500 x 350 x 500

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

192-193 Coffee Tables (15).indd 2

year guarantee

£ 206

193

04/12/2014 11:14


Reception Furniture & Soft Seating Bienvenida! Welcome! Benvenuto! Inspire client and visitor confidence with one of our reception solutions. First impressions count, and with Invite you can create a welcoming, professional and functional reception at a price that suits. Allow us to meet and hear your requirement, design and plan your space.

Coco The bold Coco collection of benches, sofas and armchairs creates a striking combination of contemporary and retro style on a solid beech frame, it can be found on page 229. Distinctive in shape, comfortable, generous in size, robust yet elegant – this versatile collection builds exciting landscapes that are suitable for reception, lounge and hospitality environments.

2015 Range Highlight

Stretch

Hive

Stretch is the landscape seating range designed to expand into any area, it can be found on page 228. With eight individual pieces, Stretch can be a simple armchair or a collection of multiple units. Ideal for relaxation or collaboration, Stretch can be configured to define breakout spaces. Each free-standing piece can be fitted with silver, beech or oak legs and two-tone fabric options are available.

A stylish, flexible modular range of seating and accessories that offers superb spatial fit and functionality, creating Liquid Workspaces and dynamic layouts.

Stretch seating unit

194

194-195 Reception Info - Contents (15).indd 1

02/12/2014 12:39


Invite Reception

reception furniture & soft seating contents

Counter Tops Page 198

Shelving Page 199

Hatch Page 199

Pigeon Hole Page 199

Tick Page 200

Tock Page 201

Woodframe Page 202

Gomez Page 205

Solace Page 206

Jigsaw Page 211

Situ Page 212

Dishy Page 219

Touch Page 221

Cascara Page 227

Venalo Page 228

Coco Page 229

Tick - Tock Page 200-201

Woodframe Page 202

Forum Page 203

Encounter Page 204

Gomez Page 205

Solace Page 206

Face Page 207

Moonstone Page 208

Tandem Page 209

Jigsaw Page 210-211

Situ Page 212-213

Insit Page 214-215

Dot & Dash Page 216

Spirit Lite Page 217

Tonic Page 218

Dishy Page 219

Chamfer Page 220

Touch Page 221

Intro Page 222-223

Elements Page 224-225

Cascara Page 226-227

Stretch Page 228

Coco Page 229

Hive Page 230-231

Soft Seating

Coffee Tables

Base Unit Page 196-197

195

194-195 Reception Info - Contents (15).indd 2

02/12/2014 12:39


Invite Modular Reception

reception furniture

Invite allows you to individually combine rectangular and curved base units to create a smart, professional yet affordable reception.

Rectangular Base Units

Standard 90o Radius Base Units

Wheelchair Access Base Units

Code

WxHxD

£

PRUT08-8P

800 x 727 x 800

PRUT12-8P

1200 x 727 x 800

PRUT14-8P

1400 x 727 x 800

370

PRUT16-8P

1600 x 727 x 800

386

PRUT18-8P

1800 x 727 x 800

413

Code

WxHxD

£

311

PRUT16-8PW

1600 x 727 x 800

386

351

PRUT18-8PW

1800 x 727 x 800

413

Code

Radius x H

£

PRUTR9-8P

900 x 727

553

PRUTR12-8P

1200 x 727

704

Note: These are plain top units. For tops drilled for counter tops or shelves specify at time of ordering and add 10%. Note: 650mm deep units are available ask for details

Converse 90o Radius Base Units Code

Radius x H

PRUTCR12-8P

1200 x 727

£

Fantastic Quality and Value

704

Invite MFC Finishes

5

year guarantee

Apple

196

Ash

Maple

Walnut

Beech

Grey

Pear

White

English Oak Light Oak

Verade Oak

Autumn Cherry

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

196-197 Invite Reception 1 (15).indd 1

25/11/2014 12:47


Invite Modular Reception

reception furniture

Convex 90o Radius Base Unit Code

Radius x H

PRUTR12-8PW

1200 x 727

Standard 45o Radius Base Unit £ 704

With wheelchair access

Converse 45o Radius Base Unit

Code

Radius x H

£

PRUTS9-8P

900 x 727

554

PRUTS12-8P

1200 x 727

704

Code

Radius x H

PRUTCS12-8P

1200 x 727

£ 704

Note: These are plain top units. For tops drilled for counter tops or shelves specify at time of ordering and add 10%.

Note: These receptions are delivered builtup. Therefore customers must complete a questionnaire about access.

Note: 650mm deep units are available ask for details

Note: When situated against a wall, the Lift-up Hatch and Gate unit must be firmly secured to wall. This is the customers responsibility and instructions will be left with the unit.

Ripple Base Unit Code

WxHxD

PRUTRP12-8P

1200 x 727 x 1200

£ 704

Available in left or right hand. Right hand shown.

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

196-197 Invite Reception 1 (15).indd 2

197

25/11/2014 12:47


Invite Modular Reception

reception furniture

First impressions count, and with our exceptional range of reception furniture you can create an open, welcoming, professional and functional reception at the price to suit your budget.

Radius 90o Counter Tops

Rectangular Counter Tops Code

WxHxD

£

PRCT08

800 x 465 x 325

PRCT12

1200 x 465 x 325

PRCT14

1400 x 465 x 325

219

PRCT16

1600 x 465 x 325

233

PRCT18

1800 x 465 x 325

245

Converse 90o Counter Top

Code

Radius x H x D

£

182

PRCTR9

900 x 465 x 325

342

208

PRCTR12

1200 x 465 x 325

433

Code

Radius x H x D

PRCTCR12

1200 x 465 x 325

Note: 650mm deep units are available ask for details

£ 343

Prices to suit your budget

Ripple Counter Top Code

WxHxD

£

PRCTRP12

1200 x 465 x 325

434

Available in left or right hand. Right hand shown. This picture shows optional concave shaped base and top units

Invite MFC Finishes

5

year guarantee

Apple

198

Ash

Maple

Walnut

Beech

Grey

Pear

White

English Oak Light Oak

Verade Oak

Autumn Cherry

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

198-199 Invite Reception 2 (15).indd 1

25/11/2014 12:51


Invite Shelving

reception furniture

Radius 90o Units

Rectangular Units Code

WxHxD

PRS8

800 x 305 x 325

PRS12 PRS14

£

Converse 90o Unit

Code

WxHxD

172

PRSR9

900 x 305 x 325

189

1200 x 305 x 325

189

PRSR12

1200 x 305 x 325

216

1400 x 305 x 325

199

PRS16

1600 x 305 x 325

208

PRS18

1800 x 305 x 325

216

Ripple Unit Code

WxHxD

PRSRP12

1200 x 305 x 325

£

Hatch & Gate Module £ 217

Available in left or right hand. Right hand shown.

Code

WxHxD

PRHM-8

1000 x 727 x 800

Code

WxHxD

PRSCR12

1200 x 305 x 325

£ 189

Pigeon Hole Unit £ 440

Code

WxHxD

PRPHU

560 x 439 x 300

£ 195

Available in left or right hand. Right hand shown. (See note 2)

Reception shelves are also available in glass, please contact our sales team for price details. Note 1: These Receptions are delivered built-up. Therefore customers must complete a questionnaire about access. Note 2: When situated against a wall, the Lift-up Hatch and Gate unit must be firmly secured to wall. This is the customers responsibility and instructions will be left with the unit.

Cut-Back Leg

Lift-Up Hatch and Gate (See Note 2)

Pigeon Hole Option

See colours available on opposite page

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

198-199 Invite Reception 2 (15).indd 2

199

25/11/2014 12:51


Tick

reception & breakout

Tick is a range of traditional steel framed low seating. Manufactured with durable 25mm steel coated in epoxy powder. Deep padded seat and back offers comfort for the user. Also available with 2, 3 and 4 seater settees, price upon request.

Fantastic Quality and Value

Single Seat

Single Armchair

Code D7

£ Heavy Duty Low Chair

Skid Base Chair

Code

158

D8

Seat Width:

520

Overall Width: Seat Height:

£ Heavy Duty Low Armchair

Code

£

210

D9

Heavy Duty Skid Base Chair

178

Seat Width:

520

Seat Width:

520

570

Overall Width:

570

Overall Width:

570

440

Seat Height:

440

Seat Height:

440

Overall Height:

750

Overall Height:

750

Overall Height:

750

Seat Depth:

460

Seat Depth:

460

Seat Depth:

460

Overall Depth:

580

Overall Depth:

590

Overall Depth:

580

Dimensions (mm)

The Single Armchair and the Skid Base Chair are delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled.

Tick Square Coffee Table Code

Tick Rectangular Coffee Table £

CFT600

Beech

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

Code

£

110

CFT1200

Beech

132

Width:

600

Width:

1200

Height:

340

Height:

340

Depth:

600

Depth:

600

Dimensions (mm)

Stocked in Blue where indicated, other colours are available on longer lead times, ask sales for details.

Stock Fabric

5

year guarantee

Blue

200

200-201 Tick & Tock (15).indd 1

MFC Tables

Beech

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

25/11/2014 12:55


Tock

reception & breakout The Tock range is an ideal option for staff rooms, student accommodation and reception areas. The classic wooden frame incorporates a heavy duty metal sub-frame for extra strength, a generously upholstered seat and back and complementary coffee tables.

Strengthened metal sub-frame

Single Seat

Single Armchair

Code 450W

£ Upholstered, Wooden Framed

Two Seater Armchair

Code

276

455W

Seat Width:

520

Overall Width: Seat Height:

£ Upholstered, Wooden Framed

Code

£

338

452W

Upholstered, Wooden Framed

708

Seat Width:

520

Seat Width:

1030

540

Overall Width:

540

Overall Width:

1070

400

Seat Height:

400

Seat Height:

400

Overall Height:

730

Overall Height:

730

Overall Height:

730

Seat Depth:

460

Seat Depth:

460

Seat Depth:

460

Overall Depth:

560

Overall Depth:

560

Overall Depth:

560

Dimensions (mm)

The Two Seater Armchair is delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled.

Tock Square Coffee Table Code 414

Tock Rectangular Coffee Table £

Beech

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

Code

£

233

415

Beech

395

Width:

600

Width:

1200

Height:

330

Height:

330

Depth:

600

Depth:

600

Dimensions (mm)

Stocked in Blue where indicated, other colours are available on longer lead times, ask sales for details.

Stock Fabric

Beech Tock Tables

5 5

year year guarantee guarantee

Blue

Beech

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

200-201 Tick & Tock (15).indd 2

201

25/11/2014 12:55


Woodframe

reception & breakout

The hard-wearing Woodframe Reception range features a quality Beech frame and unique fabric edge detailing. The popular choice for waiting rooms, the Woodframe’s fully upholstered sculptured seat and back provide assured comfort. The range includes single and double seats, with and without arms, and a matching wooden table.

Low Reception Chair Code WR1

Low Reception Armchair £

Beech Woodframe

Code Beech Woodframe

Double Seat Low Reception Chair £

Code

417

WR2

£

300

WR1A2

Beech Woodframe

451

Overall Height:

860

Overall Height:

860

Overall Height:

860

Overall Width:

600

Overall Width:

600

Overall Width:

1190

Overall Depth:

520

Overall Depth:

520

Overall Depth:

520

Dimensions (mm)

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

Excellent Quality and Value Double Seat Low Reception Armchair Freestanding Coffee Table Code

£

Code

566

WRRF

Overall Height:

860

Height:

380

Overall Width:

1190

Width:

890

Overall Depth:

520

Depth:

520

WR2A2

Beech Woodframe

£ Rectangular

283

Dimensions (mm)

202

5

year guarantee

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

202-203 Woodframe & Fourm (15).indd 1

25/11/2014 13:02


Forum

reception & breakout The Forum is an affordable, flexible and fully modular seating solution. The range includes full arm and nonarm segments, inner and outer corner sections to provide a multitude of configurations. The Forum range is priced in a group 1 fabric which includes Ace, Advantage, Plaza and Phoenix. Please contact sales for further pricing.

Unit Chair

Unit Chair Right Arm

Code

£

Code

303

FR1AL

Seat Width:

580

Seat Width:

580

820

Overall Depth:

820

Overall Depth:

820

410

Seat Height:

410

Seat Height:

410

Overall Height:

890

Overall Height:

890

Overall Height:

890

Seat Depth:

550

Seat Depth:

550

Seat Depth:

550

Overall Width:

580

Overall Width:

680

Overall Width:

680

FR1

£ Unit Chair

Code

Unit Chair Left Arm

209

FR1AR

Seat Width:

580

Overall Depth: Seat Height:

Unit Chair R/A

£ Unit Chair L/A

303

Dimensions (mm)

Unit Armchair Code FR1A2

Unit Chair Concave & Convex £

Unit Armchair

396

Code

Unit Coffee Table £

FRCONCAVE

Concave Segment

200

FRCONVEX

Convex Segment

200

Code FRT

£ Unit Table

175

Dimensions (mm) Seat Width:

580

Concave Seat Width:

660

Width:

770

Overall Depth:

820

Concave Seat Height:

410

Height:

300

Seat Height:

410

Concave Seat Depth:

545

Depth:

770

Overall Height:

890

Convex Seat Width:

490

Seat Depth:

550

Convex Seat Height:

410

Upholstered table available with Beech, Maple, Oak or Fabric Top

Overall Width:

780

Convex Seat Depth:

545

5

year guarantee

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

202-203 Woodframe & Fourm (15).indd 2

203

25/11/2014 13:02


Encounter

reception & breakout

Cost effective and practical, these attractive tub chairs and sofas will enhance any reception, lounge or informal meeting area. Stylish and comfortable, with a choice of fabric or leather finishes.

Perfect for Meeting Areas

Single Tub Seat Code

Sofa Tub Seat ÂŁ

Code

ÂŁ

EN3/F/BLUE

Blue Fabric, Upholstered

253

EN4/F/BLUE

Blue Fabric, Upholstered

335

EN1/PU/BLK

Black Leather Look

253

EN2/PU/BLK

Black Leather Look

335

Overall Width:

670

Overall Width:

1185

Overall Height:

700

Overall Height:

700

Overall Depth:

670

Overall Depth:

670

Stock Colours

Dimensions (mm)

204

Leather Look

Blue Fabric

2

year guarantee

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

204-205 Encounter & Gomez (15).indd 1

25/11/2014 13:05


Gomez

reception & breakout

Quality Seating

A chair that can be used singularly or collectively and reconfigured in minutes. A distinctive, sturdy, fully upholstered chair particularly suited to reception environments.

Wood Coffee Table - Wooden Legs

Glass Coffee Table - Wooden Legs

Code

Code

£

ELE-CH720-HPL-WHT-W Height: 350

Width: 720

369 Depth: 720

£

ELE-CH720-G-W Height: 350

Width: 720

624 Depth: 720

Gomez Chair Code GOM01

£ Gomez Single Unit Chair

329

Dimensions (mm) Seat Height:

400

Wood Coffee Table - Metal Legs

Overall Height:

760

Code

Overall Width:

500

ELE-CH720-HPL-WHT-P

Overall Depth:

650

Height: 350

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

Glass Coffee Table - Metal Legs £

Width: 720

369 Depth: 720

Code

£

ELE-CH720-G-P Height: 350

624 Width: 720

Table Options: replace -WHT with: table top beech -BCH £20

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

204-205 Encounter & Gomez (15).indd 2

Depth: 720

5

year guarantee

205

25/11/2014 13:05


Solace

reception & breakout

Combining a generously proportioned seat with a compact overall footprint, our exclusive Solace range is the versatile seating solution for confined spaces. The exceptional comfort of the stylish tub design is finished with sleek brushed chrome legs.

Shown with SL1/CRLEGS

Solace Compact Tub Chair Code

Square Clear Table £

SL1/CRLEGS

Fully Upholstered

403

SL1/LEGS

Fully Upholstered

403

Code

Rectangular Clear Table £

Code

£

GTSQUARE

197

GTRECTAN

253

Dimensions (mm) Overall Width:

640

Width:

500

Width:

900

Overall Height:

790

Height:

350

Height:

350

Overall Depth:

630

Depth:

500

Depth:

500

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

206

5

year guarantee

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

206-207 Solace & Face (15).indd 1

25/11/2014 14:30


Face

reception & breakout

The Face range is open and inviting. It will be a welcome addition to any reception, breakout or office environment. Simply offered in bonded leather for a very smart price.

Two Seat Sofa

Single Seat Code FA1/BL/BLK

£ Bonded Leather

Code

Coffee Table £

Bonded Leather

433

Code FATAB/BCH

£ Beech Top, Bonded Leather

200

303

FA2/BL/BLK

Overall Width:

775

Overall Width:

1220

Overall Width:

610

Overall Height:

430

Overall Height:

430

Overall Height:

410

Overall Depth:

770

Overall Depth:

770

Overall Depth:

610

Dimensions (mm)

Perfect for Reception Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

206-207 Solace & Face (15).indd 2

2

year guarantee

207

25/11/2014 14:31


Moonstone

reception & breakout

The Moonstone is available in both single or double seat and upholstered in durable bonded leather. It has a robust metal frame with stylish chrome effect side guards.

Single Tub Seat Code

Double Seat ÂŁ

MS1/BL/BLK

Bonded Leather

Code

ÂŁ

557

MS2/DBL/BLK

Bonded Leather

757

Seat Width:

595

Seat Width:

1200

Seat Height:

450

Seat Height:

450

Seat Depth:

490

Seat Depth:

490

Overall Width:

880

Overall Width:

1480

Overall Height:

795

Overall Height:

795

Overall Depth:

820

Overall Depth:

820

Dimensions (mm)

208

Ideal for Reception & Meeting Areas

2

year guarantee

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

208-209 Moonstone & Tandem (15).indd 1

25/11/2014 14:34


Tandem

reception & breakout Tandem defines and sets the parameters. With its under cut design and central cube the units configure into a multiplicity of shapes and layouts.

Perfect for Breakout

TND01

TND02

Code

ÂŁ Silver Satin Finish

Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

Link

Two Seater Bench TND01

Priced in Camira Advantage/Phoenix fabric, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.

222

Upholstered Unit, Steel Feet

Code TND02

ÂŁ Silver Satin Finish

175

Upholstered Unit, Steel Feet

Dimensions (mm) Seat Width:

1230

Link Width:

430

Seat Height:

450

Link Height:

450

Seat Depth:

430

Link Depth:

430

Note: Manmade fabrics are not always the best choice for soft seating as it is less flexible and is more likely to pucker around curves. We recommend natural wool as it upholsters curves more easily and needs less maintenance in high use areas.

5

year guarantee

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

208-209 Moonstone & Tandem (15).indd 2

114

kg

max.weight tolerance

209

25/11/2014 14:34


Jigsaw

reception & breakout

Excellent Quality and Value

Bold, contemporary and re-designed to make an impact. Jigsaw offers a range of angular and circular seating modules that show no foot detail anymore. We have also introduced three new shapes. Nine interlocking shapes create limitless configurations and creative seating landscapes.

V Section Bench Code

Cube Stool £

JIG2-PIECE

425

Round Stool

Code

£

JIG2-SQU-55

141

Code

£

JIG2-DIA-55

131

Overall Dimensions (mm) Height: 440

Width: 1550

Depth: 770

1650 Bench

Height: 440

Width: 550

Depth: 550

1100 Bench

Code

£

JIG2-165

357

Height: 440

Dia: 550

Wedge Shaped Stool

Code

£

JIG2-110

266

Code

£

JIG2-WED

175

Overall Dimensions (mm) Height: 440

210

210-211 Jigsaw (15).indd 1

Width: 1650

Depth: 550

Height: 440

Width: 1100

Depth: 550

Height: 440

Width: 550

Depth: 550

Delivered to a room of choice within 21 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

25/11/2014 14:38


Jigsaw

reception & breakout

Low Round Stool

Low Cube Stool

Code

£

JIG2-DIA-80

228

High Cube Stool

Code

£

JIG2-SQU-80

248

Code

£

JIG2-SQU-45

234

Overall Dimensions (mm) Height: 350

Width: 800

Depth: 800

Height: 350

Width: 800

Depth: 800

Height: 600

Width: 450

Depth: 450

Standard Features Fully upholstered modular range for flexibility and multiple configurations. 9 interlocking shapes available. Lightweight for easy manoeuvrability. Limitless configurations.

Round Coffee Tables Code

Square Coffee Tables £

Code

£

JIG2T-CH-DIA45-HPL-SAT (MFC) 448 Diameter 450mm Coffee Table, Satin Base

JIG2T-CH-SQU45-HPL-SAT (MFC) 425 Square 450mm Coffee Table, Satin Base

Height: 450

Height: 450

Diameter 450

Width: 450

Depth: 450

JIG2T-CH-DIA70-HPL-SAT (MFC) 505 Diameter 700mm Coffee Table, Satin Base

JIG2T-CH-SQU70-HPL-SAT (MFC) 505 Square 700mm Coffee Table, Satin Base

Height: 450

Height: 450

Diameter 700

Width: 700

Depth: 700

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

Delivery & Installation Included

Note: Dining Tables are available ask for details.

Table Options: Base Replace (SAT) with (WHT) for white

£17

Table Top Colour Replace (SAT) with (RED) for red

£17

High Pressure Laminate Tops are available.

Delivered to a room of choice within 21 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

210-211 Jigsaw (15).indd 2

5

year guarantee

211

25/11/2014 14:38


Situ

reception & breakout

A Compact range of modular chair and bench units that provide posture comfort along with additional table/storage units to provide a simple effective solution for waiting and reception areas with the ability to mix and match fabrics.

Arm Height:620

Single Bench Unit

Single Bench Unit with Arms

Single Bench Unit with Arm

Code

£

SB600

270

Code SB600/A

£ With Universal Arm

407

Depth: 600

Height: 440

Width: 675

Code

£

SB600/A2

With Arms

545

Depth: 600

Height: 440

Dimensions (mm)

Dimensions (mm)

Dimensions (mm) Width: 600

Arm Height:620

Depth: 600

Height: 440

Width: 750

Arm Height:620

Double Bench Unit

Double Bench Unit with Arms

Double Bench Unit with Arm

Code

£

SB1200

385

Code SB1200/A

£ With Universal Arm

Arm Height:620

523

Code

£

SB1200/A2

With Arms

660

Width: 1350

Depth: 600

Height: 440

Dimensions (mm) Width: 1200

Depth: 600

Height: 440

Universal Link Unit

Width: 1275

Depth: 600

Height: 440

Mobile Storage Unit with Grey Top

Table Unit with Grey Top

Code

£

SB90

385

Code

£

SBT600

308

Code

£

SBTS600

391

Dimensions (mm) Width: 1150

Depth: 600

Height: 440

Width: 600

Depth: 600

Height: 440

Width: 600

Depth: 600

Height: 440

Delivery & Installation Included Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.

5

year guarantee

212

212-213 Situ (15).indd 1

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

25/11/2014 14:41


Situ

reception & breakout

Single Chair Unit

Single Chair Unit with Arms

Code

£

SC600

Code

Double Chair Unit £

407

SC600/A2

682

Code

£

SC1200

660

Dimensions (mm) Width: 600

Depth: 600

Height: 440

Width: 750

Depth: 600

Height: 440

Width: 1200

Depth: 600

Height: 440

Back:

Width: 520

Height: 480

Back:

Width: 520

Height: 480

Back (each):

Width: 520

Height: 480

Shaped Backrest for Great Posture Comfort!

Double Chair Unit with Arms

Island Unit

Code

£

SC1200/A2

935

Code SCX90 x 4

£ 2090

Dimensions (mm) Width:1350

Depth: 600

Height: 440

Back:

Width: 520

Height: 480

SCX90 x 4

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.

5

year guarantee

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

212-213 Situ (15).indd 2

213

25/11/2014 14:41


Insit

reception & breakout

Sharp and stylish low level modular system which can be used to form large configurations that are ideal for meetings and public spaces.

Chair Unit with Single Backrest

Chair Unit with Single Backrest

Code

£

IL600

479

Code IL600/AR

Chair Unit with Single Backrest £

Right Hand Arm

655

Code IL600/AL

£ Left Hand Arm

655

Dimensions (mm) Width: 600

Depth: 550

Height: 830

Width: 730

Depth: 550

Height: 830

Armchair Unit with Single Backrest

Chair Unit with Double Backrest

Code

Code

£

IL600/A2

830

Depth: 550

Height: 830

Chair Unit with Double Backrest £

IL1200

Width: 730

743

Code IL1200/AR

£ Right Hand Arm

919

Dimensions (mm) Width: 860

Depth: 550

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.

214

214-215 Insit (15).indd 1

Height: 830

Width: 1200

Depth: 550

Height: 830

Width: 1330

Depth: 550

Height: 830

5

year guarantee

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

25/11/2014 14:46


Insit

reception & breakout

Chair Unit with Double Backrest Code

£

IL1200/AL

Left Hand Arm

919

Armchair Unit with Double Backrest

Corner Unit

Code

Code

£

IL1200/A2

1095

£

ILC/90

765

Dimensions (mm) Width: 1330

Depth: 550

Height: 830

Convex Link Unit Code

Depth: 550

Height: 830

Concave Link Unit £

ILX/90

Width: 1330

677

Code

Depth: 950

Height: 830

Coffee Table £

ILV/90

Width: 680

952

Code SBT600

£ Right Hand Arm

308

Dimensions (mm) Width: 1180

Depth: 550

Delivery & Installation Included

Height: 830

Width: 1000

Depth: 550

Height: 830

Width: 600

Depth: 600

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

214-215 Insit (15).indd 2

Height: 415

5

year guarantee

215

25/11/2014 14:46


Dot and Dash

reception & breakout

Incorporating a modern, space saving design, Dot & Dash are the stylish compact answer to any contemporary reception, touch down or breakout area. As the names imply, Dot has a tubular design, while its partner Dash is a compact square. Dot & Dash have padded foam seats for exceptional comfort and can be selected with or without legs. Priced in Camira’s Advantage and Phoenix fabrics, for pricing on other fabrics, leathers and vinyls, please contact sales.

Dot Stool Code

£

DOT

137

Dot Stool with Legs Code

£

DOT/CRLEGS

208

DOT/LEGS

208

Shown with DOT/CRLEGS

Dash Stool Code

£

DASH

144

Shown with DASH/LEGS

Dash Stool with Legs Code

£

DASH/CRLEGS

215

DASH/LEGS

215

Dimensions (mm)

216

Height:

400

Diameter/Width:

470

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

5

year guarantee

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

216-217 Dot & Dash Spirit Lite (15).indd 1

25/11/2014 14:49


Spirit Lite

reception & breakout

Providing seated comfort with relaxed softness and stylish clear design, Spirit Lite offers many variants by combining fabrics and frame options. A distinctive range of seating which will compliment a wide variety of environments giving unique character.

Swivel Base Chair

Wire Base Chair

Code STL1C

£ Fully Upholstered

468

Polished Aluminium 4 Star Base with Glides

Code STL2C

Chrome Pedestal Base Chair £

Fully Upholstered

426

Chrome Wire Base

Code

£

STL3C

Fully Upholstered

524

Chrome Pedestal Base Swivel

Dimensions (mm) Back Height:

370

Back Height:

370

Back Height:

370

Seat Height:

440

Seat Height:

440

Seat Height:

440

Seat Depth:

480

Seat Depth:

480

Seat Depth:

480

Overall Depth:

680

Overall Depth:

680

Overall Depth:

680

Overall Width:

570

Overall Width:

570

Overall Width:

570

Back Width:

540

Back Width:

540

Back Width:

540

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

Four Leg Stool Code STS1C

£ Fully Upholstered

403

Four Leg Stool Chrome Frame

5

Dimensions (mm) Back Height:

250

Seat Height:

790

Seat Depth:

430

Overall Depth:

490

Overall Width:

490

Back Width:

390

year guarantee

Note: Manmade fabrics are not always the best choice for soft seating as it is less flexible and is more likely to pucker around curves. We recommend natural wool as it upholsters curves more easily and needs less maintenance in high use areas.

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

216-217 Dot & Dash Spirit Lite (15).indd 2

217

25/11/2014 14:49


Tonic

reception & breakout

Detailed stitching enhances the clean lines of Tonic and is further enhanced by an endless arm detail. Swivel or fixed bases are available with a choice of chrome, silver or black finish.

Upholstered Chair Code TC01

Upholstered Chair

Upholstered Chair Chrome Arms

Upholstered Chair

£

Code

£

Code

426

TC02

494

TC03

Polished Aluminium 4 Star Base Swivel

Upholstered Chair

Polished Aluminium 4 Star Base Swivel

£ Upholstered Chair

383

Chrome Sled Base

Dimensions (mm) Overall Height:

850

Overall Height:

850

Overall Height:

850

Overall Depth:

590

Overall Depth:

590

Overall Depth:

590

Overall Width:

490

Overall Width:

540

Overall Width:

490

Upholstered Chair Chrome Arms Code TC04

£ Upholstered Chair

450

Chrome Sled Base Dimensions (mm) Overall Height:

850

Overall Depth:

590

Overall Width:

540

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

218

5

year guarantee

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

218-219 Tonic & Dishy (15).indd 1

25/11/2014 14:55


Dishy

reception & breakout

Dishy is a stylish seating solution for corporate or hotel environments. A high and low back chair, with swivel or 4 legged base is presented with a sofa and matching table range.

Low Back 4 Legged Frame Chair

Low Back Swivel Frame Chair

Code

Code

£

High Back 4 Legged Frame Chair £

Code

£

DISHY1/4LEG/W

White Frame

686

DISHY1/SWIVEL/W

White Frame

918

DISHY2/4LEG/W

White Frame

708

DISHY1/4LEG/CR

Chrome Frame

709

DISHY1/SWIVEL/CR

Chrome Frame

1001

DISHY2/4LEG/CR

Chrome Frame

732

Overall Height:

756

Overall Height:

753

Overall Height:

938

Overall Depth:

654

Overall Depth:

664

Overall Depth:

696

Overall Width:

781

Overall Width:

781

Overall Width:

783

Dimensions (mm)

High Back Swivel Frame Chair Code DISHY2/SWIVEL/W

Sofa 4 Legged £

White Frame

Round Coffee Table

Code

£

Code

£

945

DISHYSOFA/W

White Frame

1110

DISHYCIRC/W

White Base

340

1025

DISHYSOFA/CR

Chrome Frame

1161

DISHYCIRC/CR

Chrome Base

402

Overall Height:

935

Overall Height:

Overall Depth:

696

Overall Width:

783

DISHY2/SWIVEL/CR Chrome Frame Dimensions (mm)

Other Coffee Tables Available: Tube 4 Legged Coffee Tables DISHYCOFFEE/W White Legs H365 x D600 x W900

£ 226

DISHYCOFFEE/CR Chrome Legs H365 x D600 x W900

246

Long Tube 4 Legged Coffee Tables DISHYCOFFEE/L/W White Legs

751

Height: 365 Diameter: 750

Overall Depth:

664

Table Top Options:

Overall Width:

1600

White, Oak, Beech, Maple, or Walnut

Priced in Band 2 fabrics, as we do not recommend Band 1 for this product, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

5

year guarantee

262

H365 x D600 x W1200 DISHYCOFFEE/L/CR Chrome Legs H365 x D600 x W1200

285

DISHYCOFFEE/L/W shown in picture.

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

218-219 Tonic & Dishy (15).indd 2

219

25/11/2014 14:55


Chamfer

reception & breakout

This stylish tub chair takes its name from its elegant chamfered corners. The Chamfer range offers a chair and matching two-seater sofa. The compact footprint, and option of a swivel-based chair, makes Chamfer the ideal choice for breakout areas and student accommodation. The choice of a white or silver chrome base rail provides the stylish finishing touch to complement fabric choices.

Excellent Quality and Style

Tub Chair

Two Seat Sofa

Code

£

CHAM1

Tub Chair

740

CHAM2

Tub Chair with Swivel Base 1086

Code CHAM3

Options £

Two Seat Sofa

1124

£ 73

Size: 400 x 400 BOLSTER

Dimensions (mm) Overall Height:

830

Overall Height:

830

Overall Width:

750

Overall Width:

1400

Overall Depth:

740

Overall Depth:

740

Priced in Band 2 fabrics, as we do not recommend Band 1 for this product, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

220

Code SQUARE CUSHION

73

Size: 450 x 150 Base Rail Brushed Chrome as standard. For White Base Rail please quote W when ordering.

5

year guarantee

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

220-221 Chamfer & Touch (15).indd 1

25/11/2014 14:58


Touch

reception & breakout

Beautifully simple, the modular design means that Touch looks good as a single bench or as a large configuration to dramatically fill an atrim. Perfectly complemented by the Asteroid table.

Bench Unit

Square Connecting Table

Code

£

TOUCH 1200

Chrome Legs

473

Code

T Point Connecting Table £

TOUCH SQU

Chrome Legs

Height: 225

Width: 440

166

Code

£

TOUCH T

Chrome Legs

Height: 225

Width: 770

287

Dimensions (mm) Height: 450

Width: 1200

Depth: 460

3 Point Connecting Table Code

4 Point Connecting Table £

TOUCH 3STAR

Chrome Legs

Depth: 440

332

Code

Asteroid Circular Table £

TOUCH 4STAR

Chrome Legs

Height: 225

Width: 770

Depth: 605

362

Code ASTTAB

£ With coloured cut-outs

501

Dimensions (mm) Height: 225

Width: 895

Depth: 895

Depth: 770

Height: 365

Diameter: 750

Upholstery available in fabric, leather and vinyl.

Asteroid Table Top Options:

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.

(W) White, (O) Oak, (B) Beech, (M) Maple, (WAL) Walnut

Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

Colour of Asteroid must be specified.

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

220-221 Chamfer & Touch (15).indd 2

5

year guarantee

221

25/11/2014 14:58


Intro

reception & breakout

A simple, stylish lounge and reception solution, with endless possibilities of configuration; Intro is available with or without backrests and arms. Attractive as a single or modular option, this range comes fully upholstered and with a satin silver skid frame.

Single Bench

Single Seat

Code

£

Single Seat & Left Hand Arm

Code

£

Code

£

275

INT301

368

INT302

459

Seat Height:

430

Back Height:

340

Back Height:

340

Overall Width:

770

Seat Height:

430

Seat Height:

430

Overall Depth:

770

Overall Width:

770

Overall Width:

770

Overall Depth:

770

Overall Depth:

770

INT300 Dimensions (mm)

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

Single Seat & Right Hand Arm Code

Petal Mobile Table £

Code

459

PT01

Back Height:

340

White laminate top and castors

Seat Height:

430

Width:

380

Overall Width:

770

Height:

360

Overall Depth:

770

Depth:

480

INT303

£ Silver Finish

395

Dimensions (mm)

222

222-223 Intro (15).indd 1

Note: Manmade fabrics are not always the best choice for soft seating as it is less flexible and is more likely to pucker around curves. We recommend natural wool as it upholsters curves more easily and needs less maintenance in high use areas.

5

year guarantee

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

25/11/2014 15:02


Intro

reception & breakout

Double Bench

Double Seat

Code

£

INT304

Double Seat & Left Hand Arm

Code

£

Code

£

388

INT305

565

INT306

652

430

Back Height:

340

Back Height:

340

Overall Width:

1220

Seat Height:

430

Seat Height:

Overall Depth:

770

Dimensions (mm) Seat Height:

Double Seat & Right Hand Arm Code

1220

Overall Width:

1520

Overall Depth:

770

Overall Depth:

770

45 Degree Linking Unit ( No Leg)

Power & Data Module £

INT307

430

Overall Width:

Code

£

Code

£

652

INT331

803

INT308

288

340

Seat Height:

570

Seat Height:

430

Dimensions (mm) Back Height:

430

Overall Depth:

770

Overall Depth:

770

Overall Width:

1520

Overall Width:

270

Overall Width:

570

Overall Depth:

770

Seat Height:

2 x 13 Amp Power Sockets, 2 x Data Cable Ports, Nylon Glides, Aluminium Roll Over Lid Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.

90 Degree Linking Unit Code

£

INT309

Central Leg

354

INT310

Central and End Leg

397

Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

Note: Manmade fabrics are not always the best choice for soft seating as it is less flexible and is more likely to pucker around curves. We recommend natural wool as it upholsters curves more easily and needs less maintenance in high use areas.

Dimensions (mm) Seat Height:

430

Overall Depth:

770

Overall Width:

770

5

year guarantee

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

222-223 Intro (15).indd 2

223

25/11/2014 15:02


Elements Core

reception & breakout

With creative use of fabric you can make Elements Core suit any corporate, hospitality or educational environment. Stylish but affordable, simple yet clever, Elements Modular system is easy to link and reconfigure. These units have endless possibilities. Suggested Uses/Environments • Colleges and Universities • Reception Areas/Break Out Areas • Open Plan/Office • Communal Areas

Single Seat Bench

Single Seat with Back

Code

£

ELE1-W

Code

Single Seat with Corner Back £ 346

Code

£

255

ELE1-SB-W

Overall Height:

420

Seat Height: 420

Seat Width: 720

Seat Height: 420

Seat Width: 720

Overall Width:

720

Seat Depth: 500

Overall Height: 760

Seat Depth: 500

Overall Height: 760

Overall Depth:

720

Overall Width: 730

Overall Depth: 720

Overall Width: 940

Overall Depth: 720

ELE1-CBR-W (R/H) ELE1-CBL-W (L/H)

436

Dimensions (mm)

Double Seat Bench

Double Seat with Back

Code

£

ELE2-W

Code

Double Seat with Corner Back £

Code

£

380

ELE2-DB-W

Overall Height:

420

Seat Height: 420

Seat Width: 1230

Seat Height: 420

Seat Width: 1220

Overall Width:

1230

Seat Depth: 500

Overall Height: 760

Seat Depth: 500

Overall Height: 760

Overall Depth:

720

Overall Width: 1230

Overall Depth: 720

Overall Width: 1445

Overall Depth: 720

538

ELE2-CBR-W (R/H) ELE2-CBL-W (L/H)

618

Dimensions (mm)

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. 45o Wedge

90o Wedge

Two Seat Sofa

Wedge

Code

£

ELE2-ALR-W Double Seat with Back

1037

Code ELE90-W

£ 380

Code ELE45-W

£ 272

Dimensions (mm) Seat Height: 420

Seat Width: 1440

Seat Depth: 500 Overall Width: 1860

224

224-225 Elements (15).indd 1

Overall Height:

420

Overall Height: 760

Overall Width:

725

Overall Depth: 720

Overall Depth:

725

Optional Legs Beech Wood Legs as Standard For Eco Chrome: Replace W with P For Height Adjustable Echo Chrome: Replace W with L (Eco chrome high gloss silver paint finish with an appearance similar to polished aluminium).

5

year guarantee

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

25/11/2014 15:04


Elements Plus

reception & breakout Element Plus offers retro fitted acoustic panels to create more private areas in open spaces. The panels are connected with zips which makes it easy to install and reconfigure. Clever sewing panels on the high backs allow you to be creative with fabric to suit any corporate, hospitality or educational environment. Suggested Uses/Environments • Colleges and Universities • Reception Areas • Break Out/Open Plan Areas

5

year guarantee

Plus Panel for Single Seater Code ELE+PAN1C

£ No Arms

Plus Panel for 2 Seater

Plus Panel for Single Seater Code

£

289

ELE+PAN1AC

With Arms

Depth: 50

Height: 1225

Width: 920

Code

£

323

ELE+PAN2C

No Arms

Depth: 50

Height: 1225

Width: 720

304

Dimensions (mm) Height: 1225

Width: 720

Plus Panel for 2 Seater Code ELE+PAN2AC

With Arms

Plus Connecting Arm Panel

Plus Panel for 2 Seat Sofa £

Code

£

339

ELE+PAN2SC

With Arms

Depth: 50

Height: 1225

Depth: 50

Depth: 50

391

Code ELE+PANAC

£ For Single & 2 Seater

196

Dimensions (mm) Height: 1225

Width: 720

Plus Finishing Arm Panel Code

Height: 1225

Code

£

ELE+PANAFR (right) For Single & 2 Seater 185

ELE+PANAZFR (right) Finishing Panel

185

ELE+PANAFL (left)

ELE+PANAZFL (left)

185

For Single & 2 Seater 185

Finishing Panel

Dimensions (mm) Height: 1225

Width: 720

Depth: 50

Height: 1225

Width: 720

Depth: 50

Code £ ELE-POW42 420 High Power Unit 736 Height: 420 Width: 270 Depth: 720 ELE-POW60 600 High Power Unit 770 Height: 600 Width: 270 Depth: 720 ELE-CUSH Cushions (Min order 2) 23 Width: 355 Depth: 355

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

224-225 Elements (15).indd 2

Depth: 50

Power Units/Cushions

Plus Cut Back Finishing Panel £

Width: 720

225

25/11/2014 15:05


Cascara

reception & breakout

New for 2015 is our Cascara visitor and lounge chair range of fully upholstered seating consisting of medium or high back styles in swivel or four legged versions.

High Back Swivel Chair Code

£

Medium Back Swivel Chair

High Back 4 Leg Frame

Medium Back 4 Leg Frame

Code

Code

Code

£

£

£

CASHBSWWH Fabric

850

CASSWWH

Fabric

745

CASHBWLWH

Fabric

850

CASWLWH

Fabric

745

CASHBSWWH Leather

1060

CASSWWH

Leather

941

CASHBWLWH

Leather 1060

CASWLWH

Leather

941

Moulded Plywood Shell

Moulded Plywood Shell

Moulded Plywood Shell

Moulded Plywood Shell

White Lacquered Outer Shell

White Lacquered Outer Shell

White Lacquered Outer Shell

White Lacquered Outer Shell

CMHR Foam, Protective Feet

CMHR Foam, Protective Feet

CMHR Foam, Protective Felt Pads

CMHR Foam, Protective Felt Pads

Chromed 4 Star Swivel Base

Chromed 4 Star Swivel Base

Wooden 4 Legged Frame

Wooden 4 Legged Frame

Overall Dimensions (mm)

Overall Dimensions (mm)

Overall Dimensions (mm)

H1010

W680

D680

High Back Swivel Chair Code

£

H760

W680

D680

H1020

W630

Overall Dimensions (mm) D600

H770

W630

D600

Medium Back Swivel Chair

High Back 4 Leg Frame

Medium Back 4 Leg Frame

Code

Code

Code

£

£

£

CASHBSWWA Fabric

850

CASSWWA

Fabric

745

CASHBWLWA

Fabric

850

CASWLWA

Fabric

745

CASHBSWWA Leather

1060

CASSWWA

Leather

941

CASHBWLWA

Leather 1060

CASWLWA

Leather

941

Moulded Plywood Shell

Moulded Plywood Shell

Moulded Plywood Shell

Moulded Plywood Shell

Walnut Veneered Outer Shell

Walnut Veneered Outer Shell

Walnut Veneered Outer Shell

Walnut Veneered Outer Shell

CMHR Foam, Protective Feet

CMHR Foam, Protective Feet

CMHR Foam, Protective Felt Pads

CMHR Foam, Protective Felt Pads

Chromed 4 Star Swivel Base

Chromed 4 Star Swivel Base

Wooden 4 Legged Frame

Wooden 4 Legged Frame

Overall Dimensions (mm)

Overall Dimensions (mm)

Overall Dimensions (mm)

H1010

226

226-227 Cascara (15).indd 1

W680

D680

H760

W680

D680

H1020

W630

Overall Dimensions (mm) D600

H770

W630

D600

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

25/11/2014 15:12


Cascara

reception & breakout

High Back Swivel Chair Code

£

Medium Back Swivel Chair

High Back 4 Leg Frame

Medium Back 4 Leg Frame

Code

Code

Code

£

£

£

CASHBSWFU

Fabric

734

CASSWFU

Fabric

661

CASHBWLFU

Fabric

745

CASWLFU

Fabric

671

CASHBSWFU

Leather

1154

CASSWFU

Leather

1017

CASHBWLFU

Leather 1165

CASWLFU

Leather

1028

Moulded Plywood Shell

Moulded Plywood Shell

Moulded Plywood Shell

Moulded Plywood Shell

Fully Upholstered

Fully Upholstered

Fully Upholstered

Fully Upholstered

CMHR Foam, Protective Feet

CMHR Foam, Protective Feet

CMHR Foam, Protective Feet

CMHR Foam, Protective Feet

Chromed 4 Star Swivel Base

Chromed 4 Star Swivel Base

Wooden 4 Legged Frame

Wooden 4 Legged Frame

Overall Dimensions (mm)

Overall Dimensions (mm)

Overall Dimensions (mm)

Overall Dimensions (mm)

H1010

W680

D680

H760

W680

H1020

D680

W630

D600

H770

W630

D600

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.

Circular Coffee Table Code

£

CASCCT

398

Code

398

600 x 600 25mm MFC

Circular Top

Squircle Top

Stylish Chrome 4 Star Base

Stylish Chrome 4 Star Base

Protective Feet

Protective Feet Overall Dimensions (mm)

Overall Dimensions (mm) W700

year guarantee

£

CASSCT

700mm Diameter 25mm MFC

H425

5

Squircle Coffee Table

D700

H425

W600

D600

Coffee Table MFC Finishes A/S

B/S

Ash

Beech

C/S

Autumn Cherry

S/S

Silver

O/S

Oak

W/S

Walnut

WE/S

Wenge

WH/S

White

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

226-227 Cascara (15).indd 2

227

25/11/2014 15:13


Stretch

reception & breakout

With eight pieces, Stretch can be a simple armchair or a collection of multiple units. Silver, Beech or Oak legs and two-tone fabric options are available.

Armchair

2 Seat with Arms

Code

Code

£

STRETCH1

Fabric

982

3 Seat with Arms £

STRETCH2

Fabric

Corner Unit

Code

1549

STRETCH3

D800

H770

£ Fabric

Code

£

1898

STRETCHCO

D800

H770

Fabric

1048

Overall Dimensions (mm) H770

W1000

D800

H770

W1750

W2340

W800

D800

2 Seat with Left Arm Only

2 Seat with Right Arm Only

3 Seat with Left Arm Only

3 Seat with Right Arm Only

Code

Code

Code

Code

£

STRETCH2/L

Fabric

£

1392

STRETCH2/R

D800

H770

Fabric

£

1392

STRETCH3/L

D800

H770

Fabric

£

1709

STRETCH3/R

D800

H770

Fabric

1709

Overall Dimensions (mm) H770

W1470

W1470

W2070

W2070

D800

Priced in Band 2 fabrics, as we do not recommend Band 1 for this seating product, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.

Venalo Coffee Table Code

£

VENALO/TC

466

Overall Dimensions (mm) H400

228

D600

Chrome Trumpet Base, Glass Top Coffee Table. Other sizes of Venalo Tables are available, please ask sales for details.

Options

Leg options

Square Cushion (400mm x 400mm)

£70

SIF Silver B Beech

Bolster (450mm x 150mm)

£70

O Oak

5

year guarantee

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

228-229 Stretch & Coco (15).indd 1

25/11/2014 15:21


Coco

reception & breakout

The bold Coco collection of benches, sofas and armchairs creates a striking combination of contemporary and retro style on a solid beech frame. Distinctive in shape, comfortable, generous in size, robust yet elegant – this versatile collection builds exciting landscapes that are suitable for reception, lounge and hospitality environments. Coco has been designed with sustainability in mind, using an environmental friendly wood construction, recyclable and recycled foam from 100% FSC controlled sources.

Single Seat Bench Code

£

COCO1-BCH

Beech Frame

788

Single Seat Bench with Straight Back

Armchair with Straight Back

Code

Code

£

COCO1-SB-BCH

Beech Frame

997

£

COCO1A-SB-BCH

Beech Frame

1116

Overall Dimensions (mm) Height: 420

Width: 1000

Depth: 800

£

COCO2-BCH

Beech Frame

Width: 1000

Depth: 800

Two Seat Bench with Straight Back

Two Seat Bench Code

Height: 770

1320

Code Beech Frame

Width: 1000

Depth: 800

Two Seat Sofa with Straight Back £

COCO2-SB-BCH

Height: 770

1552

Code

£

COCO2A-SB-BCH

Beech Frame

1671

Overall Dimensions (mm) Height: 420

Width: 1775

Depth: 800

Height: 770

Width: 1775

Depth: 800

Height: 770

Width: 1775

Depth: 800

Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Shown in Walnut

Glass Top Coffee Table Code

£

COCOT-CH-100x60-BCH Solid Beech 1331 Dimensions (mm) Height: 350

Width: 1000

Depth: 600

Buttons on back cushion are in the fabric as the back cushions. For other specifications prices on application. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order. Seating frame colour options Table colour options replace -BCH with: replace -BCH with: oak -OAK walnut -WAL cherry -CHE stain to match -MAT

add £46 add £46 add £46 add £64

oak -OAK walnut -WAL

add £314 add £408

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

228-229 Stretch & Coco (15).indd 2

5

year guarantee

229

25/11/2014 15:21


Hive

reception & breakout

Hive is a stylish, flexible modular range of seating and accessories that offers superb spatial fit and functionality, creating Liquid Workspaces and dynamic layouts. Whether creating a totally new workspace or integrating with existing furniture, Hive creates multi-functional spaces that allow people to work in the way that is most stimulating and productive for them. Hive’s modular system is available with or without legs, making it easy to design flexible spaces in a variety of environments, offices, universities and libraries, plus airports and transport stations.

Focus.

Rarely does one solution fit all, that’s why Hive can be configured to provide seating and work tables for open spaces, semi- private and private spaces in an infinite number of situations.

Flexible furniture for productive people • • • •

Numerous configuration possibilities Establish different zones with no need to build walls Supports diverse working styles Creates inspiring environments to attract and retain the best talent • Enables bespoke design of activity based settings • Allows visual, territorial and acoustic privacy for individuals and groups

2600

387 6

12

00

If this range interests you please contact our sales team for more details.

480

0

240

0

2000

5300

4300

230

230-231 Hive (15).indd 1

25/11/2014 15:40


Hive

reception & breakout

Socialise.

Connect.

Collaborate.

231

230-231 Hive (15).indd 2

25/11/2014 15:40


Cafe & Dining Contemporary and classic design styles are apparent throughout this section. The seating is bright and comfortable, the tables sturdy yet stylish. The consistently popular Gloss tables returns for 2015. The striking design of the ‘squarial’ Gloss table on page 244 combines the shape of a square with the softness of a circle. The Retro brings a breath of fresh air to any cafe or breakout space. Available in 5 bright and cheerful colours with matching tables made from solid wood and polypropylene, these are sure to be very popular in 2015.

2015 Range Highlight The ever popular Artist and Stork seating ranges return this year to provide unbeatable value for money. When complimented by our new table ranges Orlando, Forza and Ramiro, these products create perfect dining situations where style is needed on a lower budget. This is boosted by the products coming direct from stock on our 10 day rapid delivery service.

232

232-233 Cafe Intro - Contents (15).indd 1

02/12/2014 12:30


Ramiro

Forza

Tables Page 234

Chair Page 235

Chair Page 234

Polyfold

Contour Plus

Tables Page 235

Strata

Artist

Stork

Tables Page 234

Folding Tables Page 237

Various Page 238

Enviro

Banquet

Tables & Benches Page 236

Chairs Page 234-235

Dining Tables

Orlando

cafe & dining contents

Chairs Page 240

Xpresso 1

Benches Page 239

Vent

Mocha

Tables Page 239

Chairs Page 241

Chairs Page 242

Ice & Zest

Gloss Tables

Chairs Page 241

Tables Page 244

Retro

Chairs Page 243

Chairs Page 245

Tables Page 245

233

232-233 Cafe Intro - Contents (15).indd 2

02/12/2014 12:31


Dining

cafe & dining

The Orlando is one of the markets’ most popular due to its competitive price and “anti spin“ solid construction. Made from top grade cast iron, with a powder coated finish. Adjustable feet are also included for versatility in any environment. The chrome version brings a touch of class with its high quality chrome plated column. Perfect for situations where style is needed on a lower budget. The Forza is an affordable and simple base in a slimline design. Made from high grade cast iron with a powder coated finish.

New for 2015

See page 241 for further information on the Mocha Beech Bar Stool (30 day delivery) Chair Stacks 4 High Mocha Beech Bar Stool/ Round Poseur table with 25mm beech MFC top

Artist Chair/ Square dining table with 25mm beech MFC top

Orlando Dining - Black or Chrome Round Column

Orlando Poseur - Black or Chrome Round Column

Code

£

Code

£

ZORLDRB7

Round Top - Black Column

158

ZORLPRB7

Round Top - Black Column

163

ZORLDRC7

Round Top - Chrome Column

170

ZORLPRC7

Round Top - Chrome Column

178

ZORLDSB77

Square Top - Black Column

135

ZORLDSC77

Square Top - Chrome Column

147

Orlando Dining Table Dimensions (mm)

Orlando Poseur Table Dimensions (mm)

Height: 755

Height: 1075

Width: 700

Depth: 700

Artist Polished Beechwood Chair Code: ART0514BCH

Dia: 700

Mocha Beech Bar Stool

Seat Height: 480

91

Code: GM01A

Height: 760 Width: 490 Depth: 435

195

See page 241 for further information on the Vent Bar Stool (30 day delivery) Chair Stacks 4 High Vent Bar Stool/ Round poseur table with 25mm white MFC top

Strata Polypropylene Chair/ Square dining table with 25mm white MFC top

Forza Dining - Black Column

Forza Poseur - Black Column

Code

£

ZFORDRB7

Round Base & Top

199

ZFORDSB77

Square Base & Top

176

Forza Dining Table Dimensions (mm) Height: 755

Width: 700

Depth: 700

BCH

2

80

234

207

Dia: 700

Code: GVN1A

Height: 760

Depth: 435

272

Strata Polypropylene Chair Please add relevant colour code to STR. e.g. STRGRN BCH

year guarantee

Beech

Round Base & Top

Height: 1075

Table Top WHT

ZFORPRB7

Vent Bar Stool

Seat Height: 450

Stork Tall Beech Bar Stool & Artist Beechwood Chair

£

Forza Poseur Table Dimensions (mm)

Strata Polypropylene Chair Code: STR

Code

3

BLK

BLUE

GRN

RED

WHT

White

Beech

3

year guarantee

year guarantee

Black

Blue

Green

Red

White

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

234-235 Dining Stock Range (15).indd 1

28/11/2014 15:44


Dining

cafe & dining

Ramiro is a stylish trumpet table base finished in chrome plating. This is one of the most versatile trumpet bases available due to its adjustable feet and dual pin interlocking construction.

Strata Polypropylene Chair/ Round Dining table with 25mm white MFC top

Stork Tall Beech Bar Stool/ Round Poseur table with 25mm beech MFC top

Ramiro Dining - Chrome Column with Trumpet Base Code

Ramiro Poseur - Chrome Column with Trumpet Base ÂŁ

ZRAMDR7

Round Top & Base

242

Code

ÂŁ

ZRAMPR7

Round Top & Base

Ramiro Dining Table Dimensions (mm)

Ramiro Poseur Table Dimensions (mm)

Height: 755

Height: 1075

Width: 700

Dia: 700

Strata Polypropylene Chair Code: STR

Seat Height: 450

Width: 700

250

Dia: 700

Stork Tall Beech Bar Stool 80 Code: CH0670SPBE

Seat Height: 580-805

166

Stork Stool only available on a 20 day delivery

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

234-235 Dining Stock Range (15).indd 2

235

28/11/2014 15:44


Folding Tables & Benches

cafe & dining

Contour Plus The difference that sets this product apart is the strengthened aluminium clad steel tube in the table legs. This adds a mere 1.75kgs to the overall weight of the table but offers significantly improved stability. Aluminium frame & laminate top folds flat for storage and can easily be carried. Strengthened legs give extra stability.

Contour

Contour tables and benches are the most popular style of folding furniture to be found. Constructed from aluminium with a wipe-clean laminated surface. The table weight ranges from just 6.7kg upto 13.00kg, far lighter than its rivals. Ideal for - canteens, schools, community halls, lightweight and versatile, folds flat for storage and can be easily carried.

Shown in Japanese Beech

Contour Plus Folding Tables Code Weight W x D mm £ CP/DC5 8.50kg 610 x 915 156 CP/DB5 9.00kg 685 x 915 160 CP/DA5 9.50kg 760 x 915 165 CP/CC5 9.75kg 610 x 1220 179 CP/CB5 10.00kg 685 x 1220 183 CP/CA5 11.25kg 760 x 1220 190 CP/BC5 11.50kg 610 x 1520 195 CP/BB5 12.00kg 685 x 1520 199 CP/BA5 13.00kg 760 x 1520 207 CP/AD5 12.75kg 480 x 1830 199 CP/AC5 13.00kg 610 x 1830 218 CP/AB5 13.75kg 685 x 1830 219 CP/AA5 14.80kg 760 x 1830 229 Choose from 2 table heights: Buffet 760, Adult 698 Note: 915mm Table Length not available in A Buffet 760mm height.

Shown in Heather

Contour Folding Tables Code Weight W x D mm £ C/DC2 6.75kg 610 x 915 144 C/DB2 7.25kg 685 x 915 147 C/DA2 7.75kg 760 x 915 153 C/CC2 6.75kg 610 x 1220 165 C/CB2 7.25kg 685 x 1220 169 C/CA2 7.75kg 760 x 1220 175 C/BC2 9.75kg 610 x 1520 177 C/BB2 10.25kg 685 x 1520 188 C/BA2 11.25kg 760 x 1520 194 C/AD2 11.00kg 480 x 1830 186 C/AC2 11.50kg 610 x 1830 205 C/AB2 12.00kg 685 x 1830 209 C/AA2 13.00kg 760 x 1830 216 Choose from 6 table heights: Buffet 760, Adult 698, Junior 635, Infant 584, Pre School 546, Nursery 508

Contour Stacking Benches Code Weight W x D mm £ C/CF2 5.00kg 254 x 1220 110 C/BF2 5.75kg 254 x 1520 124 C/AF2 6.75kg 254 x 1830 133 Choose from 3 table heights: Buffet 483, Adult 432, Junior 381 Suggested height matches for tables & benches 760mm high table - 483mm high bench 698mm high table - 432mm high bench 635mm high table - 381mm high bench

Accessories Code A2501 A3001 A5001 A9001

5

year guarantee

Colour Options GP13

GP54

Signal Red Paradiso

236

GP23

Yellow

GP33

Lime

GP55

Green

GP25

Shown in Campanula

GP21

Heather Campanula

GP57

Sparta

GP99

Maple

Description W x D x H mm Large Table Trolley (14 tables) 745 x 1675 x 1127 Small Table Trolley (7 tables) 745 x 875 x 1127 Bench Skake Set Fast Fold - speedy folding tool GP16

Saxon Oak

GP07

GP58

GP05

GP24

Auburn Teak

Japanese Ailsa Grey Grey Dots Beech

£ 557 390 136 26 GP15

White

Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

236-237 Contour Plus & Polyfold (15).indd 1

25/11/2014 16:19


Folding Tables

cafe & dining Polyfold Height Adjustable Folding Tables • 1220mm length table adjusts to three different heights, 640, 690 & 740mm • Choose from two table length sizes 1220mm & 1830mm • 1830mm length table adjusts to five different heights, 650, 690, 730, 770 and 810mm • All weather construction for indoor/outdoor use • Hygienic, wipe-clean one piece moulded top • Lightweight and simple to use, folds flat for easy storage Adjustable height table L1220mm shown at H740mm

Simple height adjustment for all uses

Adjustable height table L1830mm shown at H810mm

Polyfold Adjustable Height

Polyfold Folding Chair

Code Description Size Weight TF 41385 Rectangular Table 1220mm x 600mm 12kg TF 41386 Rectangular Table 1830mm x 760mm 17kg CN 40011 Polyfold Folding Chair Seat Height: 440mm x Overall Height 850mm x Length 480mm x Width 470mm (Price per single chair, supplied in boxes of 4 chairs)

£ 138 159 £ 54

Top Colour Frame Colour

Polyfold Lightweight Tables • Available in a three rectangular and two circular sizes • Hygienic, wipe-clean one piece moulded all weather polyethylene top for indoor/outdoor use

Beige Dark Bronze The table top colour may vary slightly from batch to batch.

• Lightweight, stronger & more durable than wooden tables • Universal table trolley for storage and transport • Folds flat for easy storage •1 year warranty trolley

153cm table diameter with pictured with 2600 folding chairs

1830mm table with eight 2000 folding chairs

2

XO 40010

year guarantee

Polyfold Lightweight Code TF 41376 TE 40017 TF 41378 TF 41370 TF 41371 XO 40005 CF 40015 XO 40010

Description Size Rectangular Table 1220mm x 600mm Rectangular Table 1530mm x 760mm Rectangular Table 1830mm x 760mm Circular Table 1220mm Dia Circular Table 1530mm Dia Universal Table Trolley Storage Strap with alloy buckle (5m) Expandable Table Trolley

Weight 12kg 15kg 17kg 16kg 21kg

£ 93 111 117 143 195 780 33 537

UNIVERSAL TABLE TROLLEY This trolley is suitable for all Polyfold tables. Will hold up to 12 Rectangular tables or 8 Circular tables. Length 1850mm, Width 850mm, Height 1550mm

STORAGE STRAPS Wrap around straps secure the load. We recommend two per trolley. Each storage strap is 5m in length.

Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

236-237 Contour Plus & Polyfold (15).indd 2

237

25/11/2014 16:19


Dining Tables

cafe & dining

Tilt Top Tilt Top tables are just the job for regular and occasional use such as in dining rooms. They are easy to open and close then wheel away. All are supplied with Duraform Speckled Light Grey paint as standard. Supplied with 4 locking castors.

Fantastic Quality & Value!

Circular Table Code TILT-CIRC-MD TILT-CIRC-PS

Edge MDF Edge Spray PU Edge

Dia mm 1200 Diam 1200 Diam

£ 428 459

W x D mm 1200 x 1200 1380 x 1000 1200 x 1200 1380 x 1000

£ 447 437 476 478

Octagonal Table Code TILT-EQOCT-MD TILT-OCT-MD TILT-EQOCT-PS TILT-OCT-PS

Edge MDF Edge MDF Edge Spray PU Edge Spray PU Edge

Rectangular Tables Code TILT-RECT-129-MD TILT-RECT-159-MD TILT-RECT-129-PS TILT-RECT-159-PS

Weight MDF Edge MDF Edge Spray PU Edge Spray PU Edge

Edge Options

Table Heights Size 3 590mm Age 6-8 years Size 4 640mm Age 8-11 years Size 5 710mm Age 11-14 years Size 6 760mm Age 14-Adult Note: Size 3 not available on circular options

W x D mm 1200 x 900 1500 x 900 1200 x 900 1500 x 900

£ 390 475 416 505

MDF Bullnosed Edge Polished and lacquered.

Spray PU Edge

5

year guarantee

MDF

Table Top Colours

PU

Extremely hardwearing and resilient edge which has a textured finish. Choose from Charcoal, Light Grey, Blue. If none specified, charcoal will be supplied.

Frame Colour Duraform Speckled Light Grey

Beech

238

Maple

Oak

Grey

Ailsa

Red

Blue

Green

Yellow

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

238-239 Dining & Enviro Tables (15).indd 1

25/11/2014 16:23


Enviro Dining

cafe & dining

Dining Tables and Benches • Anodised silver frame • Strong and stable • Ideal for education • Sociable shapes for dining Shield Table

Round Table

Square Table

Enviro Dining Tables - 1. Select shape and size, 2. Select height, 3. Select top colour, 4. Select edge colour Code EN/AA35 EN/CA35 EN/DA35 EN/BD35 EN/DD35 EN/ED35 EN/FF35

Product Description

Dimensions mm Length x width

Weight KG

Available Heights 760mm 710mm

640mm

590mm

530mm

460mm

Enviro Table Enviro Table Enviro Table Enviro Table Enviro Table Enviro Table Enviro Table

1800 x 750 1400 x 750 1200 x 750 1500 Shield 1200 Round 900 Round 750 x 750

25.00 19.50 17.50 28.00 20.80 12.50 12.50

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

£ 288 258 227 377 307 250 203

Enviro Dining Benches - 1. Select shape and size, 2. Select height, 3. Select top colour, 4. Select edge colour Code EN/AF35 EN/CF35 EN/DF35

Product Description

Dimensions mm Length x width

Weight KG

Available Heights 460mm 430mm

380mm

350mm

310mm

260mm

Enviro Bench Enviro Bench Enviro Bench

1600 x 330 1200 x 330 1000 x 330

12.00 10.00 8.00

✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓

£

Benches are delivered flat pack and require simple assembly using an allen key

Enviro benches fit neatly under table Colour Range GP33

Lime

GP21

183 157 141

Edge Colour GP57

Campanula

Sparta

GP32

GP58

GP05

Clementine Japanese Ailsa Grey Beech

GP31

Wenge Strand

Frame

GP30

Dog Bone

Light Grey Mid Grey

Dusky Blue

Green

Black

Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

238-239 Dining & Enviro Tables (15).indd 2

5

year guarantee

Ruby Red

Anodised Silver

239

25/11/2014 16:23


Banquet Chairs

cafe & dining

Lightweight and comfortable upholstered chairs with a deep cushioned, high density foam seat and back (seat cushion depth 60mm). Strong black steel frame has a useful handhold and side rails for added strength. Chairs stacks up to 8 high with stacking buffers and protective feet. Tested BSEN1022:2005 & BS15373:2007

Fantastic Quality & Value! Mayfair Chair Code Fabric Colour CU40080 Red CU40081 Blue Seat Height 480mm

2

year guarantee

240

Red

ÂŁ 72 72

Grosvenor Chair

Fabric Colours

Blue

W x D x H (mm) 440 x 540 x 890 440 x 540 x 890

Code Fabric Colour CU40082 Red CU40083 Blue Seat Height 480mm

W x D x H (mm) 445 x 560 x 880 445 x 560 x 880

ÂŁ 72 72

Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

240-241 Banquet & Mocha & Vent (15).indd 1

25/11/2014 16:26


Mocha & Vent

cafe & dining

Mocha is a great looking, extremely versatile stacking cafe furniture. Simply constructed offering value with style. Contoured seat with silver or chrome frame. Available as chair or bar stool. Vent is stylish and functional. This wooden chair and stool range has simple elegant lines designed to enhance any café and breakout environment.

Shown with Beech finish

Shown with Wenge finish

Vent Dining Chair - Chrome Frame Code

WxHxD

MVN1A

490 x 445 x 435

£ 234

Vent Dining Armchair - Chrome Frame

Vent Bar Stool - Chrome Frame

Code

WxHxD

Code

WxHxD

MVN2A

570 x 445 x 435

GVN1A

490 x 760 x 435

£ 285

£ 272

Shown with Beech finish

Mocha Bar Stool - Silver Frame

Mocha Dining Chair - Silver Frame Code

WxHxD

£

MM01A

435 x 445 x 490

152

Vent Colours AX

Code

WxHxD

£

GM01A

435 x 760 x 490

195

Mocha Colours

BX

CX

DX

BCH

5

year guarantee

Beech

Oak

Wenge

Black

Beech

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

240-241 Banquet & Mocha & Vent (15).indd 2

241

25/11/2014 16:26


Xpresso 1

cafe & dining

Xpresso 1 is designed to provide a practical and stylish solution for a range of environments including educational establishments, cafes, auditoria, conference facilities and meeting rooms. They can be linked together an the optional linking strip. Polypropylene seat and back, tubular chrome steel frame, nylon glides. Chair available with or without black arms.

Plastic Seat & Back Code

£

MXP1A

130

Dimensions (mm) Width: 580

Height: 830

Depth: 490

New for 2015

Plastic Seat & Back Code

£

MXP1C - With black arms

Xpresso Seat Colours

High Plastic Seat & Back 211

Code

£

GXP1A

168 Black

Grey

White

Purple

Light Blue

Green

Red

Yellow

Stone

Dimensions (mm) Width: 595

Height: 830

Depth: 490

Width: 600

Height: 1070

Depth: 490

Seat Height: 720

Options £ Linking Feet

Code LXP

Trolley - Holds 45 Code MXP

242

5

FOC 516

MXP

year guarantee

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

242-243 Xpresso 1 & Ice Zest (15).indd 1

04/12/2014 11:16


Ice & Zest

cafe & dining Ice is a chrome 4 leg range of stacking café chairs and bar stools, available in a choice of 4 outer shell colours, red, blue, green and black. The Zest is a truly versatile dining chair which can be used outside or inside. Available in single or dual colours, UV resistant and 100% recyclable.

Ice Stackable Frame

Ice Café Chair

Zest 4 Leg Chair

Zest Wire Frame Chair

Ice Café/Breakout Chair Code

W x H x D mm

MNO1

500 x 870 x 560

Zest Chair - 4 Leg £ 170

Code

WxHxD

MJU2/

612 x 885 x 535

Zest Chair - Wire Frame £ 248

Code

WxHxD

MJU2/

612 x 885 x 535

Seat Height 470 Weight 6kg

Seat Height 480 Weight 6kg

Seat Height 480 Weight 6kg

Chrome 4 leg stacking café chair

Dual colour shell 4 leg café chair

Dual colour shell wire frame café chair

£ 298

When ordering please add the code for your colour required to the code above. Ice Outer Shell Colours AA

AB

Zest 4 Leg Outer Shell Colours AC

AD

BA

CA

DA

Zest Wire Frame Outer Shell Colours BC

CC

DC

5

year guarantee

Red

Blue

Green

Black

Lime Green

Stone

Graphite

Lime Green

Stone

Graphite

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

242-243 Xpresso 1 & Ice Zest (15).indd 2

243

04/12/2014 11:16


Gloss Tables

cafe & dining

The Gloss tables are coffee, dining and poser tables with a variety of finishes with a silver column and a four star aluminium base. Perfect for corporate breakout, hotel and restaurant dining.

Gloss Poser Table

Gloss Dining Table

Code

WxHxD

Squarial

750 x 1060 x 750

TGLP/SQL0750WHM

White MFC

TGLP/SQL0750WAM

Walnut MFC

Round

750 Dia x 1060

TGLP/RND0750WHM

White MFC

335 335

TGLP/RND0750WAM

Walnut MFC

Glass

660 Dia x 1060

TGLP/RND0660GLX

10mm Frosted

£

Code

WxHxD

Squarial

750 x 720 x 750

342

TGLD/SQL0750WHM

White MFC

342

TGLD/SQL0750WAM

Walnut MFC

Round

900 Dia x 720

478

Gloss Coffee Table Code

WxHxD

Squarial

750 x 400 x 750

323

TGLC/SQL0750WHM

White MFC

309

323

TGLC/SQL0750WAM

Walnut MFC

309

Round

600 Dia x 400

£

TGLD/RND0900WHM White MFC

302

TGLD/RND0900WAM Walnut MFC

302

Glass

800 Dia x 720

TGLD/RND0800GLX

10mm Frosted

Safety Glass

Safety Glass

522

£

TGLC/RND0660WHM White MFC

280

TGLC/RND0660WAM Walnut MFC

280

Glass

600 Dia x 400

TGLC/RND0660GLX

10mm Frosted

467

Safety Glass

Colour Options

1

year guarantee

Walnut & Silver

244

White & Silver

Glass & Silver

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

244-245 Gloss Tables & Retro (15).indd 1

25/11/2014 16:55


Retro

cafe & dining

Available in 5 colours, these bright and cheerful chairs will bring a breath of fresh air to any cafe or breakout space. The matching Dining Tables are made from solid wood and have a polypropylene top which is available in a choice of colours.

GRT1

MRT1

Retro Wood Bar Stool TRT5/A

TRT3/A

Code Seat Height WxHxD GRT1 756 401 x 1069 x 533 Solid beech frame chair with polypropylene seat and backrest

TRT1/A

Retro Square Dining Table Code Top Colour TRT5/A White TRT5/C Anthracite Beech Wood Legs

£ 488

Retro Wood Café Chair W x H x D mm 800 x 740 x 800 800 x 740 x 800

£ 940 940

Code Seat Height WxHxD MRT1 458 401 x 802 x 494 Solid beech frame chair with polypropylene seat and backrest

£ 310

Seat & Backrest Colours A

B

Retro Round Dining Table Code Top Colour TRT3/A White TRT3/B Sand TRT3/C Anthracite Beech Wood Leg with star base

H x Dia mm 740 x 700 740 x 700 740 x 700

£ 551 551 551

White

D

Red

E

Light Grey

F

Green

Yellow

Retro Dining Table Top Colours

Retro Square Dining Table Code Top Colour TRT1/A White TRT1/B Sand TRT1/C Anthracite Beech Wood Leg with star base

W x H x D mm 730 x 740 x 730 730 x 740 x 730 730 x 740 x 730

£ 588 588 588

White

Sand

Anthracite

5

year guarantee

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

244-245 Gloss Tables & Retro (15).indd 2

245

25/11/2014 16:55


Storage and Filing You will find the best solution for your workplace storage requirements over the following pages. Whether you need to store boxes or file documents, our Filing Cabinets, Cupboards and Side Opening Tambours will work for you. Tailor a cabinet with internal fitments to suspend your files, or shelves to hold your folders. You may wish to consider space saving tambour doors or, a narrower filing cabinet. The Contract option represents great value in office storage over a modest range of colours and sizes. Where as the Classic option has a more premium feel with ultra smooth openings and an increased choice of fitments. Please ask our sales team for further details. Whichever filing cabinet you opt for, rest assured that all come with guarantees of between 5 and 10 years, and are rigorously tested and approved.

2015 Range Highlights Multimedia Got more than just files and folders to store? Our colourful range of Multidrawer and Media Storage cabinets from pages 259-260 should provide the solution.

Lockers Choose from a large variety of bright and stylish lockers and storage cabinets. The SystemFile™ Lodge can provide a multitude of solutions, with a vast choice of internals and accessories for further customisation, whilst maintaining design and quality.

Sliding Doors Economy sliding door cupboards, a flexible storage solution for a variety of file formats offering a breadth of height & width configurations.

Safes Protect your business from fire, with a variety of unrivalled fire resistant cabinets for the storage of documents and media.

246

246-247 Storage Filing Info - Contents (15).indd 1

04/12/2014 11:20


Filing Cabinets

storage and filing contents

Premier Filing Page 249

Classic Filing Page 254

Contract Tambours Page 251

Contract Fitments Page 251

Euro Tambours Page 252

Contract Cupboards Page 250

Sliding Door Cupboards Page 253

Classic Cupboards Page 256

Side Filers Page 255

Tambours

Contract Filing Page 248

Classic Tambour Page 257

Filing Page 260

Media Cabinet

Various Page 259

Storage Page 260

Lockers

SystemFile Page 258

F Series

SystemFile Lodges

Multidrawers

Cupboards

Euro Fitments Page 252

Standard Page 262-263

Multi-purpose Page 264

Dangerous Substance Page 265

Various PPE Page 266

Safes

Plan Chests

Fastrack Page 261

Steel Framed Page 267

Various Page 268-269

247

246-247 Storage Filing Info - Contents (15).indd 2

04/12/2014 11:20


Contract Filing

storage and filing

High quality filing cabinets at economical prices, manufactured to meet British Standards for strength and stability. Fitted with recessed handles, drawer label holders, central locking and anti-tilt to prevent more than one drawer being opened at a time.

Best Seller

4 Drawer

3 Drawer

Code

W x H x D (mm)

AOC4

470 x 1321 x 622

£ 296

2 Drawer

Code

W x H x D (mm)

AOC3

470 x 1016 x 622

£ 286

Code

W x H x D (mm)

AOC2

470 x 711 x 622

Note: Each drawer can hold up to 35kg of hanging suspension files.

5

G/G

BLK

C/C

year guarantee

Goose Grey

248

238

Stock Colours

For use with suspension files only. Filing cabinet draw loads are for hanging files only. Drawer bottoms are not load bearing.

£

Black

Coffee Cream

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

248-249 Contract FC - Premier Filing (15).indd 1

26/11/2014 11:51


Premier Filing

storage and filing

Unassuming in design, the PSF filing cabinet blends into the background and keeps the filing at bay. It boasts 100% drawer extension, smooth, resistance-free slides and an anti-tilt operation for safe, ultimate ease of use. Two, three and four-drawer versions are available.

Stocked in 4 colours

2 Drawer Filing Cabinet Code

W x H x D (mm)

PSF2

470 x 711 x 622

3 Drawer Filing Cabinet £

Code

W x H x D (mm)

274

PSF3

470 x 1016 x 622

4 Drawer Filing Cabinet £

Code

W x H x D (mm)

298

PSF4

470 x 1321 x 622

£ 312

40kg drawer load

Note: Each drawer can hold up to 40kg of hanging suspension files. For use with suspension files only. Filing cabinet draw loads are for hanging files only. Drawer bottoms are not load bearing.

5

year guarantee

Stock Colours G/G

Goose Grey

BLK

Black

C/C

Coffee Cream

BLUE

Oxford Blue

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

248-249 Contract FC - Premier Filing (15).indd 2

249

26/11/2014 11:51


Contract Cupboards

storage and filing

Economy stationery cupboards are designed for a maximum storage capacity yet are efficient on space. Supplied with black dual purpose shelving which accommodates under-shelf filing. (330mm Centre)

Contract Cupboards Code

W x H x D (mm)

ÂŁ

E402AO1

914 x 1000 x 400

262

914 x 1806 x 400

343

914 x 1950 x 400

397

1 Shelf E722AO3 3 Shelf E782AO4 4 Shelf E198P1/BLK

(Black Only)

26

Extra Dual Purpose Shelf

Note: Please note colour samples may be altered slightly by the printing process and should only be used as an approximate guide. For full details of colour options available please contact our Sales Office. Note: Stationery cupboards will only accommodate the Black dual purpose shelf E198P1.

250

Stock Colours

5

G/G

C/C

year guarantee

Goose Grey

Coffee Cream

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

250-251 Contract Cupboards - Contract Tambours (15).indd 1

04/12/2014 11:25


Contract Tambours

storage and filing

The tambour cupboard represents great value and flexibility for office storage. Tambour doors open into the steel carcass saving on valuable office space. These tambour cupboards are supplied empty ready to accept internal fitments.

Low

Medium

Code

Finish

£

High

Code

Finish

£

Code

Finish

£

IME101SOTO/S

Oak/Silver

571

IME161SOTO/S

Oak/Silver

665

IME191SOTO/S

Oak/Silver

702

IME101SOTB/S

Beech/Silver

571

IME161SOTB/S

Beech/Silver

665

IME191SOTB/S

Beech/Silver

702

IME101SOTG/G

Goose Grey

451

IME161SOTG/G

Goose Grey

552

IME191SOTG/G

Goose Grey

584

W1000

H1651

W1000

H1968

Dimensions (mm) W1000

H1016

D470

Roll-out Suspension Filing Frame

D470

Slotted Shelf

Code

Description

£

ROSFF

Single pack

138

D470

Standard Shelf

Code

Description

£

Code

Description Grey as standard

BSSPDP1

Slotted shelf

53

BBSP1

Allow 258mm when used with standard

SHDV85P5PS

Pack of 5 dividers

57

Allow 25mm for the shelf plus clearance

suspension files. Safety Note: Will only fit in

Allow 175mm for shelf and dividers plus

lower half of storage unit.

clearance for the items to be stored.

£ 37

height for items to be stored on the shelf.

Stock Colours O/S

Oak & Silver B/S

Lateral Filing Rail - Allow 285mm Beech & Silver

G/G

Code

Description

BUR

Adjustment lateral file

Roll-out Shelf - Allow 60mm for shelf £

Code

Description

£

48

ROSH

Single pack

120

5

year guarantee

Goose Grey Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

250-251 Contract Cupboards - Contract Tambours (15).indd 2

251

04/12/2014 11:25


Euro Tambours & Internal Fitments

storage and filing

Designed specifically to a European format, Eurotambours provide optimum filing capacity to A4 size media. An expansive range of cabinet sizes and internal fittings enables efficient storage for selected filing applications.

EuroTambour - Silver Code

H x W x D (mm)

ET410/102SIL

1030x1000x430

EuroTambour - Silver

EuroTambour - Beech/ Silver £ 463

Code

H x W x D (mm)

ET410/102SILBCH 1030x1000x430

£ 463

Code

H x W x D (mm)

ET410/194SIL

1980x1000x430

Complete with 2 shelves

Complete with 2 shelves

Complete with 4 shelves

EuroTambour - Beech/ Silver

Standard Shelf

Roll-out Frame

Code

H x W x D (mm)

ET410/194SILBCH 1980x1000x430

£ 663

Complete with 4 shelves

Code

Description

ET410SHPS

With undershelf filing

26

£

ET4SHDVCLIPONP3 Clip on shelf dividers

40

£ 663

Code

Description

ET410RFPS

Roll out filing frame for A4

£ 99

(pack of 3)

Roll-out Shelf Code

Description

ET410RSPS

Roll out shelf

£ 91

Roll-out Drawer

Lateral Filing Rail

Code

Description

Code

Description

ET410RD4PS

100mm roll out drawer

ET410LRPS

Adjustment lateral file

ET4DW4DP3PS Drawer dividers (pack of 3)

£ 135

£ 28

29 Stock Colours

Note: Storage fitments will not be installed into any units on delivery but will be left on site with instructions for self assembly. Fitments available in black only.

252

5

year guarantee

Beech Doors

Silver Doors

Silver Shell

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

252-253 Euro Tambours Fittings - Economy Sliding Door Cupboards (15).indd 1

04/12/2014 11:28


Sliding Door Cupboards

storage and filing

A perfect complement to our Eurotambours™ range, and offering a breadth of height and width configurations, Economy Sliding Door Cupboards provide a flexible storage solution for a variety of file formats.

Sliding Doors Cupboard Code

W x H x D (mm)

SD408/06/1S

800 x 695 x 430

Top Box £ 321

Supplied with 1 shelf.

Sliding Doors Cupboard

Code

W x H x D (mm)

SD412/TB

1200 x 495 x 430

£ 321

Supplied empty.

Sliding Doors Cupboard Code

W x H x D (mm)

SD412/11/2S

1200 x 1181 x 430

Supplied with 2 shelves

448

W x H x D (mm)

SD412/08/1S

1200 x 839 x 430

£ 392

Supplied with 1 shelf.

Sliding Doors Cupboard £

Code

Code

W x H x D (mm)

SD412/17/3S

1200 x 1637 x 430

Supplied with 3 shelves.

Sliding Doors Cupboard £ 523

Code

W x H x D (mm)

SD412/19/4S

1200 x 1980 x 430

£ 560

Supplied with 4 shelves.

Colours

5

year guarantee

Chalk

Silver

Goose Grey

Light Grey

Black

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

252-253 Euro Tambours Fittings - Economy Sliding Door Cupboards (15).indd 2

253

04/12/2014 11:29


Classic Filing

storage and filing

With a 10 year guarantee Bisley filing cabinets are built to last and feature a fully welded construction and double skin drawer fronts. The range includes two, three, four and five drawer versions. All cabinets listed are for foolscap filing; A4 cabinets (excluding 5 drawer version) are available for the same price but are not stock items so please allow 28 working days for delivery.

2 Drawer

3 Drawer

Code

W x H x D (mm)

BS2E

470 x 711 x 622

£

Code

W x H x D (mm)

293

BS3E

470 x 1016 x 622

£

Code

W x H x D (mm)

395

BS5E

470 x 1511 x 622

4 Drawer

£ 352

5 Drawer

Code

W x H x D (mm)

BS4E

470 x 1321 x 622

45kg draw loading

£ 498

Note: Each drawer can hold up to 45kg of hanging suspension files. For use with suspension files only. Filing cabinet draw loads are for hanging files only. Drawer bottoms are not load bearing. Stock Colours G/G

Goose Grey BLUE

BLK

Black CHK

C/C

Coffee Cream

10

year guarantee

254

254-255 Classic Filing - Side Filers (15).indd 1

Oxford Blue Chalk Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

04/12/2014 11:32


Side Filers

storage and filing

Bisley side filers are ideal where floor space is limited. The range incorporates all the design features of classic filing cabinets but with 30% greater capacity. The drawers, each supported by heavy duty slides enable 100% extension and accommodate one row of foolscap suspension files facing sideways or two rows of A4 files facing forwards. Label holders, height adjustment, anti-tilt and cross rails complete the standard features.

4 Drawer Code

WxHxD

08SF4

800 x 1301 - 1325 x 470

3 Drawer £ 1026

Code

WxHxD

08SF3

800 x 997 - 1021 x 470

2 Drawer £ 844

Code

WxHxD

08SF2

800 x 693 - 717 x 470

£ 657

Stock Colour

5

G/G

year guarantee

Note: Side filing cabinets are priced in Goose Grey only. For other available finishes and price details please contact Sales. Goose Grey

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

254-255 Classic Filing - Side Filers (15).indd 2

255

04/12/2014 11:32


Classic Cupboard

storage and filing

These all-purpose cupboards are available in three heights and are suitable for general storage and filing. Except for the A402W11 the units are supplied empty ready to accept storage fitments, which can be found on page 251.

See page 251 for internal fittings

Classic Cupboard Code

WxHxD

A782W00

914 x 1968 x 457

Supplied empty

Classic Cupboard £ 441

Code

WxHxD

A722W00

914 x 1806 x 457

Supplied empty

Classic Cupboard £ 352

Code

WxHxD

A402W11

914 x 1016 x 457

£ 317

Supplied with 1 shelf Stock Colour

Standard Features Magnetic door catches and locks.

256

Note: Please note colour samples may be altered slightly by the printing process and should only be used as an approximate guide. For prices and full details of colour options available please contact our sales office.

5

G/G

year guarantee

Goose Grey

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

256-257 Classic Cupboard- Classic Tambour (15).indd 1

04/12/2014 11:35


Classic Tambour

storage and filing

Bisley’s versatile side opening tambour cupboards have been designed to maximise storage capacity and make the most of valuable office space; because tambour doors retract into the cupboard side, they use up less space. A comprehensive range of internal fittings enables efficient storage for every application. Note: Please note colour samples may be altered slightly by the printing process and should only be used as an approximate guide. For prices and full details of colour options available please contact our sales office.

Supplied Empty

Classic Tambour Code

W x H x D (mm)

AST40WG/G

1000 x 1016 x 470

£

See page 251 for internal fittings

Standard Features Fitted locks

560

Supplied Empty

Classic Tambour Code

W x H x D (mm)

£

AST78WG/G

1000 x 1968 x 470

774

Supplied Empty

Classic Tambour Code

W x H x D (mm)

AST87WG/G

1000 x 2229 x 470

£ 881

Stock Colour G/G

10

year guarantee

Goose Grey

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

256-257 Classic Cupboard- Classic Tambour (15).indd 2

257

04/12/2014 11:35


SystemFile™ Lodge

storage and filing

Bisley SystemFile™ can provide a multitude of solutions, with a vast choice of internals and accessories for further customisation, all the while maintaining consistency of design and quality, crucial to the modern office. Designed as a high-density storage option for personal use, the 1000mm wide carcase can accommodate three rows of lockers and each compartment can be locked independently. The ergonomic swan-neck handle is just one example of how SystemFile™ lodges have been designed to integrate seamlessly with all other products within the range.

SystemFile™ Lodge

SystemFile™ Lodge

Code

£

SYL1034LTA2B

1014

3 x 12” plus 6 x 13.5” doors

SystemFile™ Lodge

Code

Code

£

SYL1040LT3JA

£

SYL1060LS5B

1130

1098

9 x 10.5” plus 3 x 12” doors

5 pairs 13.5” doors

1000 x 1301-1325 x 470

1000 x 1947-1971 x 470

Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 1000 x 1149-1173 x 470

SystemFile™ Lodge

SystemFile™ Lodge

Code

£

SYL1060LT5B

1392

Code

£

SYL1050LS3J2A

1031

6 x 10.5” plus 4 x 12” doors

15 x 13.5” doors Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 1000 x 1947-1971 x 470

1000 x 1643-1667 x 470

Illustrated are our best selling options, many other door configurations are available. Please call for details.

10

year guarantee

Colours

Silver

258

Light Grey

Goose Grey

Graphite

Edinburgh

Chalk

Beige

Cream

New Blue

Oxford Blue

Black

Light Red Orange

Coffee

Yellow

Green

Pink

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

258-259 SystemFile Lodge - Multidrawers (15).indd 1

04/12/2014 11:37


Multidrawers

storage and filing

Lower heights and simpler configurations, these Bisley multidrawers provide great value storage. Choose from five units and a choice of bases and clever insert trays which help to keep drawers tidy.

5 Drawer Code

10 Drawer

W x H x D (mm)

H12/5NL 279 x 325 x 380

Drawer Height 51

£ 85

Code

6 Drawer

W x H x D (mm)

H2910NL 279 x 590 x 380

Drawer Height 51

£ 148

Code

W x H x D (mm)

Drawer Height

H296NL

279 x 590 x 380

87

Optional Plinth Base

9 Drawer Code

15 Drawer

W x H x D (mm)

H39/9NL 279 x 860 x 380

Drawer Height 87

£ 207

Code

£ 148

Optional Castor Base

Base Options

W x H x D (mm)

H39/15NL 279 x 860 x 380

Drawer Height 51

£ 207

Code

Description

HMDPLNTH

Plinth Base, Single

18

£

CB5

Castor Base, Single

55

Optional Compartment Trays Code

W x H x D (mm)

£

A4, 4 Compartment Tray, Single 227P5/1

215 x 51 x 340

13

A4, 9 Compartment Tray, Single 226P5/1

215 x 51 x 340

13

Stock Colour G/G

£

227P5

215 x 51 x 340

65

226P5

215 x 51 x 340

65

A4, 16 Compartment Tray, Pk of 5

215 x 51 x 340

13

A4, 24 Compartment Tray, Single 224P5/1

W x H x D (mm)

A4, 9 Compartment Tray, Pk of 5

A4, 16 Compartment Tray, Single 225P5/1

Code

A4, 4 Compartment Tray, Pk of 5

225P5

215 x 51 x 340

65

A4, 24 Compartment Tray, Pk of 5

215 x 51 x 340

13

224P5

215 x 51 x 340

65

5

year guarantee

Special Order Colours BLK

GRN

SIL

GRP

NBL

PNK

YE

C/C

RED

BLUE

D/B

WHT

Pink Yellow Black Green Silver Graphite New Blue Coffee Light Red Oxford Goose Doulton White Cream Orange Blue Grey Blue Prices shown are for Standard Colours. Add 10% for Graphite, Silver or Oxford Blue. Add 15% for Pink, Light Red Orange, New Blue, Green or Yellow.

Stock colours delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Special colours are delivered within 30 working days.*

258-259 SystemFile Lodge - Multidrawers (15).indd 2

259

04/12/2014 11:37


F Series Filing & Media Cabinet

storage and filing

F Series F Series Filing cabinets provide complete flexibility for storing both A4 and Foolscap suspension files. 2 filingdrawers, 6 personal-drawers, 1 filing and 3 personal-drawer versions are available.

1 Filing & 3 Storage Drawers Code

WxHxD

1F3E

470 x 711 x 470

2 Filing Drawers £ 294

6 Storage Drawers

Code

WxHxD

£

2FE

470 x 711 x 470

313

Code

WxHxD

F6E

470 x 711 x 470

£ 287

Castor Base For F Series Code CB1

£ (Please specify as factory fitted)

50

Pack of 5 Compartment Plastic Insert Trays Optional Castor Base

Insert Tray

Dividers

Code

Media Cabinet Bisley media storage cabinets are specifically designed to store CDs, DVDs and videos. Each drawer can be divided into three rows to accommodate up to 120 CDs, 54 DVDs or 26 videos. Media Cabinet - 4 Drawers Code

WxHxD

MS4E

498 x 711 x 470

£ 436

Castor Base For Media Cabinet CB4 - Please specify as factory fitted

57

Video Pack - 4 Dividers 8 Compressor Plates MSVP

35

CD Pack - 8 Dividers 12 Compressor Plates MSCDP

56

Dividers - Pack of 4 MSDP4

260

16

PIT522P5

£ Fits Storage Drawers

116

5

year guarantee

Standard Features All drawers are fitted with anti-tilt safety devices and ball bearing slides for smooth opening. The design also enables the plinth to be replaced with either castors or adjustable height levellers. Prices shown are for Standard Colours. Add 10% for Graphite, Silver or Oxford Blue. Add 15% for Pink, Light Red Orange, New Blue, Green, Yellow or White. Refer to page 259 for palette.

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

260-261 F Series Filing - Fasttrack Lockers (15).indd 1

26/11/2014 14:04


Fastrack Lockers

storage and filing

Fastrack lockers are available in two sizes to cater for the demands of any requirement. Single door lockers are supplied with a shelf and hook (305mm) or rail (457mm), while two door lockers are supplied with one hanging hook per compartment. All lockers are guaranteed for 5 years and fully approved to BS EN 14073: Parts 2&3 and BS EN 14074.

1 Door Locker

2 Door Locker Code

WxHxD

Colour

120

CLK122G/G

305 x 1802 x 305

Goose Grey

143

146

CLK182G/G

305 x 1802 x 457

Goose Grey

174

Blue/ Grey

120

CLK122G/B

305 x 1802 x 305

Blue/ Grey

143

Blue/ Grey

146

CLK182G/B

305 x 1802 x 457

Blue/ Grey

174

Code

WxHxD

Colour

£

CLK121G/G

305 x 1802 x 305

Goose Grey

CLK181G/G

305 x 1802 x 457

Goose Grey

CLK121G/B

305 x 1802 x 305

CLK181G/B

305 x 1802 x 457

4 Door Locker

£

6 Door Locker

Code

WxHxD

Colour

Code

WxHxD

Colour

CLK124G/G

305 x 1802 x 305

Goose Grey

187

CLK126G/G

305 x 1802 x 305

Goose Grey

CLK184G/G

305 x 1802 x 457

Goose Grey

203

CLK186G/G

305 x 1802 x 457

Goose Grey

248

CLK124G/B

305 x 1802 x 305

Blue/ Grey

187

CLK126G/B

305 x 1802 x 305

Blue/ Grey

226

CLK184G/B

305 x 1802 x 457

Blue/ Grey

203

CLK186G/B

305 x 1802 x 457

Blue/ Grey

248

Standard Features Flush surface, no protruding fixtures. Inset card holder. Camlock fitted, supplied with 2 keys. Ventilation holes in top & bottom for air circulation. Knock-outs provided for bolting together.

£

5

year guarantee

Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

260-261 F Series Filing - Fasttrack Lockers (15).indd 2

£ 226

261

26/11/2014 14:04


Standard Lockers

storage and filing

Lockers have officially gone green on our selected range of Storage Lockers that contain Abbeysteel™ sustainably sourced steel lockers contain between 11-44% steel off-cut from the automotive industry reducing their CO2 footprint. The storage lockers also contain an anti-bacterial powder coating and are UK manufactured.

Supplied with a top shelf and double coat hook.

Supplied with a double coat hook in each compartment

Single Door Locker

Two Door Locker

Code

WxHxD

Single £

Nest of 2 £ Nest of 3 £

183030S

300 x 1800 x 300

99

192

183045S

300 x 1800 x 450

119

184545S

450 x 1800 x 450

142

Code

WxHxD

286

1830302

300 x 1800 x 300

Single £ 124

244

398

231

345

1830452

300 x 1800 x 450

137

268

399

NA

NA

1845452

450 x 1800 x 450

159

NA

NA

Supplied with no internal fittings

Nest of 2 £ Nest of 3 £

Supplied with no internal fittings

Three Door Locker

Four Door Locker

Code

WxHxD

Code

WxHxD

1830303

300 x 1800 x 300

Single £ 136

Nest of 2 £ Nest of 3 £ 265

397

1830304

300 x 1800 x 300

149

294

439

1830453

300 x 1800 x 450

154

300

451

1830454

300 x 1800 x 450

166

326

487

1845454

450 x 1800 x 450

192

NA

NA

Must be ordered with lockers, and only available on single door and nest of 2 lockers. Locker stands available on request, please ask for details.

Single £

Nest of 2 £

Nest of 3 £

Door Colour Options. All Carcasses are Grey

Sloping Top Code

WxD

£

ST3030

300 x 300

14

ST3045

300 x 450

16

ST4545

450 x 450

18

Green

Yellow

Maroon

1

year guarantee

Pastel Blue

262

Red

Dark Blue

Grey

Delivered to a room of choice within 17 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

262-263 Standard Lockers (15).indd 1

26/11/2014 13:03


Standard Lockers

storage and filing

Supplied with no internal fittings

Supplied with no internal fittings

Five Door Locker

Six Door Locker

Code

WxHxD

Single £

1830305

300 x 1800 x 300

169

332

1830455

300 x 1800 x 450

183

362

Code

WxHxD

494

1830306

300 x 1800 x 300

182

537

1830456

300 x 1800 x 450

195

Nest of 2 £ Nest of 3 £

Single £

Supplied with no internal fittings. Choice of two sizes available. 550mm deep lockers available, please ask for details. Nesting option not available

Eight Door Locker Code

WxHxD

1830308

300 x 1800 x 300

Single £ 232

1830458

300 x 1800 x 450

255 Single Locker

Nest of Two

Nest of Three

Options £ Fitting for Padlock (Specify at time of order)

FOC

Master Key

30

Hanging Rail

11

Number Plate and Key Fob

9

£1 Coin Return or Token Return Lock

39

Additional Keys

9

Electronic Combination Lock

POA

4 Digit Combination Lock with Master Key

POA

Fitting for Padlock

Master Key

Hanging Rail

Numbered Key Fob and Plate

£1 Coin Return or Token Return Lock

Additional Keys

Electronic Combination Lock

4 Digit Mechanical Combination Lock with Master Key

263

262-263 Standard Lockers (15).indd 2

26/11/2014 13:03


Multi-purpose Lockers

storage and filing

Ideal for the storage of personal clothing and equipment. These lockers come with a mix of vertical hanging compartment and smaller storage compartments.

Combi Locker

Clean & Dirty Locker

Code

WxHxD

1845N

450 x 1800 x 450

£ 182

Code

WxHxD

£

1845CD

450 x 1800 x 450

160

Ideal for the storage of personal clothing and equipment. The locker

Two vertical hanging compartments to separate workwear and

comes with a vertical hanging compartment and smaller storage

daywear. Integral seat and stands are available along with a sloping

compartments. Supplied with a grey carcass.

top and lock options. Supplied with a grey carcass.

Two Person Locker

Twin Locker

Code

WxHxD

1845TP

450 x 1800 x 450

£ 210

Code

WxHxD

1845TW

450 x 1800 x 450

£ 189

A space saving unit for two users. Each user would have a vertical

This space saving unit accommodates two users each having a slim

hanging and a personal possession compartment. Supplied with a

vertical storage compartment with shelf and double coat hook. A

grey carcass.

sloping top option available. Supplied with a grey carcass.

Door Colour Options

1

year guarantee

Green

264

Red

Yellow

Maroon

Pastel Blue

Dark Blue

Grey

Delivered to a room of choice within 17 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

264-265 Multi Purpose Lockers - Dangerous (15).indd 1

26/11/2014 14:06


storage and filing

Dangerous Substance Safety Cabinets

These robust cabinets have been designed to offer good structural stability and safely contain spillages within the cabinets leak proof sump. Designed to provide safe and secure storage of chemicals, paints and hazardous substances as defined by COSHH guidelines. All cabinets conform to Health & Safety Executive Guide HSG51 & DSEAR 2002. Dangerous Substance Cabinets Code

WxHxD

No. of Shelves

Sump Capacity

Sloping Top

3 Point Locking

£

723618CSC

915 x 1830 x 457

3

36Ltr

Option

Yes

511

603618CSC

915 x 1525 x 457

2

36Ltr

Option

Yes

480

393618CSC

915 x 1000 x 457

1

30Ltr

Option

Yes

350

361818CSC

457 x 910 x 457

1

15Ltr

-

-

268

283618CSC

915 x 710 x 457

1

30Ltr

Option

Yes

320

Heavy duty construction. Powder coated paint finish. Reinforced doors. Leak-proof cabinet base. 3 point locking.

Mini Dangerous Substance Cabinets Code

WxHxD

No. of Shelves

Sump Capacity

Sloping Top

3 Point Locking

£

243618CSC

915 x 610 x 457

1

30Ltr

Option

Yes

311

243615CSC

915 x 610 x 381

1

15Ltr

-

Yes

306

301818CSC

457 x 760 x 457

1

10Ltr

-

-

261

281812CSC

457 x 710 x 305

1

10Ltr

-

-

240

281412CSC

355 x 710 x 305

1

5Ltr

-

-

232

241818CSC

457 x 610 x 457

1

10Ltr

-

-

250

181812CSC

457 x 457 x 305

1

5Ltr

-

-

229

Heavy duty construction. Powder coated paint finish. Reinforced doors. Leak-proof cabinet base. IMPORTANT NOTICE: In accordance with HSE guidelines and regulations, before these cabinets are placed into operational use, it is the responsibility of the user to ensure that the signage to be displayed is appropriate to the hazards associated with those chemicals or products to be stored within. New GHS labelling will be supplied on dangerous substance cabinets, the primary label is the Flame meaning ‘Flammable’...

Sloping Top Add On Code

WxHxD

3618STUCSC

915 x 150 x 457

Stands with Adjustable Feet £ 84

• GHS labelling, fully enforceable June 2015 • Chrome door handle • Powder coated paint finish, hi-vis yellow • Reinforced doors • Leak proof sump • 3 point locking

Code

WxHxD

3618STCSC

915 x 533 x 457

112

1818STCSC

457 x 533 x 457

105

1

year guarantee

£

Additional alternative labelling supplied loose includes ‘Oxidizing’ and ‘Explosive’... Labels are easy peel type to allow switching of the primary label. Additional GHS signage and chemical information segregation chart supplied within each cabinet.

Delivered to a room of choice within 17 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

264-265 Multi Purpose Lockers - Dangerous (15).indd 2

265

26/11/2014 14:06


PPE Lockers & Cabinets

storage and filing

Lockers This robust design is ideal for industrial environments, these locker compartment doors are individually labelled with a “Personal Protective Equipment” mandatory label and incorporate a number plate holder. Product codes prefixed PPE will be supplied with a grey carcass and dark blue doors.

Single Door Locker

Two Door Locker £ Code

Code

104 PPE1830302

PPE183030S W.300 x H.1800 x D.300

W.300 x H.1800 x D.300 128 PPE1830452

PPE183045S

Four Door Locker

Six Door Locker £ Code

£ Code 132 PPE1830304

201

W.300 x H.1800 x D.300

W.300 x H.1800 x D.300 144 PPE1830454

£

163 PPE1830306 182 PPE1830456

212

W.300 x H.1800 x D.450

W.300 x H.1800 x D.450

W.300 x H.1800 x D.450

W.300 x H.1800 x D.450

Supplied with a shelf & double

Supplied with double coat hook to Supplied without internal Fittings.

coat hook.

each compartment.

Supplied without internal Fittings.

PPE Lockers Standard Features Hardwearing powder coated finish. Key cam lock or padlock option. Welded frame design. Seat & stand options available. Sloping top option.

Cabinets Extra strength cabinets manufactured with a welded frame and reinforced doors. Each comes with 3 point security locking, and ‘Personal Protective Equipment’ labelling as standard.

Single Door Cabinet Code

£

PPE361818C

187

W.457 x H.910 x D.457 Complete with two adjustable shelves.

Wardrobe

General Storage £ Code

Code PPE723618W

371 PPE723618C

Clothing & Equipment

Double Door Cabinet £ Code

£ Code 381 PPE723618CE

£

425 PPE393618C

292

W.915 x H.1830 x D.457

W.915 x H.1830 x D.457

W.915 x H.1830 x D.457

W.915 x H.1000 x D.457

Supplied with an adjustable

Supplied with 3 adjustable

Supplied with a vertical hanging

Complete with one adjustable shelf.

hanging rail shelf.

shelves.

compartment & individual storage.

Cabinet Labelling

1

year guarantee

266

Delivered to a room of choice within 17 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

266-267 PPE - Plan Chests (15).indd 1

26/11/2014 14:09


Plan Chests

storage and filing

A1 & A0 Plan Chests. With 1, 3, 6 and 8 drawer options. Using quality materials to build budget and cost effective furniture.

25mm square legs

A1 Square Frame Plan Chests

A0 Square Frame Plan Chests Code

WxHxD

Description

612

PC8 A0

1340 x 830 x 960

8 Drawers

837

467

PC6 A0

1340 x 830 x 960

6 Drawers

640

3 Drawers

351

PC3 A0

1340 x 830 x 960

3 Drawers

422

1 Drawer

320

PC1 A0

1340 x 830 x 960

1 Drawer

371

Code

WxHxD

Description

PC8 A1

992 x 830 x 707

8 Drawers

PC6 A1

992 x 830 x 707

6 Drawers

PC3 A1

992 x 830 x 707

PC1 A1

992 x 830 x 707

Will accommodate paper size 841mm x 594mm

ÂŁ

ÂŁ

Will accommodate paper size 1189mm x 841mm Top Panel: 18mm with 2mm edge Leg Frame: 25mm Square Tubing

MFC Colours O/S

B/S

S

5

year guarantee

Oak

Beech

Silver Metalwork Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

266-267 PPE - Plan Chests (15).indd 2

267

26/11/2014 14:09


Fire Resistant Safes

storage and filing

Protect your business from fire, with a variety of unrivalled fire resistant cabinets for the storage of documents and media. All our safes are independently tested to European standards.

Shown with optional data protection insert FSDPI03

Fantastic Value FS1902E

FS1901E

FS1903E £2.5K

FS2254E

FS2252K

Fire Commander FS1900E Series

FSDPI08

World Class Vertical Fire File FS2250K/E Series Code

W x H x D (mm)

Drawers

Weight

£

FS2252K

530 x 805 x 675

2

145kg

1178

FS2252E

530 x 805 x 675

2

145kg

1308

FS2254K

530 x 1495 x 675

4

266kg

1730

FS2254E

530 x 1495 x 675

4

266kg

1863

FSDPI08

Data Protection Insert

19kg

351

Electronic Locking (E), Key Locking (K). 90 Minutes fire protection for paper records & data when FSDPI08 is used. Water resistant seals prevent damage to contents against sprinkler systems. Able to accommodate Foolscap, A4 & A5 files using width adjustable rails. Independent drawer locking allows any combinations of open or locked drawers.

Code

W x H x D (mm)

Litres

Weight

£

FS1901E

655 x 1250 x 560

163

228kg

1510

FS1902E

775 x 1715 x 650

380

388kg

2413

FS1903E

1124 x 1770 x 700

699

548kg

3678

120 Minutes fire protection for paper records & 60 minutes for digital media. Recommended for £2,500 overnight cash cover or £25,000 for valuables. Large capacity storage with height adjustable shelves & lockable drawer unit. High security electronic lock with LED display, alarm, dual control & hidden code.

FSDPI03

Data Protection Insert for FS1512K/E, FS1513K/E, FS1902E & FS1903E FSDPIO3

FS1511E

FS1513K

FS1514K/E

£ 311

FS1512K

£1.5K

Fire Ranger FS1510K/E Series

FS1271E

Code

W x H x D (mm)

Litres

Weight

FS1511K

600 x 1220 x 520

230

71kg

935

FS1511E

600 x 1220 x 520

230

71kg

1023

FS1512K

930 x 1220 x 520

359

90kg

1203

FS1512E

930 x 1220 x 520

359

90kg

1290

FS1513K

930 x 1950 x 520

615

142kg

1500

FS1513E

930 x 1950 x 520

615

142kg

1580

FS1514K

1250x1950x520

815

210kg

1870

FS1514E

1250x1950x520

815

210kg

1963

FS1273E

£

Electronic Locking (E), Key Locking (K). 30 Minutes fire protection for paper records. High security VDS Class 1 key lock or electronic locking with LED display. Recommended for £1,500 overnight cash cover or £15,000 for valuables. Height adjustable shelves that also include hanging rails for lateral files.

FS1272E

£2K

Titan II FS1270E

Code

W x H x D (mm)

Litres

Weight

FS1271E

410 x 308 x 342

16

26kg

239

£

FS1272E

352 x 420 x 433

25

36kg

280

FS1273E

404 x 522 x 440

36

53kg

343

60 Minutes fire protection for paper records & digital media, DVD’s & USB sticks. Recommended for £2,000 overnight cash cover or £20,000 for valuables. High security electronic lock with LED display, alarm, dual control & hidden code. Drop tested from 9.1 meters & suitable for base fixing (bolts supplied). All fire safes are covered by a 2 year manufacturers warranty & free lifetime after fire replacement warranty.

Prices quoted are for ground floor delivery & position (no steps) in 3-7 days. For above ground floor (via lift or stairs) P.O.A. Refer to page 2 for further information.

268

268-269 Safes (15).indd 1

Prices quoted are 1-3 day (door to door) delivery left in packaging. For above ground floor (via lift or stairs) P.O.A. Refer to page 2 for further information.

26/11/2014 14:14


Safes

storage and filing

Key Deposit Slot

KS0033E

KS0031E

SS0722E

SS0723E

SS0721E

SS0724E

KS0032E

Compact Home/Office SS0720E Series

Electronic Key Safes KS0030E Series

Code

W x H x D (mm)

Litres

Weight

£

117

SS0721E

240 x 180 x 170

5

3.5kg

72

9kg

124

SS0722E

310 x 200 x 200

8.5

6kg

82

19kg

204

SS0723E

350 x 250 x 250

18

8kg

99

SS0724E

450 x 250 x 365

33.8

16kg

137

Code

W x H x D (mm)

Litres

Weight

KS0031E

300 x 280 x 100

30

5kg

KS0032E

300 x 365 x 100

48

KS0033E

430 x 660 x 130

144

£

High quality electronic locking with override key lock (2 keys supplied). Suitable for 30, 48 & 144 keys. Coloured key rings & tags supplied. Key deposit slot allows keys to be deposited without opening the safe. Ready prepared for floor or wall fixing (bolts supplied).

Recommended for £1,000 overnight cash cover or £10,000 for valuables. High quality electronic locking with override key lock (2 keys supplied). Twin locking bolts and concealed hinges for increased security. Ready prepared for floor or wall fixing (bolts supplied).

Suitable for 17” Laptop

SS1181K SS0935E

SS0937E

SS1182E

SS1183K/E

SS0936E

Fortress II SS1180K/E Series Code

W x H x D (mm)

Litres

Weight

SS1181K

350 x 220 x 170

8

20kg

229

£

SS1181E

350 x 220 x 300

8

20kg

467

152

SS1182K

450 x 350 x 350

28

38kg

335

172

SS1182E

450 x 350 x 350

28

38kg

575

274

SS1183K

450 x 550 x 350

43

54kg

433

SS1183E

450 x 550 x 350

43

54kg

673

Saracen SS0935E Series Code SS0935E SS0936E SS0937E

W x H x D (mm) 350 x 250 x 250 437 x 190 x 380 370 x 560 x 445

Litres 14 22 75

Weight 13kg 15kg 30kg

Recommended for £1,500 overnight cash cover or £15,000 for valuables. High security electronic and credit card swipe lock with LED display. Twin motorized locking bolts and concealed hinges for increased security. Ready prepared for floor or wall fixing (bolts supplied).

Ideal for Education

ECB.S Certified & AiS (Association of Insurance Surveyors) Approved Electronic Locking (E), Key Locking (K). Tested to European S2 Security Standard (EN14450) providing £4,000 cash cover and £40,000 valuable cover. Anti drill plates for added security. High security VDS Class 1 double bitted key lock or electronic lock & time delay. Ready prepared for floor fixing (bolts supplied for concrete).

Drop Test Approved SC1001KB

SC1001KW

Fitted with Alarm

iPad Security Case SC1000K Series Code

Description

Colour

£

SC1001KB Price shown for Pack of 16 Cases

Black

736 (46 each)

SC1001KW Price shown for Pack of 16 Cases

White

736 (46 each)

Recommended for £1,500 overnight cash cover or £15,000 for valuables. High security electronic and credit card swipe lock with LED display. Twin motorized locking bolts and concealed hinges for increased security. Ready prepared for floor or wall fixing (bolts supplied).

2

year guarantee

268-269 Safes (15).indd 2

£

Fire Resistant for Data Provides Fire Protection for paper

Recommended Insurance Rating Optional Fingerprint Lock Fitted with Keylock CE Certified

Prices quoted are 1-3 day (door to door) delivery left in packaging. For above ground floor (via lift or stairs) P.O.A. Refer to page 2 for further information.

Water Resistant Fire Resistant for CD/DVD/USB Fitted with Electronic Lock

Key 269

26/11/2014 14:14


Education This year we have maintained the wide variety of educational products, with all the information you require detailed clearly. Whether you require a chair, stool or bench the choices provided in the following pages will allow you to choose from plastics to fabrics, the correct size and a suitable colour. The tables are available in a range of shapes, sizes and colours with differing heights for differing applications, such as classrooms or canteens. Choose from hardwearing tops, foldaway frames or ones that stack for ease of storage.

Guide to furniture sizing To assist with purchasing the correct size of table in relation to the user, and the correct chair in relation to the table, we have provided the Sizemark guide. All products sold over the following pages are in compliance with British and European Standards for “Chairs and tables for educational institutions” that were approved in 2007. The latest additions are: BSEN 1729 part 1 - Functional dimensions BSEN 1729 part 2 - Safety requirements and test methods

COLOUR CODE

ORANGE FEET

VIOLET FEET

YELLOW FEET

RED FEET

GREEN FEET

BLUE FEET

SIZE MARK

1

2

3

4

5

6

AGE RANGE

3-4

4-6

6-8

8 - 11

11 - 14

14 - Adult

POPLITEAL HEIGHT RANGE

250 - 280

280 - 315

315 - 355

355 - 405

405 - 435

435 - 485

1080 - 1210

1190 - 1420

1330 - 1590

1460 - 1765

590 - 1880

STATURE RANGE 930 - 1150

STANDING TABLE HEIGHT

590

710

760

900

1000

1000

TABLE HEIGHT

460

530

590

640

710

760

CHAIR HEIGHT

260

310

350

380

430

460

Whilst most existing school furniture will pass BS EN 1729 part 2, the fundamental changes to compliant furniture design are in BS EN 1729 part 1. This relates to the appropriate size, shape and ergonomic design of classroom furniture in maintaining good posture and reducing RSI and back pain in school children. To help you select furniture that complies to British and European standards, the Sizemark table indicates which fixed seat and table heights are suitable for the child’s age and size. To ensure you purchase the most accurate height furniture for the individual child in compliance with the standards, we recommend that you measure the Stature and Popliteal height of the child.

Popliteal Height

Defines the correct seat height. The measurement is taken from the floor to the back of the knee when seated, with thighs horizontal and lower leg vertical with feet flat to the floor.

Stature

Is from floor to the top of the head.

Sitting Work Height

Defines the correct table height. The measurement is determined by sitting elbow height, which is the distance from the floor to the underside of the elbow whilst sitting with the upper arm vertical and the lower arm horizontal.

Standing Work Height

Standing Work Height

Defines the correct standing table height. The measurement is determined by standing elbow height, which is the distance from the floor to the underside of the elbow of a standing person with the upper arm vertical and lower arm horizontal.

270

270-271 Education Intro - Contents (15).indd 1

02/12/2014 12:22


Shaped Range Page 272

Bergen Range Page 273

Siena Range Page 274

Copenhagen Range Page 275

Stacking Poly Page 276-277

NP Page 278

Chair 2000 Page 279

ST Chair Page 280-281

Geo Poly Page 285

Stools Page 286

WSM Stools Page 287

High Chairs Page 287

Tub Tables Page 288

Enviro Early Years Page 289

Standard Nursery Tables Page 290

Craft Tables Page 296

Exam Tables Page 297

Budget Page 302-303

Titan Page 282-283

Postura Page 284

Premium Nursery Tables Page 291

Crush Bent & Fully Welded - Various Page 292-293

Crush Bent & Fully Welded - Various Page 294-295

Equation Leaf Page 298

Equation Page 299

Enviro Page 300

Computer Trolleys Page 301

Shallow & Combination Tray Page 304-305

Variety Tray Page 306

Jumbo/ Extra Deep Tray Page 307

Mobile Book Page 308-309

Curve Storage & Seating Page 310-311

Nexus Bookcases Page 312

Nexus Library Unit Page 313

Nexus Curve Page 314

Paper Storage Page 315

Lockers Page 316-317

Low Height Lockers Page 318

Cloakroom Seating Page 319

Bench Seating Page 319

Cloakroom

Storage

Classroom Tables

Classroom Chairs

Classroom Sets

education contents

270-271 Education Intro - Contents (15).indd 2

271

02/12/2014 12:22


Shaped Tables

classroom tables & chairs

Create an interesting environment with these fun shaped, solid beech tables with hygienilac lacquer and safe rounded edges. The unique table shapes are ideal for group activities.

Helicopter

Flower

Beech Stacking Chairs Horseshoe

Code

Age (approx)

Seat Height (mm)

£

CK40255

3-4 years

260

62

CK40256

4-6 years

310

64

2

year guarantee

Beech Stacking Chairs

Squiggle

3

year guarantee

Tables Code

Description

(H x W x D)

£

TS48020

Helicopter

460/530 x 1500 x 1500

813

TS48021

Flower

460/530 x 1200 x 1200

717

TS48022

Horseshoe

460/530 x 1600 x 1500

1005

TS48023

Squiggle

460/530 x 1500 x 1500

957

Code

Description

Seat Height (mm)

CS43019

Chair

260

75

CS43024

Chair

310

81

272

3

year guarantee

Safe Rounded Edges!

CSS43019

Colour

Beech

£

CK40255

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 15 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

272-273 Beech Shaped Bergen (15).indd 1

04/12/2014 11:41


Bergen

classroom tables & chairs

Bergen chairs and tables bring a fresh and exciting addition to any nursery. The chairs have a solid beech frame with laminated beech seats and backs. The tables have wipe clean scuff-resistant beech laminate tops and lacquered rounded edges. An extremely smart and practical long-lasting solution. Available in three chair heights: 26, 31 and 35cm plus a full size teacher’s chair at SH46cm, making this range even suitable for primary schools. Three table shapes, rectangular, trapezoidal and circular in three heights to match the chairs, 46, 53 and 59cm. Simple selfassembly required. Please specify your table height with your order. Chairs

Tables

Code

Description

Seat Height (mm)

CS43019

Chair

260

CS43024

Chair

310

CS43025

Chair

CS43026

Chair

CS43023

Teacher’s Chair

£

Code

Description

(W x D)

£

75

TS48000

Rectangular Table

1200 x 600

230

81

TS48001

Trapezoidal Table

1200 x 600

243

350

84

TS48002

Circular Table

Dia 105cm

278

380

87

460

108 Matching Heights Chair Seat 260 310 350 380

(mm) Table 460 530 590 640

3

year guarantee

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 15 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

272-273 Beech Shaped Bergen (15).indd 2

273

04/12/2014 11:41


Siena Range

classroom tables & chairs

Chairs from only £44

21cm

26cm

31cm

35cm

Robust, practical and attractive this chair will easily withstand the daily rigours of the classroom. The plastic moulded one piece seat & back have been designed to promote the correct sitting posture. Chairs are delivered fully assembled. In minimum quantities of 4. • Chunky 38mm tubular metal coloured legs. • Quality one-piece moulded contemporary seat. • Fitted with anti-scuff feet.

Siena Tables Description Rectangular 4 seater - Red 90 x 60cm Rectangular 4 seater - Royal Blue 90 x 60cm Rectangular 4 seater - Green 90 x 60cm Rectangular 6 seater - Red 120 x 60cm Rectangular 6 seater - Royal Blue 120 x 60cm Rectangular 6 seater - Green 120 x 60cm Rectangular 8 seater - Red 150 x 60cm Rectangular 8 seater - Royal Blue 150 x 60cm Flower 6 seater - Red 120cm dia. Flower 6 seater - Royal Blue 120cm dia. Flower 6 seater - Green 120cm dia. Round - 4 seater - Red 120cm dia. Round - 4 seater - Royal Blue 120cm dia. Round - 4 seater - Green 120cm dia.

46cm

Siena Chairs

Siena Chairs

Code FU07040 FU07041 FU07039 FU07045 FU07046 FU07044 FU07037 FU07038 FU07031 FU07032 FU07030 FU07049 FU07048 FU07047

38cm

£ 231 231 231 305 305 305 336 336 420 420 420 326 326 326

Code FU07007 FU07008 FU07006 FU07010 FU07011 FU07009 FU07013 FU07014 FU07012 FU07016 FU07017 FU07015 FU07019 FU07020 FU07018 FU07022 FU07023 FU07021

Description Red - 21cm Royal Blue - 21cm Green - 21cm Red - 26cm Royal Blue - 26cm Green - 26cm Red - 31cm Royal Blue - 31cm Green - 31cm Red - 35cm Royal Blue - 35cm Green - 35cm Red - 38cm Royal Blue - 38cm Green - 38cm Red - 46 cm Royal Blue - 46cm Green - 46cm

£ 44 44 44 47 47 47 49 49 49 51 51 51 53 53 53 65 65 65

1

year guarantee

Siena Colours

Red

Royal Blue

Green

Siena Tables Tables have height adjustable legs between 37-62cm. Extremely sturdy 45mm diameter metal tube legs. Edges have a hard-wearing vinyl and T-moulded colour co-ordinated banding. Legs have a durable powder coated paint finish and 30mm mdf wood veneered top. Non-scuff floor protection cups to bottom of table legs.

FU07047 FU07044

274

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

274-275 Siena & Copenhagen (15).indd 1

04/12/2014 11:42


Copenhagen Range

classroom tables & chairs Copenhagen Chairs These chairs are designed to be both robust and sturdy, and able to withstand the busy classroom environment. Chairs are delivered fully assembled in minimum orders of four. • 1cm thick solid wooden plywood seat base & back support. • Fully stackable. • Double bars beneath seat ensures extra rigidity to the design.

21cm

Chairs from only £51

26cm

31cm

35cm

38cm

46cm

Copenhagen Tables These sturdy, chunky tables have been designed to be both practical and attractive. Tables are delivered flat packed for easy self assembly. They feature height adjustable legs which extend from 37-62cm. Matching colour co-ordinating chairs and storage solutions are available within the range.

1

200

kg

max.weight tolerance

year guarantee

• Sturdy 3.4cm metal powder coated legs. • Quality sealed, pinned & drilled vinyl edging strip. • Fitted with rubber and anti-scuff low noise feet.

FU07073

FU7078

Copenhagen Chairs

Copenhagen Tables

Code

Description

£

Code

Description

FU07058

Red - 21cm

51

FU07074

Group - 6 seater Red 180 x 120cm

630

FU07057

Blue - 21cm

51

FU07073

Group - 6 seater Blue 180 x 120cm

630

FU07060

Red - 26cm

53

FU07072

Flower - 6 seater Red 120cm dia.

420

FU07059

Blue - 26cm

53

FU07071

Flower - 6 seater Blue 120cm dia.

420

FU07062

Red - 31cm

55

FU07082

Round - 4 seater Red 90cm dia.

357

FU07061

Blue - 31cm

55

FU07081

Round - 4 seater Blue 90cm dia.

357

FU07064

Red - 35cm

57

FU07080

Rectangular - 4 seater Red 90 x 60cm

273

FU07063

Blue - 35cm

57

FU07079

Rectangular - 4 seater Blue 90 x 60cm

273

FU07066

Red - 38cm

76

FU07076

Rectangular - 6 seater Red 120 x 60cm

336

FU07065

Blue - 38cm

76

FU07075

Rectangular - 6 seater Blue 120 x 60cm

336

FU07067

Blue - 46cm

76

FU07078

Rectangular - 8 seater Red 150 x 60cm

368

FU07068

Red - 46cm

76

FU07077

Rectangular - 8 seater Blue 150 x 60cm

368

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

274-275 Siena & Copenhagen (15).indd 2

£

275

04/12/2014 11:42


Poly Chairs

classroom tables & chairs

The lightly textured Polypropylene chairs are produced at the highest quality and are also supplied in a number of colours. They are moulded to the shape of a comfortable sitting position giving you the correct body posture. This chair meets EN1729 parts 1 and 2 requirements and can be stacked with great stability up to 20 seats high.

Can be stacked with great stability

Stock economy chairs are delivered within 15 working days. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

Stock Economy Poly Chairs Code

Size Frame Colour

Seat Height Age

AC3/BLK

5

Black Frame

430mm

14-Adult 27

AC3/BLUE

5

Black Frame

430mm

14-Adult 27

Seat Colours Petrol Blue

Code

Size

Seat Height

Age

ACE

5

430mm

9-13

31

ACF

6

460mm

14-Adult

32

Light Grey

Brown

Black

1

year guarantee

Petrol Blue Burgundy

Black

Orange

Charcoal

Hi Green

Purple

Beige

Hi Blue

Code

£

Lecture Tablet:

ACF L

Add 33

Lecture Tablet:

ACE L

Add 33

Seat & Back Pad:

ACF SBP

Add 38

Seat & Back Pad:

ACE SBP

Add 38

Seat Pad:

ACF SP

Add 19

Seat Pad:

ACE SP

Add 19

Top Bar:

TBL

Add 8

Tubular:

TL

Add 7

£

Seat Colours

Green

Frame

Black

Options - ACF and ACE chairs only

Poly Chairs

Red

£

White

Yellow

Lecture Tablet

Seat & Back Pad

Top Bar

Tubular

Seat Pad

Frame Colours

5

year guarantee

Black

Dark Grey Light Grey

276

276-277 Poly Chairs (15).indd 1

Smooth Silver

Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

25/11/2014 10:01


Advanced Poly Chairs

classroom tables & chairs

Classroom Chairs from only £27

Advanced Poly Chairs

Classic educational polypropylene chair with the distinctive hand hole for easy handling This range comes in a number of sizes and colours to meet the needs of all educational requirements. They are moulded to the shape of a comfortable sitting position giving you the correct body posture.

Size

Seat Height

Age

£

ACA

1

260mm

2-3

27

ACB

2

310mm

3-5

28

ACC

3

350mm

5-7

29

ACD

4

380mm

7-9

30

Colours

These chairs meet the EN1729 parts 1 and 2 requirements and can be stacked with great stability up to 10 high.

Hi Red

This range of chairs can also be supplied linked. • Available in a wide choice of frame and seat colours.

Code

Hi Green

Hi Blue

Yellow

Charcoal

Frame Colours

5

year guarantee

• Sturdy steel frame and easy stacking. Black

Dark Grey

Light Grey

Smooth Silver

Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

276-277 Poly Chairs (15).indd 2

277

25/11/2014 10:01


NP Chairs

classroom tables & chairs

In daily use in thousands of UK schools, the NP represents value for money Available in six sizes and 10 colour options, the NP is particularly comfortable with its well defined lumbar support back. • Available in a wide choice of vibrant seat colours. • Available in six European standard size marks. • Robust frame and easily stackable upto 8 high.

Chairs from only £34

NP Classroom Chairs Code NP1 NP2 NP3 NP4 NP5 NP6

Size 1 2 3 4 5 6

Seat Height 260mm 310mm 350mm 380mm 430mm 460mm

Age 3-4 4-6 6-8 8-11 11-14 14-Adult

£ 34 34 40 42 43 45

One of our Best Sellers

Supplied in Duraform Speckled Light Grey as standard. Other frame colours available on request. Seat Colours

Options Available Code

£

Upholstered Seat Pad only:

SP

Add 21

Upholstered Seat & Back Pad:

SBP

Add 41

Options only available with 430mm & 460mm (age 11+) chairs Red

Blue

Green

Charcoal Tangy Green

Yellow

Orange

Frame Colour

Purple

Lilac

Soft Blue

Carnation

Slate

Duraform Speckled Light Grey

Fabric Colours

Deep Blue

Tangerine

Mineral

5

year guarantee

Spring Leaf

278

Lupin

Midas

Upholstered Seat Pad only

Upholstered Seat & Back Pad

For added comfort our seat and back pads are available in a variety of hardwearing and attractive fabrics.

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

278-279 NP & 2000 Chairs (15).indd 1

25/11/2014 10:06


Chair 2000

classroom tables & chairs With classic looks this is one of our top sellers for schools It is a top-of-range classroom chair designed by cfg, the UK’s leading designer of school furniture. Chair 2000 has a classic look and feel with simple lines which support posture across all ages. The chair is extremely strong and durable and provides excellent value for money, with a range of accessories to suit any applications. Chair 2000 is also available as a stylish height adjustable swivel chair. The gas lift system is well balanced for use by teenagers to adults.

Chair 2000 Code 2017 2018 2019 2015 2020 2021

Size 1 2 3 4 5 6

Seat Height 260mm 310mm 350mm 380mm 430mm 460mm

2077 with Castors

Age 3-4 4-6 6-8 8-11 11-14 14-Adult

£ 48 48 49 51 56 59

Stylish Height Adjustable Chair

Stackable upto 8 high

Height Adjustable Swivel Chair Code 2077

Seat Height 430-560mm

Age 14-Adult

£ 205

Seat Colours

Blue

Red

Green

Charcoal Tangy Green

Yellow

Orange

Frame Colour

Skid Base Chair Code 2040 2041

Size 5 6

Age 11-14 14-Adult

Options Description

Lilac

Soft Blue

Carnation

Slate

Purple

Seat Height 430mm 460mm

£ 70 71

Fabric Colours

Deep Blue

Code

Duraform Speckled Light Grey

£

Tangerine

Mineral

Lupin

Midas

5

Upholstered Seat SPB Add 41 Pad & Back Pad: (430, 460mm & Swivel)

year guarantee

Spring Leaf

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

278-279 NP & 2000 Chairs (15).indd 2

279

25/11/2014 10:06


ST Chair

classroom tables & chairs

Smooth lines give a clean shape which is both comfortable and supportive across all age ranges. This chair has no separate underframe so boasts an excellent 15 year guarantee. The ST represents style, durability and value - and it’s a great stacker too! • The stylish oval tube legs are supplied in Duraform Speckled Light Grey as standard. • 15 year guarantee. • Fully comply with all elements of BS/EN 1729 Parts 1 & 2.

ST Chairs Code ST1 ST2 ST3 ST4 ST5 ST6

Extra strong under carriage for long-life and durability

280

Size 1 2 3 4 5 6

Seat Height 260mm 310mm 350mm 380mm 430mm 460mm

Age 3-4 4-6 6-8 8-11 11-14 14-Adult

£ 40 41 47 47 61 62

Excellent 15 year guarantee

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

280-281 ST Chair (15).indd 1

25/11/2014 10:11


ST Chair

classroom tables & chairs Features • ‘S’ shaped back for correct lumbar support. • Safe and stable stacking when not in use. • Long life anti-slip feet. • Ergonomically designed for correct posture. • Strength and durability - no separate under-frame. • Smooth curves with no sharp edges for safety. • Super Stacker upto 10 high.

Fantastic Quality & Value!

Seat Colours

Options only available with 430mm & 460mm (age 11+) chairs

Blue

Red

Green

Charcoal Tangy Green

Yellow

Orange

Frame Colour

Lilac

Soft Blue

Carnation

Slate

Purple

Fabric Colours

Linking Device Upholstered Seat Pad Joins chairs together Available in a variety as required in public of fabrics. performance situations.

Deep Blue

Options Available Code

Duraform Speckled Light Grey

£

Linking Device:

LD

Add 12

Upholstered Seat Pad:

SP

Add 21

Tangerine

Mineral

Lupin

15

year guarantee

Spring Leaf

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

280-281 ST Chair (15).indd 2

Midas

281

25/11/2014 10:11


Titan Chairs

classroom tables & chairs

Manufactured to a European Standard (EN 1729 Part 1) that first and foremost sets out to encourage good posture for our children. EN 1729 Part 1 is the standard which sets chair dimensions, heights, angles and back support contact points for every age group.

Built for the toughest classrooms

Good posture not only means children will be healthier - it also means that they should be more comfortable and therefore more attentive in class. • Sizes 5 & 6 now tested to 25 stone weight allowance. • See opposite page for options.

Titan One Piece Polypropylene Chairs Code T2 T3 T4 T5 T6

Size 2 3 4 5 6

Seat Height 310mm 350mm 380mm 430mm 460mm

Age 3-5 years 5-7 years 7-9 years 9-13 years 13 + years

£ 32 38 40 46 47

Note: Green, Yellow, Red, Blue, Purple, Lime, Sky & Orange - All Sizes Grey, Burgundy & Black - Sizes T5 & T6 only Charcoal - Sizes T6, T5, T4 & T3 only Non stock colours available to order.

15

year guarantee

Titan Seat Colours Black Fully Recycled Charcoal

Yellow

Red

Green

Blue

Sky

Grey

Burgundy

Titan Antibacterial Classroom Chairs Titan+

• The antibacterial chair will kill 99.9% of bacteria including MRSA and E-coli on touch. • Protection is guaranteed for 10 years. • 100% safe to humans, subject to independent antibacterial lab testing. • The Titan+ is highly recommended not only for use within the classroom but also in eating areas canteen and refectories.

Orange

Purple

Lime Green

Black

That’s it... I’m off to another school this one has Titan+

• Prevents fungal growth.

Titan+ Antibacterial Polypropylene Chairs Code T1A T2A T3A T4A T5A T6A

Size 1 2 3 4 5 6

Seat Height 260mm 310mm 350mm 380mm 430mm 460mm

Seat Colours for sizes 1-4

Age 1-2 years 3-5 years 5-7 years 7-9 years 9-13 years 13 + years

£ 46 49 52 56 57 59

Our Achievements + The Titan+ will help to safeguard the health of your students and school community.

+ Titan have carried out extensive research to bring

Seat Colours for sizes 5 & 6

10

year guarantee

Lime

Sky Blue

282

282-283 Titan Chairs (15).indd 1

Orange

Yellow

Blue

Charcoal

you the chair of the future today.

+ Give parents the peace of mind knowing that the

Titan+ is the chair that their children will be using in the classroom.

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

25/11/2014 10:20


Titan Chairs

classroom tables & chairs

Titan 4 Leg

Titan 4 Leg

Code T13 T14 T15 T16

• The super strong Titan 4 Leg chair is available in 11 shell colours and 4 seat heights - the ultimate 4 leg classroom chair. • Moulded from a one piece high impact polypropylene shell, bolted to a super strong oval tube steel frame makes the chair almost unbreakable.

Size 3 4 5 6

Seat Height 350mm 380mm 430mm 460mm

Age 5-7 years 7-9 years 9-13 years 13+ years

£ 35 35 39 40

Note: Green, Yellow, Red, Blue, Purple, Lime, Sky & Orange - All Sizes Charcoal, Grey, Burgundy & Black - Sizes T15 & T16 Only

Titan Skid Base

Titan Skid Base

• The Titan Skid Base chair is available in 11 shell colours and 4 seat heights - the ultimate skid base classroom chair. • Shells are available in 11 vibrant colours with the frames epoxy coated in a modern silver finish.

Code T23 T24 T25 T26

Titan Reverse Cantilever

Note: Green, Yellow, Red, Blue, Purple, Lime, Sky & Orange - All Sizes Charcoal, Grey, Burgundy & Black - Sizes T25 & T26 Only

• Incredibly strong the Titan Reverse Cantilever Chair is available in 4 seat heights. This ultimate cantilever classroom chair is designed to withstand heavy day to day use.

Code T80 T81 T82 T83

• The Titan Swivel chair with solid polished chrome bases and a choice of either glides or castors. • Titan gas lifts are guaranteed to withstand users up to 25 stone and offer simple seat height adjustment.

Code T10B T10C

T7

4

Seat Pad:

TSP

33

Seat Pad Upholstered pad available in Camira fabric or vinyl.

Green

Blue

Black

10

Orange

Lime Green

Purple

Code T90 T91 T92 T93

Seat Height 445mm 560mm 610mm 685mm

£ 66 66 70 70

Not available in Sky, Orange, Lime Green, Yellow or Burgundy. Not advised for use on ultra grip flooring.

Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

282-283 Titan Chairs (15).indd 2

£ 64 64

Titan Ultimate Stool

year guarantee

Burgundy

Colour Blue Charcoal

285

Seat Colours

Grey

WxHxD 600 x 710 x 600mm 600 x 710 x 600mm

£

Linking Clip:

Sky

£ 75 75 80 82

Titan Folding Exam Desk

Code

Red

Age 5-7 years 7-9 years 9-13 years 13+ years

Note: All colours available for adult sizes Green, Yellow, Red, Blue, Purple, Lime, Sky & Orange - Junior Size

T40

Yellow

Seat Height 350mm 380mm 430mm 460mm

Code Description Seat Height Adjustment Age £ T30 Junior Shell 355mm-420mm 5-11 years 105 T35 Junior Shell 460mm-600mm 11+ years 108

Chair Trolley:

Charcoal

£ 39 40 42 43

Titan Swivel

The Titan exam desk has been developed with a textured high impact injection moulded polypropylene top, making them not only stable but also graffiti proof. The tops are manufactured from a one-piece recyclable injected moulded polypropylene, with black support legs as standard. A desk trolley is available - ask for details.

Linking Clip For linking chairs together.

Age 5-7 years 7-9 years 9-13 years 13+ years

Note: Green, Yellow, Red, Blue, Purple, Lime, Sky & Orange - All Sizes Charcoal, Grey, Burgundy & Black - Sizes T82 & T83 Only

Titan Folding Exam Desk

Chair Trolley Allows chairs to be moved easily.

Seat Height 350mm 380mm 430mm 460mm

Titan Reverse Cantilever

Titan Swivel

Options Available

Size 3 4 5 6

283

25/11/2014 10:21


Postura Plus Chair

classroom tables & chairs

A practical choice for your classroom, made from polypropylene, available in a choice of colours and heights. The Postura Plus chairs are anti-static and stain resistant. The ergonomic design helps children concentrate for longer periods. 100% recyclable.

Anti-static and stain resistant

Stacks up to 12 high

Postura Chairs Code CS43400 CS43401 CS43402 CS43403 CS43405 CS43406

WxD 280 x 250mm 280 x 250mm 340 x 315mm 435 x 460mm 470 x 515mm 510 x 550mm

Seat Height 260mm 310mm 350mm 380mm 430mm 460mm

ÂŁ 40 41 42 44 49 53

Seat Colours

10

year guarantee

284

Poppy Red

Sun Yellow

Forest Green

Ink Blue

Slate Grey

Iron Grey

Orange Burst*

Powder Blue

Grape Crush

Lime Zest

Ash Grey

Pink Candy*

Aqua Blue*

Almond White*

*Available in certain seat heights, with an extended lead time. Contact us for details.

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 15 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

284-285 Postura Geo Poly (15).indd 1

25/11/2014 10:32


Geo Poly

classroom tables & chairs The Geo range of chairs, a modern, ergonomic and robust addition to our poly range. The Geo is available in 9 vibrant shell colours and 3 legged options with ICT Swivel to complete the family. Fully EN1729 (NEW) part 1 and 2 compliant the Geo has been designed and manufactured in the UK for the educational and contract markets.

Geo Poly Reverse Cantilever Chair Code

Description

GE05 GE06

Geo Poly Four Legged Stacking Chair £

Code

Description

Reverse Cantilever Chair - 460mm

101

GE01

Four Legged Stacking Chair - 460mm

65

Reverse Cantilever Chair - 430mm

101

GE02

Four Legged Stacking Chair - 430mm

65

Geo Poly Skid Base Chair

£

Geo Poly ICT Gas Lift Chair

Code

Description

£

GE010

Skid Base Chair - 460mm

78

GE011

Skid Base Chair - 430mm

78

Code

Description

£

GE015

ICT Gas Lift Poly Chair

137

Options Code SP TBL TL

Seat Pad: Top Bar: Tubular:

£ Add 33 Add 8 Add 7

Superb Quality Chairs Top Bar

Tubular

Seat Colours

Yellow (Lemon)

6

year guarantee

Frame Colours

Green (Lime)

Blue (Ocean)

Mulberry

Red

Brown (Mocha)

Grey (Slate)

Black (Onyx)

Orange (Flame)

Black

Grey

Chrome

Silver

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

284-285 Postura Geo Poly (15).indd 2

285

25/11/2014 10:32


Stools

classroom tables & chairs

Wooden Top

Poly Top

• Lifted with ease via the useful hand hole. • The 22mm diameter four legged steel frames are coated in an Epoxy Powder coat finish. • A 19mm diameter bracing-bar has also been added to give extra strength to the high frame.

• The Poly Top stool is designed with a flat seat which allows for easy stacking. • Designed to stack 10 high. • The 22mm diameter four legged steel frames are coated in an Epoxy Powder coat finish to give maximum life.

Wooden Top Stools Code DGW1 DGW2 DGW3 DGW4

Depth 535 535 535 535

Width 300 300 300 300

Seat Height 445mm 560mm 610mm 685mm

£ 46 47 48 55

Poly Top Stools Bracing Bar

Code AS1 AS2 AS3 AS4 AS5

Heavy Duty Wooden Top • Manufactured using 25mm square crushed robust frame. • A 19mm diameter bracing-bar has also been added to give extra strength to the heavy duty frame.

Depth 295 295 295 295 295

Width 335 335 335 335 335

Seat Height 445mm 560mm 610mm 685mm 755mm

£ 43 44 45 46 47

Poly Top Frame Colours

5

year guarantee

Textured Black Dark Grey

Heavy Duty Wooden Stools Code HDS1 HDS2 HDS3 HDS4 HDS5

Depth 300 300 300 300 300

Width 300 300 300 300 300

Seat Height 445mm 510mm 560mm 610mm 685mm

£ 62 63 64 65 66

Light Grey

Smooth Silver Textured Silver

Poly Top Seat Colours

Yellow

Red

Green

Blue

Charcoal

Beige

Stools from only £43 Wooden Top & Heavy Duty Wooden Top Frame Colours

5

year guarantee

Black

Textured Black Light Grey Smooth Silver

Wooden Top & Heavy Duty Wooden Top Seat Colours

Tops come with holes on request Beech

286

Red

Green

Blue

Ply

Yellow

Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

286-287 WSM Stools High Chairs (15).indd 1

25/11/2014 10:53


WSM Stools & High Chairs

classroom tables & chairs

If you are looking for the UK’s best stool, look no further

Integral Lumbar Support

Our WSM stools are specified for major projects countrywide because of their unique seat shape with integral lumbar support. Add to this a robust steel frame with a well positioned footrest and we have a winning combination. Choose from a four legged or skid base design. • Skid base features non-tilt frame and protects floor in high wear situations.

WSM Four Legged Code

WSM Skid Base

Seat Height

Four Legged Stool WSM1 WSM2 WSM3 WSM4 WSM5

£

395mm 445mm 560mm 610mm 685mm

Code SF Add £5

Seat Height

Skid Base Stool WSM1SKID WSM2SKID WSM3SKID WSM4SKID WSM5SKID

395mm 445mm 560mm 610mm 685mm

BS

Chair 2000

that’s stronger, sturdier and sleeker

• Robust steel back & integrated lumbar support

• A design

• Perfect for use in ICT, craft and science environments

NP High Chair Size 4 5

Essential where highly abrasive non-slip flooring is used.

67 67 67 67 67

NP

Code NP5ST4 NP5ST5

Steel Feet Option

Code

BS High Chair Seat Height 610mm 685mm

£ 67 69

Code MS127 MS128

Size 1 2

£ 77 77 77 77 77

Chair 2000 Seat Height 640mm 670mm

£ 80 84

Code 2104 2105

Seat Height 620mm 670mm

Age 13 14-Adult

£ 80 89

Frame Colours: Supplied in Duraform Speckled Light Grey. Other frame colours available on request. Stool & High Chair Seat Colours

5

year guarantee

Red

Blue

Green

Charcoal

Soft Blue

Yellow

Orange

Purple

Lilac

Tangy Green

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

286-287 WSM Stools High Chairs (15).indd 2

287

25/11/2014 10:53


Tub Tables

classroom tables & chairs

Play then store These Contour folding tables are supplied with clear plastic tubs, including lids. Place small play items into the tubs such as Lego®, pens, crayons, plasticine, cars and Knex® and drop them into the table top. Once your activity is complete, just remove the tubs and store them away. The table can then be folded down and stored in the minimum of space. Each table is supplied with three holes in the top in which to place the tubs. • Two lengths, three junior heights & four primary colours.

Fantastic Value!

Colours GP13

GP54

GP23

GP55

5

year guarantee

Signal Red

Paradiso

Yellow

Choose from two table lengths

Green

Tub Tables 1. Select table length stating product code, 2. Select Height, 3. Select laminate colour

Tub Tables Code

288

Description

Table Length

Approx Width

A Weight (kg)

B Junior

C Infant

D Pre-school

ATCA6 Tub Table 1220mm Includes 3 x Square plastic tub

760mm (30”)

9.0

635mm(25”)

546mm(21.5”)

508mm (20”)

216

ATAA6

760mm (30”)

12.5

635mm(25”)

546mm(21.5”)

508mm (20”)

274

Tub Table 1830mm Includes 4 x Square plastic tubs

Unit Price £

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 25 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

288-289 Tub Tables Enviro (15).indd 1

25/11/2014 10:57


Enviro Early Years

classroom tables & chairs

Bright and vibrant colours for stimulating learning environments Stimulating shapes and colours from the new Enviro Early Years range are perfect for playgroups, nurseries and reception classes. Choose from a range of primary colours with contrasting ABS edging to brighten up the learning environment for young children. Enviro products are truly child friendly.

Colour Range GP33

GP21

Edge Colours GP25

GP23

GP 58

GP24

GP13

Frame

GP54

5

year guarantee

Lime

Campanula

Heather

Yellow

Japanese Beech

Grey Dots

Red

Paradiso

Light Grey

Ruby Red

Dusky Blue

Green

Silver

1. Select table length product code, 2. Select height, 3. Select laminate colour

Enviro Early Years Tables Code

Table Shape

Dimensions mm Length x width

Weight KG

Available Heights 640mm

£ 590mm

530mm

460mm

EN/DB37/S

Rectangular

1200 x 600

15.3

220

EN/CK37/S

Bean

1400 x 750

16.3

232

EN/CT37/S

Trapezoidal

1400 x 590

14.20

232

EN/DD37/S

Round

1200 diameter

20.80

307

EN/DS37/S

Daisy

1200 x 1200

19.45

319

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 25 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

288-289 Tub Tables Enviro (15).indd 2

289

25/11/2014 10:57


Nursery Tables

classroom tables & chairs

Nursery Tables From £127

Standard These bright and attractive tables are designed to nest easily, and have round tubular legs with an 18mm MDF bullnose edged top. Supplied with matching top and frame colour.

Rectangular Code RTSS11546 RTSS11553 RTSS11559

Dia x H (mm) 1100 x 550 x 460 1100 x 550 x 530 1100 x 550 x 590

Age 3-4 years 4-6 years 6-8 years

£ 127 127 127

Dia x H (mm) 1100 diameter x 460 1100 diameter x 530 1100 diameter x 590

Age 3-4 years 4-6 years 6-8 years

£ 212 212 212

Trapezoidal Code RTSS11LE46 RTSS11LE53 RTSS11LE59

W x 3 Shortest Edges x H (mm) 1100 x 550 x 460 1100 x 550 x 530 1100 x 550 x 590

Age 3-4 years 4-6 years 6-8 years

£ 131 131 131

Colours

*Supplied in Duraform Speckled Light Grey.

Frames match top colours.

Circular

Colours

5

year guarantee

*Beech

290

Red

Blue

Green

Yellow

Code RTSS11C46 RTSS11C53 RTSS11C59

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

290-291 Nursery Standard Premium (15).indd 1

25/11/2014 11:00


Nursery Tables

classroom tables & chairs Premium

Our highest quality fully welded tables with stylish, chunky tubular legs. Standard 18mm MDF tops with a hardwearing laminate. The top choice for early years classrooms. Supplied with matching top and frame colour, in a variety of shapes and sizes to create a lively classroom environment. • Stylish • Durable • Value for money • 10 year guarantee

Premium Tables From £177

Rectangular Code NURS11546 NURS11553 NURS11559

Trapezoidal Code NURS11LE46 NURS11LE53 NURS11LE59

W x 3 Shortest Edges x H (mm) 1100 x 550 x 460 1100 x 550 x 530 1100 x 550 x 590

Age 3-4 years 4-6 years 6-8 years

W x D x H (mm) 1100 x 550 x 460 1100 x 550 x 530 1100 x 550 x 590

Age 3-4 years 4-6 years 6-8 years

£ 177 177 177

Age 3-4 years 4-6 years 6-8 years

£ 268 268 268

£ 185 185 185

Colours

*Supplied in Duraform Speckled Light Grey.

Frames match top colours.

Circular

Colours

10

year guarantee

*Beech

Red

Blue

Green

Yellow

Code NURS11C46 NURS11C53 NURS11C59

Dia x H (mm) 1100 x 460 1100 x 530 1100 x 590

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

290-291 Nursery Standard Premium (15).indd 2

291

25/11/2014 11:00


Crush Bent & Fully Welded

classroom tables & chairs

Our Slide/Stacking tables are created with a robust crushed metal frame and a 25mm square leg system that is longer on one side enabling you to stack with ease. The frames are manufactured out of 1.5mm gauge steel and can be powder coated in a black or grey Epoxy Powder coat finish to give maximum life. We supply a wide range of work top finishes in Laminated MDF the edges can either be clear lacquered or 2mm PVC finish. 18mm thick top supplied as standard.

Rectangular Crush Bent Code M01-MDF M02-MDF M01-PVC M02-PVC M01-PU M02-PU

Description MDF Edge MDF Edge PVC Edge PVC Edge PU Edge PU Edge

WxD 1100 x 550 1200 x 600 1100 x 550 1200 x 600 1100 x 550 1200 x 600

£ 101 103 104 106 114 116

WxD 1100 x 550 1200 x 600 1500 x 600 1100 x 550 1200 x 600 1500 x 600 1100 x 550 1200 x 600 1500 x 600

£ 101 103 179 104 106 182 114 116 192

Rectangular Fully Welded Square Crush Bent Code MS1-MDF MS1-PVC MS1-PU

Description MDF Edge PVC Edge PU Edge

WxD 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600

£ 86 89 98

WxD 600 x 600 760 x 760 900 x 900 600 x 600 760 x 760 900 x 900 600 x 600 760 x 760 900 x 900

£ 86 130 147 89 133 150 99 143 160

Square Fully Welded Code ST1-MDF ST2-MDF ST3-MDF ST1-PVC ST2-PVC ST3-PVC ST1-PU ST2-PU ST3-PU

Description MDF Edge MDF Edge MDF Edge PVC Edge PVC Edge PVC Edge PU Edge PU Edge PU Edge

Code ST1150-MDF ST4-MDF ST5-MDF ST1150-PVC ST4-PVC ST5-PVC ST1150-PU ST4-PU ST5-PU

MDF

Description MDF Edge MDF Edge MDF Edge PVC Edge PVC Edge PVC Edge PU Edge PU Edge PU Edge

PVC

PU

Edge Options MDF Standard Bullnosed (rounded) Edge. Polished and lacquered. PVC 2mm (Shrink to Fit) A thick band of plastic which seals and protects the table edge.

Table Heights Available Size 1 460mm Size 2 530mm Size 3 590mm Size 4 640mm Size 5 710mm Size 6 760mm

PU edge A high impact and resilient textured spray PU edge. Age 2-3 years Age 3-5 years Age 5-7 years Age 7-9 years Age 9-13 years Age 13-Adult

Top Colours

Maple

292

5

Quality Tables From £86

year guarantee

Crush-Bent Stackable Frame Frame Colours

Oak

Beech

Red

Blue

Green

Yellow

Light Grey Dark Grey

Black

Textured Black

Light Grey

Textured Dark Grey

Textured Silver

Smooth Silver

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

292-293 Crush Bent Fully Welded 1 (15).indd 1

25/11/2014 11:06


classroom tables & chairs

Crush Bent & Fully Welded

These tables are available in a wide range of work top finishes such as laminated MDF, Beech, Blue, Red, Green and Yellow. We also offer a selection of table edge finishes. These tables can be made in many different shapes and sizes and still offer the Spiral Stacking System. The 25mm (square section) four legged frames can be powder coated in a black or grey Epoxy Powder coat finish to give maximum life.

Circular Fully Welded Code CT1-MDF CTS10-MDF CT1-PVC CTS10-PVC CT1-PU CTS10-PU

Description MDF Edge MDF Edge PVC Edge PVC Edge PU Edge PU Edge

Dia 600 1000 600 1000 600 1000

£ 140 182 143 186 153 195

WxD 1100 x 550 1200 x 600 1100 x 550 1200 x 600 1100 x 550 1200 x 600

£ 101 103 104 106 114 116

Trapezoidal Crush Bent Code TRZTM-MDF TRZTM1-MDF TRZTM-PVC TRZTM1-PVC TRZTM-PU TRZTM1-PU

Description MDF Edge MDF Edge PVC Edge PVC Edge PU Edge PU Edge

WxD 1100 x 550 1200 x 600 1100 x 550 1200 x 600 1100 x 550 1200 x 600

£ 101 103 104 106 114 116

WxD 1100 x 550 1200 x 600 1100 x 550 1200 x 600 1100 x 550 1200 x 600

£ 101 103 104 106 114 116

Trapezoidal Fully Welded Code TRZT1-MDF TRZT-MDF TRZT1-PVC TRZT-PVC TRZT1-PU TRZT-PU

Description MDF Edge MDF Edge PVC Edge PVC Edge PU Edge PU Edge

Semi Circular Fully Welded Code SCTRP-MDF SCT12-MDF SCTRP-PVC SCT12-PVC SCTRP-PU SCT12-PU

Description MDF Edge MDF Edge PVC Edge PVC Edge PU Edge PU Edge

Wide choice of colours See opposite for frame & top colours.

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

292-293 Crush Bent Fully Welded 1 (15).indd 2

293

25/11/2014 11:06


Crush Bent & Fully Welded

classroom tables & chairs

The UK’s first choice for classroom tables, available in a wide choice of shapes and colours. All tables comply with BS EN 1729. • Frames are supplied in Duraform speckled light grey paint as standard. • Strong multipurpose tables available in 6 european standard sizes. • Available with 10 top colours and 2 edge styles.

Rectangular

Square

Images shown are of fully welded option.

Rectangular Crush Bent (Stacking)

Square Crush Bent (Stacking) Code CBSQ-66-MD CBSQ-66-PS

Description MDF Edge Duraform Edge

WxD 600 x 600 600 x 600

£ 97 111

WxD 600 x 600 600 x 600

£ 102 122

Square Fully Welded Code SQSS-66-MD SQSS-66-PS

Description MDF Edge Duraform Edge

Top Colours

Red

Blue

Green

White

Ailsa

Yellow

Light Grey

Oak

Maple

Beech

Description MDF Edge MDF Edge Duraform Edge Duraform Edge

WxD 1100 x 550 1200 x 600 1100 x 550 1200 x 600

£ 107 107 138 138

Rectangular Fully Welded (Stacking) Code SQSS-115-MD SQSS-126-MD SQSS-115-PS SQSS-126-PS

Description MDF Edge MDF Edge Duraform Edge Duraform Edge

MDF

Duraform

WxD 1100 x 550 1200 x 600 1100 x 550 1200 x 600

£ 107 107 138 138

Edge Options

Frame Colour Duraform Speckled Light Grey

5

Classroom Tables From £97

MDF Standard Bullnosed (rounded) Edge. Polished and lacquered. Duraform PU edge A high impact and resilient textured spray PU edge. Note: Table will have rounded corners. Choose from Charcoal, Blue and Light Grey. If not specified, charcoal will be supplied.

year guarantee

294

Code CBSQ-115-MD CBSQ-126-MD CBSQ-115-PS CBSQ-126-PS

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

294-295 Crush Bent Fully Welded 2 (15).indd 1

25/11/2014 11:29


Crush Bent & Fully Welded

classroom tables & chairs

Trapezoidal

Circular

Images shown are of fully welded option.

Trapezoidal Crush Bent (Stacking) Code Description CBSQ-11LE-MD MDF Edge CBSQ-12LE-MD MDF Edge CBSQ-11LE-PS Duraform Edge CBSQ-12LE-PS Duraform Edge (550/600 refers to 3 shortest edges)

WxD 1100 x 550 1200 x 600 1100 x 550 1200 x 600

Circular Crush Bent (Stacking) £ 107 107 138 138

Trapezoidal Fully Welded Code Description SQSS-11LE-MD MDF Edge SQSS-12LE-MD MDF Edge SQSS-11LE-PS Duraform Edge SQSS-12LE-PS Duraform Edge (550/600 refers to 3 shortest edges)

WxD 1100 x 550 1200 x 600 1100 x 550 1200 x 600

£ 107 107 138 138

Code CBSQ-10C-MD CBSQ-10C-PS

Description MDF Edge Duraform Edge

Dia 1000 1000

£ 203 228

Dia 1000 1100 1200 1000 1100 1200

£ 169 247 254 205 270 284

Dia 1100 1200 1100 1200

£ 138 142 160 165

Circular Fully Welded Code SQSS-10C-MD SQSS-11C-MD SQSS-12C-MD SQSS-10C-PS SQSS-11C-PS SQSS-12C-PS

Description MDF Edge MDF Edge MDF Edge Duraform Edge Duraform Edge Duraform Edge

Semi Circular

Designed for ease of stacking Table Heights Available Size 1 460mm Size 2 530mm Size 3 590mm Size 4 640mm Size 5 710mm Size 6 760mm

Age 3-4 years Age 4-6 years Age 6-8 years Age 8-11 years Age 11-14 years Age 14-Adult

Semi Circular Fully Welded Code SQSS-11SC-MD SQSS-12SC-MD SQSS-11SC-PS SQSS-12SC-PS Crush-Bent Stackable Frame

Fully Stackable Frame

Description MDF Edge MDF Edge Duraform Edge Duraform Edge

See opposite for frame & top colours.

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

294-295 Crush Bent Fully Welded 2 (15).indd 2

295

25/11/2014 11:29


Craft Tables

classroom tables & chairs

This versatile range of tables are ideal for use throughout the school where extra strength, stability or height is required. In two different styles you will find the perfect design for your Art Room, Science Lab, Craft/Technology Studio.

Available Table Heights: 760mm, 800mm, 850mm, 900mm, 1000mm

Fully Welded Frame

Made with 25mm square steel tubing to give a traditional feel to your classroom.

Premium Frame

This chunky 45mm round tube frame gives a bespoke designer feel and will give your classroom style and practicality in one.

5

10

year guarantee

year guarantee

Tables

Tables Code CRAFT-126-MD CRAFT-127-MD CRAFT-157-MD CRAFT-126-PS CRAFT-127-PS CRAFT-157-PS CRAFT-126-TRESPA CRAFT-157-TRESPA

Description MDF Edge MDF Edge MDF Edge Duraform Edge Duraform Edge Duraform Edge TRESPA Edge TRESPA Edge

WxD 1200 x 600 1200 x 750 1500 x 750 1200 x 600 1200 x 750 1500 x 750 1200 x 750 1500 x 750

£ 228 269 422 250 293 460 587 834

Frame Finish Supplied in Duraform Speckled Light Grey paint as standard.

296

Oak

Ailsa

Description MDF Edge MDF Edge Duraform Edge Duraform Edge TRESPA Edge TRESPA Edge

Duraform

White

Light Grey

£ 332 494 356 530 750 932

Trespa

Table Top Finishes - Trespa

Blue

WxD 1200 x 600 1500 x 750 1200 x 600 1500 x 750 1200 x 600 1500 x 750

Table Edges

MDF

Table Top Finishes - Laminate

Beech

Code PRCRAFT-126-MD PRCRAFT-157-MD PRCRAFT-126-PS PRCRAFT-157-PS PPRCRAFT-126-TRESPA PRCRAFT-157-TRESPA

Speckled Icey Blue

Speckled White

Speckled Speckled Pastel Grey Powder Blue

Note: Trespa Tops are finished with an extra hard-wearing top for environments where heat, water and chemical resistance is essential.

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

296-297 Craft & Exam Tables (15).indd 1

25/11/2014 11:36


Exam Tables

classroom tables & chairs Our ‘X’ Frame design enables you to fold the table after use and store away with ease. The slim body allows you to store in the narrowest of places. A folding exam table trolley is also available.

Our Nesting Table is designed using 1.5mm gauge steel frame and a hard wearing work top. It is shaped to get stacked with ease and also perform as a comfortable table. • These tables can be stacked 5 high

• 22mm clear lacquer or PVC edges • Plywood tops available on request • Supplied with pen groove • All exam desks are stackable

A favourite throughout schools

Folds Flat

Nesting Table Code EXS1

Folding ‘X’ Frame Exam Desk Code EXF1 EXF2 EXF3

W x D x H (mm) 600 x 525 x 710 600 x 600 x 710 600 x 450 x 710

£ 52 52 52

W x D x H (mm) 600 x 600 x 710

£ 82

Our Heavy Duty Cantilever Table has a ‘Crush Bent’ steel frame design which allows you to slide them on top of each other when stacking. With a 25 x 25mm upper leg frame and 50 x 25mm lower/feet frame this makes this table a very strong and durable to use. • These tables can be stacked 5 high

Folding Exam Desk Trolley Code ET Table Size 1 2 3

Description Exam Trolley (Holds 25 Folding Exam Desks) Heights Available Height Age 460mm 2-3 yrs 530mm 3-5 yrs 590mm 5-7 yrs

Size 4 5 6

Height 640mm 710mm 760mm

£ 309

Age 7-9 yrs 9-13 yrs 13+ yrs

Heavy Duty Cantilever Table

Laminate Table Top Colours

Code EXHD1 Maple

Oak

Beech

Red Laminate

Blue Laminate

Green Laminate

W x D x H (mm) 600 x 600 x 710

£ 91

Frame Colours

5

Yellow Laminate

Light Grey Dark Grey

year guarantee

Black

Textured Black

Light Grey

Textured Dark Grey

Textured Silver

Smooth Silver

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 15-20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

296-297 Craft & Exam Tables (15).indd 2

297

25/11/2014 11:36


Equation Leaf

classroom tables & chairs

The exciting Leaf table adds another dimension to the modular table range. The modern 32mm frame and 25mm top make this is a truly unique solution. Not only can this work brilliantly as a set of four to create a circular shaped table that brings students together, but the tables can be separated to allow individual or small group work. The Leaf can also be arranged in a set of four giving a fanned out effect which allows more students to sit round the table but still disperse into smaller groups. This stunning classroom table really does combine style, functionality and versatility. Each table is individually sold and comes with our Duraform PU edging as standard for extra long life cycle.

A versatile range ideal for education

Equation Leaf Code LEAF-PS

Size 1220mm x 875mm

ÂŁ 342

1750mm diameter when 4 are put together to create a circular shape. This will seat 8 people comfortably.

Table Heights Available Size 1 460mm Age 3-4 years Size 2 530mm Age 4-6 years Size 3 590mm Age 6-8 years Size 4 640mm Age 8-11 years Size 5 710mm Age 11-14 years Size 6 760mm Age 14-Adult

Edge Detail

Duraform

Extremely hardwearing and resilient edge which has a textured finish. Note: Table will have rounded corners. Choose from Charcoal and Light Grey. Charcoal as standard.

10

year guarantee

Frame Duraform Speckled Grey

Top Colours

Soft Lime

298

Soft Blue

Beech

Biscuit

Grey Speckle

Orange Flame

Canary Yellow

Tangy Green

Summer Blue

Maple

Lilac

Turquoise

Purple

White

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

298-299 Equation Leaf (15).indd 1

25/11/2014 11:39


Equation

classroom tables & chairs

This stylish 32mm frame is supplied with a resilient 25mm top which is finished with Duraform edging. Various shapes and colours are available to really brighten up your classroom! Other benefits include height adjustable feet so you can ensure that these tables never wobble, tamper proof screw fixings, and the addition of castors for manoeuvrability. Duraform light grey speckle frame paint as standard.

Trapezoidal

Square

Code

Size (mm)

£

EQUPR-11LE-PS

1100 x 550

181

EQUPR-12LE-PS

1200 x 600

185

Rectangular

Arc

Code

Size (mm)

EQUPR-66-PS

600 x 600

£ 132

Semi Circular

Code

Size (mm)

EQUPR-115-PS

1100 x 550

193

£

EQUPR-126-PS

1200 x 600

197

Size (mm)

EQUPR-ARCV2-PS

1490 x 600

Code

Size (mm)

EQUPR-12SC-PS

1200 Diameter

£ 193

Code

Size (mm)

EQUPR-11C-PS

1100 Diameter

10

Soft Blue

Beech

Biscuit

Grey Speckle

Orange Flame

Canary Yellow

Tangy Green

Summer Blue

Maple

Lilac

Purple

White

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

298-299 Equation Leaf (15).indd 2

£ 351

Extremely hardwearing and resilient edge which has a textured finish. Note: Table will have rounded corners. Choose from Charcoal, Light Grey and Blue. Charcoal as standard.

Top Colours

Soft Lime

359

Edge Detail

Duraform Speckled Light Grey

year guarantee

£

Circular

Frame Colour

For table heights available see page opposite.

Code

299

25/11/2014 11:39


Enviro

classroom tables & chairs

For a truly stylish classroom, look no further than Enviro. The smart silver anodised table legs and frame, and attractive wipe-clean laminate tops with contrasting ABS edge will fit perfectly in any classroom environment. Available in a choice of sizes, shapes and heights to suit all age groups from reception through to Sixth Form. The lightweight aluminium table frame and honeycomb core to the table top ensures the table is lighter in weight than most classroom tables, while still retaining its strength and durability.

Square EN/FA38

Rectangular EN/DB38

Rectangular EN/CA38

Edge Range

Frame

Colour Range GP99

GP24

GP57

Choice of shapes, sizes & heights

Trapezoidal EN/CT38

GP58

5

year guarantee

Clear Maple

Grey Dots

Sparta

Japanese Beech

Light Grey Mid Grey

Dusky Blue

Ruby Red

Silver

1. Select shape and size, 2. Select height, 3. Select top colour, 4. Select edge colour

Enviro Classroom Tables Code

300

Product Description

Dimensions mm Length x width

Weight KG

Available Heights 760mm 710mm

640mm

590mm

530mm

460mm

£

EN/FA38

Square

750 x 750

12.80

203

EN/DB38

Rectangular

1200 x 600

15.30

220

EN/CT38

Trapezoidal

1400 x 590

14.20

232

EN/CA38

Rectangular

1400 x 750

19.50

258

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 25 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

300-301 Enviro & Computer Trolleys (15).indd 1

25/11/2014 12:01


Computer Trolleys

classroom tables & chairs Our computer trolleys are the simple solution for any school, office, factory or community centre. All items are delivered flat pack.

A simple solution for schools

Tower Workstation Code CF7049

Small Budget Workstation Code CF7038

W x D x H (mm) 675 x 660 x 725

W x D x H (mm) 850 x 506 x 840

£ 225

£ 204

Fixed Height Trolleys: These are non-returnable

EF8057

Two Tier Fixed Height Code W x D x H (mm) EF8046 1000 x 650 x 500-750 Fixed Height - choose between 500-750mm (in 50mm increments from floor to main work surface)

Single Tier Fixed Height Code W x D x H (mm) EF8049 1000 x 650 x 500-750 Fixed Height - choose between 500-750mm (in 50mm increments from floor to main work surface)

£ 489

£ 505

Optional keyboard shelf available on all models Code: EF8057 ADD £61

Frame Colours Blue

Grey

Top Colours Red

Beech

5

year guarantee

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

300-301 Enviro & Computer Trolleys (15).indd 2

301

25/11/2014 12:01


Budget Storage

classroom storage 2 Bay, 12 & 16 Tray

Practical, affordable and available within 15 days, these strongly constructed storage units come complete with your choice of coloured trays and castors.

• Strongly constructed storage units with a choice of coloured trays. • Units supplied complete with trays. • Beech carcass only • Units are supplied complete with castors as standard.

1 Bay, 6 & 8 Tray

12 Tray Unit Shown

Multi-Deep Tray Storage Units Code WETS12BCH WETS16BCH

6 Tray Unit Shown

1 Bay, 6 & 8 Tray Beech Carcass Code WETS6BCH WETS8BCH

Description 6 Tray Unit 8 Tray Unit

W x D x H (mm) 366 x 468 x 613 366 x 468 x 783

£ 92 97

Description 12 Tray Unit 16 Tray Unit

W x D x H (mm) 710 x 468 x 613 710 x 468 x 783

£ 143 144

3 Bay, 24 Tray

3 Bay, 18 Tray

3 Bay, 24 Tray Beech Carcass Code WETS24BCH

Description 24 Tray Unit

W x D x H (mm) 1054 x 468 x 783

£ 230

3 Bay, 18 Tray Beech Carcass Code WETS18BCH

Description 18 Tray Unit

W x D x H (mm) 1054 x 468 x 613

£ 197 Tray Colours Available BCH

5

year guarantee

Red

302

Yellow

Blue

Green

Beech Carcass

Delivered to a room of choice within 15 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

302-303 Budget Storage (15).indd 1

25/11/2014 12:05


Budget Storage

classroom storage Manufactured from 18mm beech MFC complete with castors (2 locking) trays. Trays are available in any colour combination. All units delivered fully assembled.

Multi-Deep Tray Storage Units

Deep Tray Storage Units

ST0806

Multi-Deep Tray Storage Units ST012

Deep Tray Storage Units Code

Description

W x D x H (mm)

ST006

6 Deep Tray Unit

622 x 453 x 789

276

ST008

8 Deep Tray Unit

622 x 453 x 1026

302

ST009

9 Deep Tray Unit

922 x 453 x 789

351

ST012

12 Deep Tray Unit

1222 x 453 x 789

422

ST016

16 Deep Tray Unit

1222 x 453 x 1026

533

Code

Description

W x D x H (mm)

£

ST0403

4 Shallow & 3 Deep Tray Unit

622 x 453 x 789

283

ST0806

8 Shallow & 6 Deep Tray Unit

1222 x 453 x 789

458

£

Tiered Access Units with 6 trays (Left & Right hand)

A simple solution for schools

Small, Medium & Large Display Units

ST321RH

Tiered Access Units with 6 Trays STOPENLGE

Small, Medium & Large Display Units Code

Description

W x D x H (mm)

STOPENSM

Small

1180 x 380 x 560

224

£

STOPENMED

Medium

1180 x 380 x 760

257

STOPENLGE

Large

1180 x 380 x 910

289

Code

Description

W x D x H (mm)

ST321RH

Right Hand

1015 x 470 x 875

442

ST321LH

Left Hand

1015 x 470 x 875

442

Tray Colours Available T

BCH

5

year guarantee

Blue

Red

Yellow

Clear

Beech Carcass

Delivered to a room of choice within 15 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

302-303 Budget Storage (15).indd 2

£

303

25/11/2014 12:05


Shallow Tray Storage

classroom storage

3 Bay

A comprehensive range of strongly constructed storage units with a large choice of coloured trays. Units are supplied complete with coloured or clear trays, castors and in beech with optional coloured tops.

1 Bay

MEQ1W Shown with Clear Trays

1 Bay Code MEQ1W MEQ8H With Coloured Top MEQ1WCOLTOP MEQ8HCOLTOP

Description 6 Tray Unit 8 Tray Unit 6 Tray Unit 8 Tray Unit

W x D x H (mm) 360 x 453 x 617 360 x 453 x 789 360 x 453 x 617 360 x 453 x 789

£ 143 255

3 Bay Code MEQ3W MEQ21 MEQ4W With Coloured Top MEQ3WCOLTOP MEQ21COLTOP MEQ4WCOLTOP

Add 17 Add 17

2 Bay

Description 18 Tray Unit 21 Tray Unit 24 Tray Unit

W x D x H (mm) 1030 x 453 x 617 1030 x 453 x 703 1030 x 453 x 789

£ 288 402 347

18 Tray Unit 21 Tray Unit 24 Tray Unit

1030 x 453 x 617 1030 x 453 x 703 1030 x 453 x 789

Add 17 Add 17 Add 17

Lockable Doors

Clip on Lids

Pair of doors for any wooden storage units.

2 Bay Code MEQ2W MEQ16 With Coloured Top MEQ2WCOLTOP MEQ16COLTOP

Description 12 Tray Unit 16 Tray Unit 12 Tray Unit 16 Tray Unit

W x D x H (mm) 700 x 453 x 617 700 x 453 x 789 700 x 453 x 617 700 x 453 x 789

£ 239 372

Options

Add 17 Add 17

Code MEQ1001 EF8820

Description Lockable Doors Clip on Lid for Tray

£ per pair 107 7

Tray Colours

Red

Yellow

Blue

Tray Colours

Green

Clear

Carcass

Purple

Lime

Cyan

Pink

Tangerine

304

Grey

Blueberry Jelly

5

Shallow & deep only

Strawberry Jelly

Grape Jelly

Top Colours

BCH

Lemon Jelly

Kiwi Jelly

year guarantee

Beech

Red

Yellow

Green

Blue

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 15 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

304-305 Shallow & Combi Storage (15).indd 1

25/11/2014 12:08


Combination Tray Storage

classroom storage

Mix and match between deep or shallow trays to create the combination to meet your requirement.

18 Deep or 36 Shallow 12 Deep or 24 Shallow

16 Deep or 32 Shallow

Clip on Lids

Options

Combination Tray Storage

Code EF8820

Description Clip on Lid for Tray

£ 7

Code MEQ4012 MEQ4016 MEQ4018

Description 12 Deep 16 Deep 18 Deep

W x D x H (mm) 1358 x 453 x 707 1358 x 453 x 835 1030 x 453 x 1210

£ 519 622 673

Tray Colours

Red

Yellow

Blue

Tray Colours

Green

Clear

Purple

Lime

Cyan

Pink

Tangerine

Kiwi Jelly

Grape Jelly

Blueberry Jelly

Carcass BCH Shallow & deep only

Lemon Jelly

Strawberry Jelly

Grey

Beech

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 15 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

304-305 Shallow & Combi Storage (15).indd 2

5

year guarantee

305

25/11/2014 12:08


Variety Tray Storage

classroom storage

12 Tray

This range provides differing sizes of trays to meet a changeable storage requirement. The range comes with a choice of 14 different tray colours. Coloured tops available.

8 Tray Unit

MEQ1031

16 Tray Shown with Clear Trays

MEQ1108

12 Tray

MEQ1116

Variety Tray Storage Code MEQ1108 MEQ1112 MEQ1031 MEQ1116

Description 8 Tray Unit 12 Tray Unit 12 Tray Unit 16 Tray Unit

W x D x H (mm) 700 x 453 x 967 1030 x 453 x 967 1358 x 453 x 707 1358 x 453 x 967

£ 425 535 612 676

Clip on Lids MEQ1112

Options Code EF8820

Description Clip on Lid for Tray

£ 7

Tray Colours

Red

Yellow

Blue

Tray Colours

Green

Clear

Shallow & deep only

306

Strawberry Jelly

Lime

Cyan

Pink

Tangerine

Kiwi Jelly

Grape Jelly

Blueberry Jelly

Carcass BCH

Lemon Jelly

Purple

Grey

5

year guarantee

Beech

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 15 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

306-307 Variety & Extra Deep Storage (15).indd 1

25/11/2014 12:10


Extra Deep Tray Storage

classroom storage Extra Deep Storage

A comprehensive range of strongly constructed storage units with a wide variety of coloured or clear trays to brighten up your classroom.

Extra Deep Tray Storage Code MEQ3106 MEQ3112 MEQ3116

Description 6 Extra Deep Tray Unit 12 Extra Deep Tray Unit 16 Extra Deep Tray Unit

W x D x H (mm) 700 x 453 x 857 1358 x 453 x 857 1358 x 453 x 1115

£ 328 572 713 MEQ3116

Jumbo Tray Storage

See opposite page for colour options & clip on lids

MEQ1015 MEQ1061

MEQ1062

MEQ1011

Jumbo Tray Storage

MEQ1021

Code MEQ1015 MEQ1062 MEQ1021 MEQ1061 MEQ1011

Description 12 Jumbo Tray Unit 6 Jumbo Tray Unit 8 Jumbo Tray Unit 9 Jumbo Tray Unit 6 Jumbo Tray Unit

W x D x H (mm) 1358 x 453 x 1067 1030 x 453 x 739 1358 x 453 x 739 1030 x 453 x 1067 700 x 453 x 1067

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

306-307 Variety & Extra Deep Storage (15).indd 2

£ 629 566 492 599 432

307

25/11/2014 12:10


Mobile Book Storage

classroom storage

All units come assembled with castors. • Strongly constructed units with a choice of coloured trays. • Beech carcass only

• 3 angled shelves one side and 3 straight shelves on the other side

3 Angled & 3 Straight Shelves Code MEQ3AS 3SS

W x D x H (mm) 1040 x 502 x 883

£ 285

• 3 straight shelves both sides

3 Straight Shelves Code MEQ3BS

W x D x H (mm) 1040 x 502 x 883

£ 285

• 3 angled shelves each side

3 Angled Shelves Each Side Code MEQ3LU

2 Angled, 1 Flat Shelf

308

W x D x H (mm) 1040 x 502 x 883

£ 285

• Mobile 6 slot big book holder

• 2 angled 1 flat shelf both sides Code MEQ2LU

W x D x H (mm) 1040 x 502 x 883

Mobile 6 Slot Big Book Holder £ 285

Code MEQBBH

W x D x H (mm) 695 x 504 x 760

£ 331

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 15 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

308-309 Mobile Book Storage (15).indd 1

25/11/2014 12:12


Mobile Book Storage

classroom storage

• 8 shallow or 4 deep trays with 4 Kinderboxes

Book/Art Storage Code MEQ4000

W x D x H (mm) 690 x 453 x 600

£ 315

Art/Book Storage Code MEQ4001

W x D x H (mm) 1022 x 453 x 600

£ 449

All units come complete with trays & castors

Clip on Lids • Double sided 6 bay Kinderbox with 1 fixed shelf either side

Art Storage Code MEQ4002

Options W x D x H (mm) 1015 x 450 x 820

£ 411

Code

Description

£

EF8820

Clip on Lid for Tray

7

Tray Colours

Red

Yellow

Blue

Tray Colours

Green

Clear

Carcass

Purple

Lime

Cyan

Pink

Tangerine

Kiwi Jelly

Grape Jelly

Blueberry Jelly

BCH Shallow & deep only

Lemon Jelly

Strawberry Jelly

Grey

Beech

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 25 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

308-309 Mobile Book Storage (15).indd 2

5

year guarantee

309

25/11/2014 12:12


Curve Storage & Seating

classroom storage

• Units come without cushions as standard • Cushions are available at extra cost • Units are available as static only • Sturdy 18mm construction • Includes trays, and delivered fully assembled

Curve Console Island Code C300CT9 C400CT9 C550CT9

Description 1 Tray High 2 Tray High 3 Tray High

Height 266mm 463mm 661mm

£ 1214 1709 2171

Height 266mm 463mm 661mm

£ 287 415 536

Book and Seat Storage Island Code C300CT11 C400CT11 C550CT11

Description 1 Tray High 2 Tray High 3 Tray High

Height 660mm 840mm 1020mm

£ 985 1264 1537

5

year guarantee

Colours Available

Red

310

Yellow

Half Moon Storage

Carcass Finishes

Blue

Green

Beech

Maple

Oak

Code C300CT2 C400CT2 C550CT2

Description 1 Tray High 2 Tray High 3 Tray High

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

310-311 Curve Storage & Seating (15).indd 1

25/11/2014 12:15


Curve Storage & Seating

classroom storage

W413 x D413mm

Quarter Corner Storage Code C300CT1 C400CT1 C550CT1

Description 1 Tray High 2 Tray High 3 Tray High

Height 266mm 463mm 661mm

£ 203 267 327

Book Seat Storage Code C300CT10 C400CT10 C550CT10

Description 1 Tray High 2 Tray High 3 Tray High

Height 266mm 463mm 661mm

Double: W372 x D1217mm

£ 550 654 769

Single: W372 x D462mm

Column Storage Code C300CT3 C400CT3 C550CT3

Description 1 Tray High 2 Tray High 3 Tray High

Height 266mm 463mm 661mm

£ 223 277 337

Double Corner Units Code

Description

Height

Left Hand C300CT7L C400CT7L C550CT7L

£

1 Tray High 2 Tray High 3 Tray High

266mm 463mm 661mm

405 536 708

Right Hand C300CT7R C400CT7R C550CT7R

1 Tray High 2 Tray High 3 Tray High

266mm 463mm 661mm

405 536 708

Right Hand Double: Double: W1157 W1157 x D463mm Left Hand

Single Corner Units Single: W785 x D463mm

Code

Description

Height

Left Hand C300CT6L C400CT6L C550CT6L

1 Tray High 2 Tray High 3 Tray High

266mm 463mm 661mm

307 429 550

Right Hand C300CT6R C400CT6R C550CT6R

1 Tray High 2 Tray High 3 Tray High

266mm 463mm 661mm

307 429 550

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

310-311 Curve Storage & Seating (15).indd 2

£

311

25/11/2014 12:15


Nexus Bookcases

classroom storage

The Nexus bookcases are available in three wood finish carcass options along with four colour options for tops and shelves. Suitable for all ages and ideal for libraries or classrooms. Supplied fully assembled.

Single Sided with Coloured Display Top

Single Sided with Coloured Display & Shelves

Top Colours

Red

Yellow

Blue

Green

Carcass Finishes

Beech

Maple

5

Single Sided with Flat-Top

Single Sided - Coloured Top

312

Oak

year guarantee

Single Sided - Display & Shelves

Single Sided - Flat Top

Code

Size (mm)

Code

Size (mm)

408

FD322STC

704 x 305 x 900

408

FD302ST

704 x 305 x 900

372

704 x 305 x 1200

461

FD325STC

704 x 305 x 1200

461

FD305ST

704 x 305 x 1200

423

704 x 305 x 1800

616

FD331STC

704 x 305 x 1800

616

FD311ST

704 x 305 x 1800

533

Code

Size (mm)

FD322ST

704 x 305 x 900

FD325ST FD331ST

£

£

£

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

312-313 Nexus Bookcases Library Units (15).indd 1

25/11/2014 12:18


Nexus Library Units

classroom storage

Nexus offers a range of shelving and library units which have been designed to fit together. The system is designed to maximise storage and display potential whilst keeping costs to a minimum. These high quality units are constructed using 18mm MFC and shelves and sides are available in any of the colours shown. Shelving units are supplied as starter units which are complete, and add-on units which have a transport end panel which is discarded to allow the add-on to be connected to the starter unit for a seemless finish. Suitable for all ages and ideal for libraries, classrooms or corridors.

Combination 1

Combination 2

• 2 single sided reversible shelf bookcases • 1 single sided flat top bookcase

• 2 single sided bookcases with colour display shelf • 1 bench seat with back FD346AD

FD404

FD346ST FD326ST

FD326ST FD306AD

Nexus Combination 1 Code NC962 FD346ST FD306AD FD346AD

Description Combination Starter Add on Add on

Nexus Combination 2 W x D x H (mm) 3105 x 305 x 1200 1047 x 305 x 1200 1029 x 305 x 1200 1029 x 305 x 1200

£ 1791 683 456 652

Combination 4

Code NC963 FD326ST FD404 FD326ST

Description Combination Starter Bench Starter

W x D x H (mm) 3141 x 305 x 1200 1047 x 305 x 1200 1047 x 305 x 1200 1047 x 305 x 1200

£ 1676 540 596 540

FD405

FD404

FD404

FD345ST

FD325ST FD305AD FD325AD

5

year guarantee

Top Available

Red

Yellow

Nexus Combination 4

• 2 bench seats with backs • 1 corner bench seat with back • 1 single sided flat top bookcase • 2 single sided display top bookcases • 1 single sided reversible shelf bookcase Carcass Finishes

Blue

Green

Beech

Maple

Oak

Code NC965 FD345ST FD404 FD405 FD404 FD325ST FD305AD FD325AD

Description Combination Starter Bench Corner Bench Bench Starter Add on Add on

W x D x H (mm) 5274 x 305 x 1200 704 x 305 x 1200 1047 x 400 x 1200 400 x 400 x 1200 1047 x 400 x 1200 704 x 305 x 1200 686 x 305 x 1200 686 x 305 x 1200

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

312-313 Nexus Bookcases Library Units (15).indd 2

£ 3537 591 596 458 596 461 397 438

313

25/11/2014 12:18


Nexus Curve

classroom storage

An additional design to compliment our best selling Nexus Library range. Manufactured from high quality 18mm MFC, and all units are manufactured as mobile with two locking castors. Single sided and double sided units are available.

Single Sided Concave Bookcases

WBLR3/9

Carcass Finishes

5

year guarantee

Beech

Single Sided Concave Bookcases Code WBLR3/9 WBLR3/12

Description Concave Concave

W x D x H (mm) 1180 x 835 x 900 1180 x 835 x 1200

Description Concave Concave Concave

W x D x H (mm) 1575 x 1115 x 900 1575 x 1115 x 1200 1575 x 1115 x 1500

Curved back only available in cream Oak

Double Sided Concave Bookcases Code WBLR9/9 WBLR9/12 WBLR9/15

Maple

£ 624 740

£ 812 1053 1408

Single Sided Straight Bookcases

Single Sided Convex Bookcases

WBLR1/9

WBLR2/9

Single Sided Straight Bookcases Code WBLR1/9 WBLR1/12 WBLR1/6/9 WBLR1/6/12

Single Sided Convex Bookcases Code WBLR2/9 WBLR2/12

Description Convex Convex

W x D x H (mm) 1180 x 835 x 900 1180 x 835 x 1200

£ 624 740

Double Sided Convex Bookcases Code WBLR8/9 WBLR8/12 WBLR8/15

314

Description Convex Convex Convex

W x D x H (mm) 1575 x 1115 x 900 1575 x 1115 x 1200 1575 x 1115 x 1500

£ 812 1053 1408

W x D x H (mm) 1000 x 320 x 900 1000 x 320 x 1200 600 x 320 x 900 600 x 320 x 1200

£ 416 494 372 376

Double Sided Straight Bookcases Code WBLR7/9 WBLR7/12 WBLR7/15 WBLR7/6/9 WBLR7/6/12 WBLR7/6/15

W x D x H (mm) 1000 x 600 x 900 1000 x 600 x 1200 1000 x 600 x 1500 600 x 600 x 900 600 x 600 x 1200 600 x 600 x 1500

£ 581 753 888 483 665 746

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

314-315 Nexus Curve & Paper Storage (15).indd 1

25/11/2014 12:20


Paper Storage

classroom storage

6 Drawer Plan Chest (static) • Suitable for up to A1 paper size.

4 Sliding Drawer Open Paper Storage (mobile) • Suitable for up to A1 paper size.

MEQPC

MEQPSU4

4 Sliding Drawer Open Paper Storage

MEQPCCD

Code WxDxH £ MEQPSU4 (without doors) 1015 x 750 x 780mm 663 MEQPSUD (with doors, not shown) 1015 x 770 x 780mm 733

6 Drawer Plan Chest (static) Code MEQPC MEQPCCD

WxDxH 1015 x 750 x 780mm 1015 x 750 x 780mm

£ 756 756

5

year guarantee

Literature Sorter CT3048 Suitable for 12 A4 Lever Arch folders CT3046 Suitable for 20 A4 Ringbinders CT3047 20 Shelf literature sorter

CT3048 CT3046

Literature Sorters Code CT3048 CT3046 CT3047

WxDxH 610 x 320 x 770mm 610 x 320 x 770mm 610 x 320 x 770mm

£ 318 318 318

CT3047

All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 15 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.

314-315 Nexus Curve & Paper Storage (15).indd 2

315

25/11/2014 12:20


Low Height Lockers 1 Door

2 Door

• Elite Guard Anti-bacterial powder coating.

• Elite Guard Anti-bacterial powder coating.

• Special low height.

• Special low height.

• Supplied in nests to save costs.

• Supplied in nests to save costs.

• Reinforced doors.

• Reinforced doors.

• Hanging compartment with double coat hook & shelf.

• Hanging compartment with double coat hook.

• Locking options.

• Locking options.

1 Door School Locker Code Size H x W x D mm 133030SL 1370 x 300 x 300 133045SL 1370 x 300 x 450

classroom storage

2 Door School Locker Single £ 90 106

Nest of 2 £ 175 207

Nest of 3 £ 261 310

Nest of 2 £ 251 272

Nest of 3 £ 375 407

Code Size H x W x D mm 1330302 1370 x 300 x 300 1330452 1370 x 300 x 450

Single £ 115 126

Nest of 2 £ 224 247

Nest of 3 £ 335 367

3 Door • Elite Guard Anti-bacterial powder coating. • Special low height. • Supplied in nests to save costs. • Reinforced doors. • Locking options. • Perforated door option.

3 Door School Locker Code 1330303 1330453

Size H x W x D mm 1370 x 300 x 300 1370 x 300 x 450

Single £ 129 138

Available Door Colours

Green

Dark Blue Pastel Blue

Red

1

year guarantee

Yellow

Maroon

Grey

All Carcasses are Grey

316

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

316-317 Low & Full Height Lockers (15).indd 1

25/11/2014 12:23


Full Height Lockers

classroom storage

Nest of Three

Nest of Two

Single Locker

Lockers have officially gone green on our selected range of Storage Lockers that contain Abbeysteel™ sustainably sourced steel lockers contain between 11-44% steel off-cut from the automotive industry reducing their CO2 footprint. The storage lockers also contain an anti-bacterial powder coating and are UK manufactured.

Locker Extras

Sloping Top (mm) Fitting for Padlock Master Key Hanging Rail Numbered £1 Coin Return or Additional Keys Electronic 4 Digit Combination 300 x 300, Code: Specify at time £11 Key Fob and Plate Token Return Lock £9 Combination Lock Lock with Master Key £30 ST3030 Price: £14 of order FOC £9 (each) £39 POA POA 300 x 450, Code: ST3045 Price: £16 • Sloping top must be ordered with lockers and is only available on single and nest of 2 lockers. 450 x 450, Code: • Locker stands available on request, please ask for details, only available on single and nest of 2 lockers. ST4545 Price: £18

Five Door Locker

Single Door Locker Code 183030S 183045S 184545S

Size H x W x D mm 1800 x 300 x 300 1800 x 300 x 450 1800 x 450 x 450

Single £ 99 119 142

Nest of 2 £ 192 231 N/A

Nest of 3 £ 286 345 N/A

Fitted with shelf & double coat hook Size H x W x D mm 1800 x 300 x 300 1800 x 300 x 450 1800 x 450 x 450

Single £ 124 137 159

Nest of 2 £ 244 268 N/A

Nest of 3 £ 398 399 N/A

Fitted with double coat hook in each compartment Size H x W x D mm 1800 x 300 x 300 1800 x 300 x 450

Single £ 136 154

Nest of 2 £ 265 300

Nest of 3 £ 397 451

Supplied with no internal fittings Size H x W x D mm 1800 x 300 x 300 1800 x 300 x 450 1800 x 450 x 450

Single £ 149 166 192

Supplied with no internal fittings

Nest of 2 £ 332 362

Supplied with no internal fittings

Code 1830306 1830456

Size H x W x D mm 1800 x 300 x 300 1800 x 300 x 450

Single £ 182 195

Supplied with no internal fittings

Code Size H x W x D mm 1830308 1800 x 300 x 300 1830458 1800 x 300 x 450 (Nesting option not available)

Nest of 2 £ 294 326 N/A

Nest of 3 £ 439 487 N/A

Single £ 232 255

Available Door Colours

Green

Dark Blue Pastel Blue

Red

Yellow

Maroon

1

year guarantee

Grey

All Carcasses are Grey

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

316-317 Low & Full Height Lockers (15).indd 2

Nest of 3 £ 494 537

Supplied with no internal fittings Choice of two sizes available. 550mm deep lockers available - please ask for details.

Four Door Locker Code 1830304 1830454 1845454

Single £ 169 183

Eight Door Locker

Three Door Locker Code 1830303 1830453

Size H x W x D mm 1800 x 300 x 300 1800 x 300 x 450

Six Door Locker

Two Door Locker Code 1830302 1830452 1845452

Code 1830305 1830455

317

25/11/2014 12:23


Low Height Lockers

classroom storage

Quarto Locker • Ideal modular storage solution in difficult areas. • Pre-drilled for nesting. • Elite Guard Anti-bacterial powder coating.

Cube Locker

• Locking options. • Reinforced doors.

• Secure remote storage solutions

• Perforated door option

• Ideal for utilising awkward areas • Bolted to form stacks or nests • 3 sizes: 300, 380 and 450mm • Locking options • Perforated door option

Quarto Code Size H x W x D mm 513045QU 512 x 300 x 450 Supplied with no internal fittings

Single £ 67

Disability Locker • Special height for disabled users • Low level shelf • Reinforced doors • Double coat hook • Locking options

Cube Code Size H x W x D mm 303030C 300 x 300 x 300 383838C 380 x 380 x 380 454545C 450 x 450 x 450 Supplied with no internal fittings

Single £ 53 60 68

1

Available Door Colours

Disability Code 133030DL 133045DL

318

year guarantee

Size H x W x D mm 1370 x 300 x 300 1370 x 300 x 450

Single £ 109 123

Green

Dark Blue

Pastel Blue

Red

Yellow

Maroon

Grey

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

318-319 Lockers & Cloakroom (15).indd 1

25/11/2014 12:27


Cloakroom Seating

classroom storage

Island Seating Practical seating at practical prices. • Welded 38mm tubular steel. • Supplied with double coat hooks and ash wood slats. • Shoe compartments or tray options. • Powder coated paint finish, red, grey, yellow, green. • Floor fixing bracket. • Supplied flat packed.

Double sided

Double sided fitted with shoe compartments

Double sided fitted with shoe tray

Double Sided + Shoe Tray

Double Sided Code IS120D IS150D

No of Hooks 18 24

Size H x W x D mm 1800 x 1200 x 760 1800 x 1500 x 760

£ 515 545

Code IS120DST IS150DST

No of Hooks 18 24

Size H x W x D mm 1800 x 1200 x 760 1800 x 1500 x 760

£ 727 790

Double Sided + Shoe Compartments Single sided fitted with shoe tray

Single sided fitted with shoe compartments

Code IS120DSB IS150DSB

No of Compartments Size H x W x D mm 16 1800 x 1200 x 760 20 1800 x 1500 x 760

£ 811 896

Single Sided Code IS120S IS150S

No of Hooks 9 12

Size H x W x D mm 1800 x 1200 x 400 1800 x 1500 x 400

£ 310 331

Single Sided + Shoe Compartments Single sided

Single Sided + Shoe Tray Code IS120SST IS150SST

No of Hooks 9 12

Size H x W x D mm 1800 x 1200 x 400 1800 x 1500 x 400

£ 416 457

Code IS120DSSB IS150DSSB

No of Compartments Size H x W x D mm 8 1800 x 1200 x 400 10 1800 x 1500 x 400

£ 458 507

1

year guarantee

Bench Seating

Bench Seating Code BS60 BS90 BS120 BS150 BS180

Length mm 600 900 1200 1500 1800

£ 120 144 167 196 261

Practical seating at practical prices. • Ash wood slats. • Welded 38mm tubular steel. • Free standing. • Powder coated red, grey, yellow, green.

Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.

318-319 Lockers & Cloakroom (15).indd 2

319

25/11/2014 12:27


Fabric Information Our standard fabric choice comes from two of the UK’s premier fabric manufacturers, Camira and Bradbury. Although the majority of chairs and screens featured in this catalogue can be upholstered in any fabric, you may wish to specify and establish a price difference, if any. Both manufacturers offer a wide variety of colours and materials suitable for commercial and contract environments. To assist with your choice of upholstery, take advantage of Camira and Bradbury’s excellent swatch sample service, which can be found with full fabric listings on their respective websites.

Fire Retardancy British Standard BS 7176: 2007 allows premises to be divided into different categories of fire hazard. Within each category, test methods indicate the resistance to ignition sources, and at which hazard level. This information should allow you to select the appropriate fabric for your premises.

Low Hazard Updated BS 7176 Test Methods: BS EN 1021 1,2 Resistance to ignition sources cigarette and match. Typical Examples: Offices, schools, colleges, universities, museums, exhibitions and day centres.

Medium Hazard BS 7176 Test Methods: BS 5852: 2006 Resistance to ignition sources 0, 1, 5 (cigarette and match crib 5). Typical Examples: Hotel bedrooms, hospitals, public buildings, café and restaurants, places of public entertainment, pubs and bars, bingo halls.

Found a fabric? Now contact our sales team for a quotation.

Phoenix (Seating)

Urban Plus (Seating)

Flammability: BS476: Part 7 Class 1 Vertical Surface Test. Abrasion Resistance: 40,000 Rubs matrindale. 5 Year guarantee.

Galaxy (Screens) ur on-line sample service

Flammability: BS476: Part 7 Class 1 Vertical Surface Test. Abrasion Resistance: 50,000 Rubs matrindale. 5 Year guarantee.

320 Fabrics Information (15).indd 1

Xtreme Plus (Seating)

Flammability: BS7176: 2007 Medium Hazard Popular crepe weave upholstery fabric 10 Year guarantee.

.com/samples rafabrics.com/samples

Screen 66 (Screens)

Flammability: BS7176: 2007 Medium Hazard. Abrasion Resistance: 100,000 Matrindale cycles. Second nature recycled fabric. 5 Year guarantee.

on-line sample service , visit our on-line sample service

www.bradburyfabrics.com

To order samples, visit our on-line sample service

Flammability: BS7176: 2007 Medium Hazard Abrasion Resistance: 100,000 Rubs matrindale. Popular crepe weave. 5 Year guarantee.

ww.camirafabrics.com/samples

Omega Plus (Seating)

Flammability: BS7176: 2007 Low Hazard Abrasion Resistance: 100,000 Matrindale cycles. 5 Year guarantee.

der samples, visit our on-line sample service

www.bradburyfabrics.com

To order samples, visit our on-line sample service

Flammability: BS7176: 2007 Medium Hazard Abrasion Resistance: 100,000 Rubs matrindale. Stain repellent treated. 5 Year guarantee.

Lucia (Screens)

Flammability: BS7176: 2007 Medium Hazard Abrasion Resistance: 100,000 Matrindale cycles. Second nature recycled fabric. 5 Year guarantee.

www.bradburyfabrics.com

Flambend (Seating)

www.camirafabrics.com/samples

Flammability: BS7176: 2007 Low Hazard Abrasion Resistance: 90,000 Matrindale cycles. 5 Year guarantee.

www.bradburyfabrics.com

Flammability: BS7176: 2007 Low Hazard Abrasion Resistance: 60,000 Rub matrindale. 5 Year guarantee.

To order samples, visit our on-line sample service

Advantage (Seating)

To order samples, visit our on-line sample service

Pyra (Seating)

To order samples, visit our on-line sample service

www.camirafabrics.com/samples

ryfabrics.com

320

Camira

www.bradburyfabrics.com

www.camirafabrics.com/samples

To order samples, visit our on-line sample service

w.bradburyfabrics.com

mples, visit our on-line sample service

Bradbury

02/12/2014 10:17


Standards

ISO 9001 is a positive statement regarding the quality of Woodstock Leabank’s management systems. It is the accreditation that certifies the importance we place on meeting our customers needs, and the approval for our working practices, procedures and processes. ISO 14001 is the certification that demonstrates the commitment to our Environmental Management Systems and responsibilities applying to the environmental impact of the sale, distribution and installation of office furniture. OHSAS 18001 is a UK standard enabling businesses to measure and demonstrate their commitment to Occupational Health and Safety. As a Woodstock Leabank customer, you can take confidence that we exercise due diligence in regard to health & safety and working practices.

Woodstock online To find out more about us, and how we can support your business visit our website: www.woodstockleabank.co.uk

2015 COVERS FOR FLICKY.indd 4

08/12/2014 12:21


Office furniture distributors

telephone 0161 494 1242 website www.woodstockleabank.co.uk email sales@woodstockleabank.co.uk fax 0161 406 6542

Corrie Way, Bredbury Park Industrial Estate, Stockport SK6 2ST

2015 COVERS FOR FLICKY.indd 1

08/12/2014 12:20


Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.